Quarterlytics / Industrials / Waste Management / Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. / FY2013 Annual Report

Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc.
Annual Report 2013

PESI · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker PESI
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Waste Management
Employees 293
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc.
Loading PDF…
n u c l e a r

t e c h n i c a l

wa s t e

A Nuclear Services and Waste Management Company

D e a r  Fe l l o w  s h a r e h o l D e r s ,

2013  was  a  challenging  year  due  to  tight 

We  are  working  to  commercialize  our  tech-

 government  spending  and  the  Department  of 

nology,  and  believe  this  represents  a  significant 

Energy’s  (DOE)  priorities.  In  response  to  these 

market  opportunity,  since  the  process  does  not 

challenges,  we  focused  on  “right-sizing”  the 

utilize  any  form  of  uranium,  is  cost-effective  and 

Company and increased our emphasis on diversi-

should  help  create  a  more  reliable  supply  chain 

fying revenue streams by expanding our commer-

for  Tc-99m  around  the  world.  Our  process  will 

cial and international  business.  Although  we  still 

also  help  reduce  environmental  concerns  asso-

felt the effects of delayed government spending in 

ciated  with  the  current  production  methodology, 

the  first  half  of  2014,  we  are  beginning  to  see 

including issues around reprocessing of  materials 

improvement in the business.

and  production  of  high-level  waste  requiring 

In January 2014, the fiscal year 2014 Omnibus 

permanent disposal. 

spending  bill  was  approved  by  Congress  and  the 

Overall,  we  remain  quite  encouraged  by  the 

President.  This  budget,  the  first  approved  in 

outlook  for  the  business.  We  are  actively  bidding 

several  years,  restores  federal  government 

on  a  number  of  sizable  DOE  projects,  and  have 

funding cuts instituted in 2013 from sequestration 

begun  to  see  these  contracts  awarded  in  2014.  

and allows for new spending on projects that was 

At  the  same  time,  we  continue  to  diversify  our 

not allowed under continuing resolution.

revenue on both the commercial and international 

We  have  seen  marked  improvement  in  our 

fronts. We have also right-sized the Company and 

business with a number of sizable projects being 

cut  overhead  expenses  out  of  the  business.  As  a 

awarded  in  our  Services  Segment  and  higher 

result,  we  anticipate  improved  profitability  and 

waste streams received in our Treatment Segment.

cash  flow  in  2014.  Given  the  inherent  leverage, 

One  of  our  more  exciting  developments  has 

scalability and earnings potential for the  business, 

been  on  medical  isotope  production.  We  have 

which  we  have  demonstrated  in  past  years,  we 

made significant progress in further validating our 

believe we are capable of achieving and exceeding 

technology to produce technetium-99 (Tc-99) from 

these  levels  as  we  further  establish  our  position 

natural molybdenum. We recently formed Perma-

as an industry leader.

Fix Medical Corpora tion to accelerate the commer-

We appreciate the support of our  shareholders 

cialization  of  this  technology.  We  have  witnessed 

during  this  challenging  market  environment  and 

a  growing  interest  in  our  technology  from  within 

look forward to keeping shareholders apprised of 

the industry and we are working closely with the 

our progress throughout the year.

leading  nuclear  research  institutions  in  the  U.S. 

and Europe.

Tests  at  POLATOM,  in  Warsaw,  Poland  and 

the  MURR  reactor  in  the  United  States,  have 

 demonstrated that our system is able to produce 

Tc-99  in  commercial  quantities,  while  meeting 

existing purity standards. 

Dr. Louis F. Centofanti
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

[X] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

[   ] 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 
or 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from _____ to _____ 

Commission File No. 1-11596 

PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
State or other jurisdiction 
of incorporation or organization 

8302 Dunwoody Place, #250, Atlanta, GA 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

58-1954497 
(IRS Employer Identification Number) 

30350 
(Zip Code) 

(770) 587-9898 

(Registrant's telephone number) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
Title of each class 

Name of each exchange on which registered 

Common Stock, $.001 Par Value 

NASDAQ Capital Markets 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   
Yes        No X 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   
Yes        No X 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   
Yes   X    No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every  Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).   
Yes    X     No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will  not be contained to 
the best of the Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any 
amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  
See definition of "large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer" and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one): 
Large accelerated filer (cid:1)        Accelerated Filer (cid:1)        Non-accelerated Filer (cid:1)        Smaller reporting company (cid:2) 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   
Yes         No   X 

The aggregate market value of the Registrant's voting and non-voting common equity held by nonaffiliates of the Registrant computed by reference 
to the closing sale price of such stock as reported by NASDAQ as of the last business day of the most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 
30, 2013), was approximately $18,613,733.  For the purposes of this calculation, all executive officers and directors of the Registrant (as indicated in 
Item 12) are deemed to be affiliates.  As of October 15, 2013, the Registrant’s outstanding voting and non-voting common equity was subject to a 1-
for-5 reverse stock split.  As of the effective date of the reverse stock split, the aggregate market value (as computed by reference to the closing sales 
price as reported by NASDAQ on the effective date of such reverse stock split) of the Registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity held by 
non-affiliates was approximately $34,541,837.  Such determination should not be deemed an admission that such directors or officers, are, in fact, 
affiliates of the Registrant.  The Company's Common Stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Markets. 

As of March 17, 2014, there were 11,419,650 shares of the registrant's Common Stock, $.001 par value, outstanding.   

Documents incorporated by reference:  None 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 

INDEX 

PART I 

Page No. 

Item 1. 

Business ...................................................................................................................................     1   

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors .............................................................................................................................     8 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments ....................................................................................................   18 

Item 2. 

Properties .................................................................................................................................   18 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings ....................................................................................................................   19 

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosure ............................................................................................................   19 

Item 4A. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant ........................................................................................   19 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters  ..........................   20 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data  ..........................................................................................................   21 

Item 7. 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
And Results of Operations .....................................................................................................     21 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ................................................     40 

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements...........................................................     40 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data .......................................................................     43 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on 
Accounting and Financial Disclosure .....................................................................................     82 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures ........................................................................................................     82 

Item 9B. 

Other Information ..................................................................................................................     84 

PART III 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ......................................................    84 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation ........................................................................................................    90 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related  
Stockholder Matters ................................................................................................................  108 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ........................  111 

Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services .................................................................................  113 

PART IV 

    Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ......................................................................     114 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

ITEM 1.   BUSINESS 
Company Overview and Principal Products and Services 
Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.  (the  Company,  which  may  be  referred  to  as  we,  us,  or  our),  a 
Delaware  corporation  incorporated  in  December  of  1990,  is  an  environmental  and  technology  know-how 
company, which provides: 

o  Treatment, storage, processing and disposal of mixed waste (which is waste that contains both low-
level radioactive and hazardous waste), non-nuclear hazardous waste, nuclear low level, and higher 
activity radioactive wastes;  

o  Research and development (“R&D”) activities to identify, develop and implement innovative waste 

processing techniques for problematic waste streams; 

o  On-site waste management services to commercial and government customers; 
o  Technical services which includes: (a) health physics and radiological control technician services; 
(b)  safety  and  industrial  hygiene  services;  (c)  staff  augmentation  services  providing  consulting, 
engineering,  project  management,  waste  management,  environmental,  and  decontamination  and 
decommissioning field personal, technical personnel, and management and services to commercial 
and  government  customers;  and  (d)  consulting  engineering  services  including  air,  water,  and 
hazardous waste permitting, air, soil, and water sampling, compliance reporting, emission reduction 
strategies, compliance auditing, and various compliance and training activities; 

o  Nuclear  services  which 

includes: 

including  engineering, 
decontamination  and  decommissioning  (“D&D”),  specialty  services  and  construction,  logistics, 
transportation, processing and disposal and (b) remediation of nuclear licensed and federal facilities 
and the remediation cleanup of nuclear legacy sites; and 
Instrumentation and measurement technologies.   

technology-based  services 

(a) 

o 

We  have  grown  through  acquisitions  and  internal  growth.    Our  goal  is  to  continue  focus  on  the  efficient 
operation of our facilities and on-site activities, continue to evaluate strategic acquisitions, and to continue 
the R&D of innovative technologies to expand company service offering and to treat nuclear waste, mixed 
waste, and industrial waste.  The Company is focusing on expansion into both commercial and international 
markets to help offset the uncertainties of government spending in the USA, which a significant portion of 
the Company’s revenue is derived from. This includes new services, new customers and increased market 
share in our current markets.   

Our business includes services provided by our two segments, Treatment and Services, as described below. 

We  service  research  institutions,  commercial  companies,  public  utilities,  and  governmental  agencies 
nationwide, including the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) and U.S. Department of Defense (“DOD”). 
The distribution channels for our services are through direct sales to customers or via intermediaries.  

Our executive offices are located at 8302 Dunwoody Place, Suite 250, Atlanta, Georgia 30350. 

Segment Information and Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales 
The  Company  has  two  reportable  segments.    In  accordance  with  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board 
(“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 280, “Segment Reporting”, we define an operating 
segment as: 

a business activity from which we may earn revenue and incur expenses; 

• 
•  whose  operating  results  are  regularly  reviewed  by  the  Chief  Operating  Officer  to  make  decisions 

about resources to be allocated and assess its performance; and 
for which discrete financial information is available. 

• 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
TREATMENT SEGMENT reporting includes: 

- 

nuclear,  low-level  radioactive,  mixed,  hazardous  and  non-hazardous  waste  treatment,  processing 
and disposal services primarily through four uniquely licensed (Nuclear Regulatory Commission or 
state  equivalent)  and  permitted  (Environmental  Protection  Agency  (“EPA”)  or  state  equivalent) 
treatment  and  storage  facilities  held  by  the  following  subsidiaries:  Perma-Fix  of  Florida,  Inc. 
(“PFF”),  Diversified  Scientific  Services,  Inc.,  (“DSSI”),    Perma-Fix  Northwest  Richland,  Inc. 
(“PFNWR”),  and  East  Tennessee  Materials  &  Energy  Corporation  (“M&EC”).  The  presence  of 
nuclear and low-level radioactive constituents within the waste streams processed by this segment 
creates different and unique operational, processing and permitting/licensing requirements; and 
-  R&D  activities  to  identify,  develop  and  implement  innovative  waste  processing  techniques  for 

problematic waste streams. 

For  2013,  the  Treatment  Segment  accounted  for  $35,540,000  or  47.8%  of  total  revenue  from  continuing 
operations, as compared to $45,882,000 or 36.0% of total revenue from continuing operations for 2012.  See 
“ –  Dependence Upon a Single or Few Customers” and “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for 
further details and a discussion as to our Segments’ contracts with the federal government or with others as 
a subcontractor to the federal government. 

SERVICES SEGMENT reporting includes: 

-  On-site waste management services to commercial and government customers; 
-  Technical services, which include: 

o  professional radiological measurement and site survey of large government and commercial 

o 

installations using advanced methods, technology and engineering; 
integrated  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  services  including  industrial  hygiene  (“IH”) 
assessments;  hazardous  materials  surveys,  e.g.,  exposure  monitoring;  lead  and  asbestos 
management/abatement oversight; indoor air quality evaluations; health risk and exposure 
assessments; health & safety plan/program development, compliance auditing and training 
services; and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) citation assistance; 
o  global  technical  services  providing  consulting,  engineering,  project  management,  waste 
management,  environmental,  and  D&D  field,  technical,  and  management  personnel  and 
services to commercial and government customers; and 

o  augmented engineering services (through our Schreiber, Yonley & Associates subsidiary – 
“SYA”)  providing  consulting  environmental  services  to  industrial  and  government 
customers: 
(cid:1) 

including air, water, and hazardous waste permitting, air, soil and water sampling, 
compliance  reporting,  emission  reduction  strategies,  compliance  auditing,  and 
various compliance and training activities; and 
engineering and compliance support to other segments; 

(cid:1) 
-  Nuclear services, which include: 

o 

o 

technology-based services including engineering, D&D, specialty services and construction, 
logistics, transportation, processing and disposal; 
remediation of nuclear licensed and federal facilities and the remediation cleanup of nuclear 
legacy  sites.  Such  services  capability 
includes:  project  investigation;  radiological 
engineering; partial and total plant D&D; facility decontamination, dismantling, demolition, 
and  planning;  site  restoration;  site  construction;  logistics;  transportation;  and  emergency 
response; and 

-  A  company  owned  equipment  calibration  and  maintenance  laboratory  that  services,  maintains, 
calibrates,  and  sources  (i.e.,  rental)  of  health  physics,  IH  and  customized  nuclear,  environmental, 
and occupational safety and health (“NEOSH”) instrumentation; 

For  2013,  the  Services  Segment  accounted  for  $38,873,000  or  52.2%  of  total  revenue  from  continuing 
operations, as compared to $81,627,000 or 64.0% of total revenue from continuing operations for 2012.  See 
“ –  Dependence Upon a Single or Few Customers” and “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
further details and a discussion as to our Segments’ contracts with the federal government or with others as 
a subcontractor to the federal government. 

Our  segments  exclude  the  Corporate  and  Business  Center  (formerly  known  as  our  Operations 
Headquarters),  which  do  not  generate  revenue.    Our  discontinued  operations  encompass  the  following:  
Perma-Fix  of  South  Georgia,  Inc.  (“PFSG”)  facility  which  met  the  held  for  sale  criteria  under  ASC  360, 
“Property, Plant, and Equipment” on October 6, 2010; Perma-Fix of Fort Lauderdale, Inc. (“PFFL”), Perma-
Fix of Orlando, Inc. (“PFO”), Perma-Fix of Maryland, Inc. (“PFMD”), Perma-Fix of Dayton, Inc. (“PFD”), 
and  Perma-Fix  Treatment  Services,  Inc.  (“PFTS”)  facilities,  which  were  divested  in  2011  and  prior;  and 
Perma-Fix  of  Michigan,  Inc.  (“PFMI”)  and  Perma-Fix  of  Memphis,  Inc.  (“PFM”),  two  previously  closed 
locations,  approved  as  discontinued  operations  by  our  Board  of  Directors  effective  October  4,  2004,  and 
March 12, 1998, respectively.     

On August 14, 2013, our PFSG facility incurred fire damage which has left it non-operational at this time.  
Certain  equipment  and  portions  of  the  building  structures  were  damaged.  We  carry  general  liability, 
pollution,  property  and  business  interruption,  and  workers  compensation  insurance  with  a  maximum 
deductible of approximately $300,000 (consisting of $100,000 deductible for each workers compensation, 
pollution,  and  property  insurance  policy).    We  are  continuing  to  work  with  our  insurance  company  in 
receiving insurance recoveries related to this fire.  We are currently evaluating options regarding the future 
operation of this facility as we undergo the rebuilding process on the part of the facility damaged by the fire. 
We continue to market our PFSG facility for sale. 

Foreign Operations  
Our  operations  includes  Perma-Fix  UK  Limited  (within  our  Services  Segment),  located  in  Blaydon  On 
Tyne, England.  Revenue generated from this operation was approximately $144,000 or 0.2% and $158,000 
or 0.1% of our consolidated revenue from continuing operations during 2013 and 2012, respectively.   

Our  consolidated  revenue  from  continuing  operations  for  2013  and  2012  included  approximately 
$4,409,000 or 5.9% and $2,433,000 or 1.9%, respectively, from an external customer located in Canada. 

Importance of Patents, Trademarks and Proprietary Technology 
We  do  not  believe  we  are dependent  on  any  particular  trademark  in  order to  operate  our  business  or  any 
significant  segment  thereof.    We  have  received  registration  to  May  2022  and  December  2020,  for  the 
service  marks  “Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services”  and  “Perma-Fix”,  respectively.    In  addition,  we  have 
received  registration  for  six  service  marks  for  our  Safety  &  Ecology  Holdings  Corporation  and  its 
subsidiaries (collectively known as “Safety and Ecology Corporation” or “SEC”) to periods ranging from 
2014 to 2018. 

We are dependent on our permits and licenses discussed below in order to operate our businesses (See “-
Permits and Licenses”). 

We are active in the R&D of technologies that allow us to address certain of our customers' environmental 
needs.  To  date,  our  R&D  efforts  have  resulted  in  the  granting  of  twelve  active  patents  and  the  filing  of 
several applications for which patents are pending. These twelve active patents have remaining lives ranging 
from  approximately  six  to fourteen  years.  We  have  filed  a  patent  application  in connection  with  our  new 
technology  to  produce  Technetium-99  (“Tc-99m”)  for  certain  types  of  medical  applications  and  have 
formed a new subsidiary to develop and market this new technology. 

Our flagship technology, the Perma-Fix Process, is a proprietary, cost effective, treatment technology that 
converts hazardous waste into non-hazardous material. We have also developed the Perma-Fix II process, a 
multi-step treatment process that converts hazardous organic components into non-hazardous material. The 
Perma-Fix  II  process  is  particularly  important  to  our  mixed  waste  strategy.  The  Perma-Fix  II  process  is 
designed to remove certain types of organic hazardous constituents from soils or other solids and sludges 
(“Solids”)  through  a  water-based  system.  Until  development  of  this  Perma-Fix  II  process,  we  were  not 
aware of a relatively simple and inexpensive process that would remove the organic hazardous constituents 
from Solids without elaborate and expensive equipment or expensive treating agents.  Due to the organic 
3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
hazardous  constituents  involved,  the  disposal  options  for  such  materials  are  limited,  resulting  in  high 
disposal  cost  when  there  is  a  disposal  option  available.    By  reducing  the  organic  hazardous  waste 
constituents  in  the  Solids  to  a  level  where  the  Solids  meet  Land  Disposal  Requirements,  the  generator's 
disposal options for such waste are substantially increased, allowing the generator to dispose of such waste 
at substantially less cost. We began commercial use of the Perma-Fix II process in 2000.  However, changes 
to current environmental laws and regulations could limit the use of the Perma-Fix II process or the disposal 
options available to the generator. See “—Permits and Licenses” and “—Research and Development.” 

Permits and Licenses 
Waste management service companies are subject to extensive, evolving and increasingly stringent federal, 
state, and local environmental laws and regulations. Such federal, state and local environmental laws and 
regulations govern our activities regarding the treatment, storage, processing, disposal and transportation of 
hazardous,  non-hazardous and  radioactive  wastes, and  require  us to  obtain  and maintain  permits, licenses 
and/or  approvals  in  order  to  conduct  certain  of  our  waste  activities.    Failure  to  obtain  and  maintain  our 
permits  or  approvals  would  have  a  material  adverse effect  on  us,  our  operations,  and  financial  condition.  
The  permits  and  licenses  have  terms  ranging  from  one  to  ten  years,  and  provided  that  we  maintain  a 
reasonable  level  of  compliance,  renew  with  minimal  effort,  and  cost.    Historically,  there  have  been  no 
compelling  challenges  to  the  permit  and  license  renewals.    We  believe  that  these  permit  and  license 
requirements represent a potential barrier to entry for possible competitors.   

PFF, located in Gainesville, Florida, operates its hazardous, mixed and low-level radioactive waste activities 
under a RCRA (“Resource Conservation and Recovery Act”) Part B permit, Toxic Substances Control Act 
(“TSCA”)  authorization,  Restricted  RX  Drug  Distributor-Destruction  license,  and  a  radioactive  materials 
license issued by the State of Florida.  

DSSI,  located  in  Kingston,  Tennessee,  conducts  mixed  and  low-level  radioactive  waste  storage  and 
treatment activities under RCRA Part B permits and a radioactive materials license issued by the State of 
Tennessee  Department  of  Environment  and  Conservation.   Co-regulated  TSCA  Polychlorinated  Biphenyl 
(“PCB”)  wastes  are  also  managed  for  PCB  destruction  under  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency 
(“EPA”) Approval effective June 2008. 

M&EC,  located  in  Oak  Ridge,  Tennessee,  performs  hazardous,  low-level  radioactive  and  mixed  waste 
storage and treatment operations under a RCRA Part B permit and a radioactive materials license issued by 
the State of Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation.  Co-regulated TSCA PCB wastes are 
also managed under EPA Approvals applicable to site-specific treatment units. 

PFNWR,  located  in  Richland,  Washington,  operates  a  low-level  radioactive  waste  processing  facility  as 
well as a mixed waste processing facility. Radioactive material processing is authorized under radioactive 
materials licenses issued by the State of Washington and mixed waste processing is additionally authorized 
under a RCRA Part B permit with TSCA authorization issued jointly by the State of Washington and the 
EPA. 

The  combination  of  a  RCRA  Part  B  hazardous  waste  permit,  TSCA  authorization,  and  a  radioactive 
materials license, as held by PFF, DSSI M&EC, and PFNWR are very difficult to obtain for a single facility 
and make these facilities unique. 

PFSG  (discontinued  operations)  operates  a  hazardous  waste  treatment  and  storage  facility  under  various 
permits, including a RCRA Part B permit, issued by the State of Georgia.  On August 14, 2013, our PFSG 
facility incurred fire damage which has left it non-operational at this time.  A certain storage and processing 
area  of  the  facility  affected  by  the  fire  is  currently  undergoing  RCRA  closure  and  is  planned  to  be 
reconstructed and repermitted.  We are permitted to commence operations in another certain processing and 
storage area of the facility upon the Company’s decision to recommence operations.   

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Backlog 
The Treatment Segment of our Company maintains a backlog of stored waste, which represents waste that 
has not been processed.  The backlog is principally a result of the timing and complexity of the waste being 
brought  into  the  facilities  and  the  selling  price  per  container.  As  of  December  31,  2013,  our  Treatment 
Segment  had  a  backlog  of  approximately  $7,695,000,  as  compared  to  approximately  $8,668,000  as  of 
December 31, 2012.  Additionally, the time it takes to process waste from the time it arrives may increase 
due to the types and complexities of the waste we are currently receiving.  We typically process our backlog 
during periods of low waste receipts, which historically has been in the first or fourth quarter. 

Dependence Upon a Single or Few Customers 
Our  segments  have  significant  relationships  with  the  federal  government,  and  continue  to  enter  into 
contracts, directly as the prime contractor or indirectly as a subcontractor, with the federal government.  The 
contracts that we are a party to with the federal government or with others as a subcontractor to the federal 
government  generally  provide that the  government  may  terminate  or renegotiate  the  contracts  on  30  days 
notice, at the government's election.  Our inability to continue under existing contracts that we have with the 
federal government (directly or indirectly as a subcontractor) could have a material adverse effect on our 
operations and financial condition.  

We  performed  services  relating  to  waste  generated  by  the  federal  government,  either  directly  as  a  prime 
contractor or indirectly as a subcontractor (including the CH Plateau Remediation Company (“CHPRC”) as 
discussed below) to the federal government, representing approximately $47,557,000 or 63.9% of our total 
revenue  from  continuing  operations  during  2013,  as  compared  to  $101,533,000  or  79.6%  of  our  total 
revenue from continuing operations during 2012. 

The  following  customer  accounted  for  10%  or  more  of  the  total  revenues  generated  from  continuing 
operations for twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

Customer
CHPRC

Year
2013
2012

Total
Revenue
$19,922,000
$24,652,000

% of Total
Revenue
26.8%
19.3%

Revenue generated from CHPRC includes revenue generated from the CHPRC subcontract at our Services 
Segment and various waste processing contracts at our Treatment Segment.  The CHPRC subcontract was a 
cost plus award fee subcontract awarded to us during the second quarter of 2008 to participate in the cleanup 
of the central portion of the Hanford Site located in the state of Washington.  This subcontract expired on 
September  30,  2013.  See  further  discussion  as  to  the  effect  on  us  of  the  ending  of  this  subcontract  under 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations – Review.” 

Competitive Conditions 
The  Treatment  Segment’s  largest  competitor  is  EnergySolutions  that  operates  treatment  and  disposal 
facilities in Oak Ridge, TN and Clive, UT. Waste Control Specialists (“WCS”), which has newly licensed 
disposal capabilities in Andrews, TX, has recently emerged as a competitor in the treatment market and is 
gaining  market  share.  Perma-Fix  now  has  two  options  for  disposal  of  treated  nuclear  waste  and  thus 
mitigates the prior risk of EnergySolutions providing the only outlet for disposal.  The Treatment Segment 
treats  and  disposes  of  DOE  generated  wastes  largely  at  DOE  owned  sites.    Smaller  competitors  are  also 
present in the market place; however, they do not present a significant challenge at this time. Our Treatment 
Segment  currently  solicits  business  primarily  on  a  North  American  basis  with  both  government  and 
commercial clients; however, we are focusing on emerging international markets for future additional work. 

The permitting and licensing requirements, and the cost to obtain such permits, are barriers to the entry of 
hazardous  waste  and  radioactive  and  mixed  waste  activities  as  presently  operated  by  our  waste  treatment 
subsidiaries.    If  the  permit  requirements  for  hazardous  waste  treatment,  storage,  and  disposal  (“TSD”) 
activities and/or the licensing requirements for the handling of low level radioactive matters are eliminated 
or if such licenses or permits were made less rigorous to obtain, such would allow companies to enter into 
these markets and provide greater competition.   

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Services Segment is engaged in highly competitive businesses in which a number of our government 
contracts  and  some  of  our commercial contracts  are  awarded through  competitive  bidding  processes. The 
extent of such competition varies according to the industries and markets in which our customers operate as 
well as the geographic areas in which we operate. The degree and type of competition we face is also often 
influenced by the type of projects for which our Services Segment competes, especially projects subject to 
the  governmental  bid  process.  In  November  2013,  Perma-Fix  regained  the  ability  to  certify  and  bid 
government contracts as a small business, which allows us to bid for prime contracts for small businesses 
that are set aside for procurements.  Large businesses are more willing to team with small businesses and 
thus this recent change in size status will be an advantage for future work.  There are a number of qualified 
small  businesses  in  our  market  that  will  provide  intense  competition  that  may  provide  a  challenge  to  our 
ability  to  maintain strong  growth  rates  and  acceptable  profit  margins.  For international  business there are 
additional competitors, many from within the country the work is to be performed, making winning work in 
foreign countries more challenging. If our Services Segment is unable to meet these competitive challenges, 
it could lose market share and experience an overall reduction in its profits. 

Certain Environmental Expenditures and Potential Environmental Liabilities 
Environmental Liabilities 
We have four remediation projects, which are currently in progress at certain of our discontinued facilities 
(PFD,  PFM,  PFSG,  and  PFMI).  These  remediation  projects  principally  entail  the  removal/remediation  of 
contaminated  soil  and,  in  most  cases,  the  remediation  of  surrounding  ground  water.    All  of  the  remedial 
clean-up  projects  were  an issue  for  that facility  for  years prior to  our  acquisition  of  the  facility  and  were 
recognized pursuant to a business combination and recorded as part of the purchase price allocation to assets 
acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.  Three  of  the  facilities  (PFD,  PFM,  and  PFSG)  are  RCRA  permitted 
facilities,  and as a  result, the  remediation  activities are  closely  reviewed  and  monitored  by  the applicable 
state regulators.  We recognized our best estimate of such environmental liabilities upon the acquisition of 
our facilities, as part of the acquisition cost.   

At December 31, 2013, we had total accrued environmental remediation liabilities of $1,031,000, of which 
$649,000  is  recorded as a current  liability,  which reflects  a decrease  of  $583,000  from  the  December  31, 
2012  balance  of  $1,614,000.    The  net  decrease  represents  payments  of  approximately  $50,000  on 
remediation  projects  at  the  four  locations  and  a  reduction  in  reserve  of  approximately  $533,000  at  PFSG 
based on reassessment of the remediation reserve.   

No insurance or third party recovery was taken into account in determining our cost estimates or reserves, 
nor do our cost estimates or reserves reflect any discount for present value purposes.   

The nature of our business exposes us to significant cost to comply with governmental environmental laws, 
rules and regulations and risk of liability for damages.  Such potential liability could involve, for example, 
claims  for  cleanup  costs,  personal  injury  or  damage  to  the  environment  in  cases  where  we  are  held 
responsible  for  the  release  of  hazardous  materials;  claims  of  employees,  customers  or  third  parties  for 
personal  injury  or  property  damage  occurring  in  the  course  of  our  operations;  and  claims  alleging 
negligence or professional errors or omissions in the planning or performance of our services.  In addition, 
we could be deemed a responsible party for the costs of required cleanup of any property, which may be 
contaminated  by  hazardous  substances  generated  or  transported  by  us  to  a  site  we  selected,  including 
properties owned or leased by us.  We could also be subject to fines and civil penalties in connection with 
violations of regulatory requirements. 

Research and Development 
Innovation and technical know-how by our operations is very important to the success of our business.  Our 
goal  is  to  discover,  develop  and  bring  to  market  innovative  ways  to  process  waste  that  address  unmet 
environmental  needs.  We  conduct  research  internally,  and  also  through  collaborations  with  other  third 
parties.  The majority of our research activities are performed as we receive new and unique waste to treat.  
We feel that our investments in research have been rewarded by the discovery of the Perma-Fix Process and 
the  Perma-Fix  II  process.  Our  competitors  also  devote  resources  to  research  and  development  and  many 
such competitors have greater resources at their disposal than we do. We have estimated that during 2013 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
and  2012,  we  spent  approximately  $1,764,000  and  $1,823,000,  respectively,  in  Company-sponsored 
research and development activities. 

Number of Employees 
In  our  service-driven  business,  our  employees  are  vital  to  our  success.    We  believe  we  have  good 
relationships with our employees.  As of December 31, 2013, we employed approximately 300 employees.  
We have no union employees at any of our Segments.  

Governmental Regulation  
Environmental companies and their customers are subject to extensive and evolving environmental laws and 
regulations by a number of national, state and local environmental, safety and health agencies, the principal 
of  which  being  the  EPA.    These  laws  and  regulations  largely  contribute  to  the  demand  for  our  services.  
Although our customers remain responsible by law for their environmental problems, we must also comply 
with the requirements of those laws applicable to our services.  We cannot predict the extent to which our 
operations may be affected by future enforcement policies as applied to existing laws or by the enactment of 
new environmental laws and regulations.  Moreover, any predictions regarding possible liability are further 
complicated by the fact that under current environmental laws we could be jointly and severally liable for 
certain activities of third parties over whom we have little or no control.  Although we believe that we are 
currently  in  substantial  compliance  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations,  we  could  be  subject  to  fines, 
penalties  or  other  liabilities  or  could  be  adversely  affected  by  existing  or  subsequently  enacted  laws  or 
regulations.  The principal environmental laws affecting our customers and us are briefly discussed below. 

The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended (“RCRA”) 
RCRA and its associated regulations establish a strict and comprehensive permitting and regulatory program 
applicable  to  hazardous  waste.  The  EPA  has  promulgated  regulations  under  RCRA  for  new  and  existing 
treatment,  storage  and  disposal  facilities  including  incinerators,  storage  and  treatment  tanks,  storage 
containers, storage and treatment surface impoundments, waste piles and landfills.  Every facility that treats, 
stores or disposes of hazardous waste must obtain a RCRA permit or must obtain interim status from the 
EPA, or a state agency, which has been authorized by the EPA to administer its program, and must comply 
with certain operating, financial responsibility and closure requirements. 

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA,” 
also referred to as the “Superfund Act”) 
CERCLA  governs  the  cleanup  of  sites  at  which  hazardous  substances  are  located  or  at  which  hazardous 
substances have been released or are threatened to be released into the environment. CERCLA authorizes 
the  EPA  to  compel  responsible  parties  to  clean  up  sites  and  provides  for  punitive  damages  for 
noncompliance.  CERCLA  imposes  joint  and  several  liabilities  for  the  costs  of  clean  up  and  damages  to 
natural resources. 

Health and Safety Regulations 
The operation of our environmental activities is subject to the requirements of the Occupational Safety and 
Health Act (“OSHA”) and comparable state laws. Regulations promulgated under OSHA by the Department 
of  Labor  require  employers  of  persons  in  the  transportation  and  environmental  industries,  including 
independent  contractors,  to  implement  hazard  communications,  work  practices  and  personnel  protection 
programs  in  order  to  protect  employees  from  equipment  safety  hazards  and  exposure  to  hazardous 
chemicals. 

Atomic Energy Act 
The  Atomic  Energy  Act  of  1954  governs  the  safe  handling  and  use  of  Source,  Special  Nuclear  and 
Byproduct materials in the U.S. and its territories. This act authorized the Atomic Energy Commission (now 
the  Nuclear  Regulatory  Commission  “USNRC”) to  enter  into  “Agreements  with  States to  carry  out  those 
regulatory functions in those respective states except for Nuclear Power Plants and federal facilities like the 
VA  hospitals  and  the  DOE  operations.”  The  State  of  Florida  (with  the  USNRC  oversight),  Office  of 
Radiation Control, regulates the radiological program of the PFF facility, and the State of Tennessee (with 
the USNRC oversight), Tennessee Department of Radiological Health, regulates the radiological program of 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the  DSSI  and  M&EC  facilities.  The  State  of  Washington  (with  the  USNRC  oversight)  Department  of 
Health, regulates the radiological operations of the PFNWR facility. 

Other Laws 
Our  activities  are  subject  to  other  federal  environmental  protection  and  similar  laws,  including,  without 
limitation,  the  Clean  Water  Act,  the  Clean  Air  Act,  the  Hazardous  Materials  Transportation  Act  and  the 
Toxic Substances Control Act.  Many states have also adopted laws for the protection of the environment 
which may affect us, including laws governing the generation, handling, transportation and disposition of 
hazardous substances and laws governing the investigation and cleanup of, and liability for, contaminated 
sites.  Some  of  these  state  provisions  are  broader  and  more  stringent  than  existing  federal  law  and 
regulations.  Our failure to conform our services to the requirements of any of these other applicable federal 
or state laws could subject us to substantial liabilities which could have a material adverse effect on us, our 
operations and financial condition.  In addition to various federal, state and local environmental regulations, 
our  hazardous  waste  transportation  activities  are  regulated  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Transportation,  the 
Interstate  Commerce  Commission  and  transportation  regulatory  bodies  in  the  states  in  which  we  operate. 
We  cannot  predict  the  extent  to  which  we  may  be  affected  by  any  law  or  rule  that  may  be  enacted  or 
enforced in the future, or any new or different interpretations of existing laws or rules.  

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

The following are certain risk factors that could affect our business, financial performance, and results of 
operations.  These  risk  factors  should  be  considered  in  connection  with  evaluating  the  forward-looking 
statements  contained  in  this  Form  10-K,  as  the  forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  current 
expectations,  and  actual  results  and  conditions  could  differ  materially  from  the  current  expectations.  
Investing in our securities involves  a  high  degree  of risk,  and  before  making an  investment  decision,  you 
should  carefully  consider  these  risk  factors  as  well  as  other  information  we  include  or  incorporate  by 
reference in the other reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”).  

Risks Relating to our Operations 

Failure to maintain our financial assurance coverage that we are required to have in order to operate 
our permitted treatment, storage and disposal facilities could have a material adverse effect on us. 
American International Group (“AIG”) provides our finite risk insurance policies which provide financial 
assurance  to  the  applicable  states  for  our  permitted  facilities  in  the  event  of  unforeseen  closure  of  those 
facilities.  We are required to provide and to maintain financial assurance that guarantees to the state that in 
the event of closure, our permitted facilities will be closed in accordance with the regulations.  Our initial 
policy provides a maximum of $39,000,000 of financial assurance coverage.  We also maintain a financial 
assurance policy for our PFNWR facility, which provides a maximum coverage of $8,200,000.  In the event 
that  we  are  unable  to  obtain  or  maintain  our  financial  assurance  coverage  for  any  reason,  this  could 
materially  impact  our  operations  and  our  permits  which  we  are  required  to  have  in  order  to  operate  our 
treatment, storage, and disposal facilities 

If we cannot maintain adequate insurance coverage, we will be unable to continue certain operations. 
Our business exposes us to various risks, including claims for causing damage to property and injuries to 
persons that may involve allegations of negligence or professional errors or omissions in the performance of 
our  services.    Such  claims  could  be  substantial.  We  believe  that  our  insurance  coverage  is  presently 
adequate and similar to, or greater than, the coverage maintained by other companies in the industry of our 
size.  If we are unable to obtain adequate or required insurance coverage in the future, or if our insurance is 
not  available  at  affordable  rates,  we  would  violate  our  permit  conditions  and  other  requirements  of  the 
environmental laws, rules, and regulations under which we operate.  Such violations would render us unable 
to continue certain of our operations.  These events would have a material adverse effect on our financial 
condition. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  inability  to  maintain  existing  government  contracts  or  win  new  government  contracts  over  an 
extended  period  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operations  and  adversely  affect  our 
future revenues. 
A material amount of our segments’ revenues are generated through various U.S. government contracts or 
subcontracts involving the U.S. government.  Our revenues from governmental contracts and subcontracts 
relating  to  governmental  facilities  within  our  segments  were  approximately  $47,557,000  or  63.9%  and 
$101,533,000  or  79.6%,  of  our  consolidated  operating  revenues  from  continuing  operations  for  2013  and 
2012,  respectively.    Most  of  our  government  contracts  or  our  subcontracts  granted  under  government 
contracts  are  awarded  through  a  regulated  competitive  bidding  process.  Some  government  contracts  are 
awarded to multiple competitors, which increase overall competition and pricing pressure and may require 
us to make sustained post-award efforts to realize revenues under these government contracts. All contracts 
with, or subcontracts involving, the federal government are terminable, or subject to renegotiation, by the 
applicable governmental agency on 30 days notice, at the option of the governmental agency. If we fail to 
maintain or replace these relationships, or if a material contract is terminated or renegotiated in a manner 
that is materially adverse to us, our revenues and future operations could be materially adversely affected.  

Our existing and future customers may reduce or halt their spending on nuclear services with outside 
vendors, including us. 
A variety of factors may cause our existing or future customers (including the federal government) to reduce 
or halt their spending on nuclear services from outside vendors, including us. These factors include, but are 
not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 

accidents, terrorism, natural disasters or other incidents occurring at nuclear facilities or involving 
shipments of nuclear materials; 
failure  of  the  federal  government  to  approve  necessary  budgets,  or  to  reduce  the  amount  of  the 
budget necessary, to fund remediation of DOE and DOD sites; 
civic opposition to or changes in government policies regarding nuclear operations; or 
a reduction in demand for nuclear generating capacity; or 
failure to perform under existing contracts, directly or indirectly, with the federal government. 

These  events  could  result  in  or  cause  the  federal  government  to  terminate  or  cancel its  existing  contracts 
involving us to treat, store or dispose of contaminated waste and/or to perform remediation projects, at one 
or more of the federal sites since all contracts with, or subcontracts involving, the federal government are 
terminable upon or subject to renegotiation at the option of the government on 30 days notice.  These events 
also  could  adversely  affect  us  to  the  extent  that  they  result  in  the  reduction  or  elimination  of  contractual 
requirements,  lower  demand  for  nuclear  services,  burdensome  regulation,  disruptions  of  shipments  or 
production, increased operational costs or difficulties or increased liability for actual or threatened property 
damage or personal injury. 

Economic downturns and/or reductions in government funding could have a material negative impact 
on our businesses. 
Demand  for  our  services  has  been,  and  we  expect that  demand  will  continue  to  be,  subject  to  significant 
fluctuations due to a variety of factors beyond our control, including economic conditions, reductions in the 
budget for spending to remediate federal sites due to numerous reasons, including, without limitation, the 
substantial deficits that the federal government has and is continuing to incur.  During economic downturns 
and large budget deficits that the federal government and many states are experiencing, the ability of private 
and government entities to spend on nuclear services may decline significantly. Our operations depend, in 
large part, upon governmental funding, particularly funding levels at the DOE.  Significant reductions in the 
level of governmental funding (for example, the annual budget of the DOE) or specifically mandated levels 
for  different  programs  that  are  important  to  our  business  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our 
business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.   

The loss of one or a few customers could have an adverse effect on us. 
One or a few governmental customers or governmental related customers have in the past, and may in the 
future,  account  for  a  significant  portion  of  our  revenue  in  any  one  year  or  over  a  period  of  several 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
consecutive years.  Because customers generally contract with us for specific projects, we may lose these 
significant customers from year to year as their projects with us are completed. Our inability to replace the 
business with other projects could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. 

As  a  government  contractor,  we  are  subject  to  extensive  government  regulation,  and  our  failure  to 
comply  with  applicable  regulations  could  subject  us  to  penalties  that  may  restrict  our  ability  to 
conduct our business. 
Our governmental contracts, which are primarily with the DOE or subcontracts relating to DOE sites, are a 
significant part of our business. Allowable costs under U.S. government contracts are subject to audit by the 
U.S. government.  If these audits result in determinations that costs claimed as reimbursable are not allowed 
costs or were not allocated in accordance with applicable regulations, we could be required to reimburse the 
U.S. government for amounts previously received. 

Governmental  contracts  or  subcontracts  involving  governmental  facilities  are  often  subject  to  specific 
procurement regulations, contract provisions and a variety of other requirements relating to the formation, 
administration, performance and accounting of these contracts.  Many of these contracts include express or 
implied  certifications  of  compliance  with  applicable  regulations  and  contractual  provisions.    If  we  fail  to 
comply with any regulations, requirements or statutes, our existing governmental contracts or subcontracts 
involving  governmental  facilities  could  be  terminated  or  we  could  be  suspended  from  government 
contracting or subcontracting.  If one or more of our governmental contracts or subcontracts are terminated 
for  any  reason,  or  if  we  are  suspended  or  debarred  from  government  work,  we  could  suffer  a  significant 
reduction  in  expected  revenues  and  profits.  Furthermore,  as  a  result  of  our  governmental  contracts  or 
subcontracts  involving  governmental  facilities,  claims  for  civil  or  criminal  fraud  may  be  brought  by  the 
government or violations of these regulations, requirements or statutes. 

We  are  a  holding  company  and  depend,  in  large  part,  on  receiving  funds  from  our  subsidiaries  to 
fund our indebtedness. 
Because  we  are  a  holding  company  and  operations  are  conducted  through  our  subsidiaries,  our  ability  to 
meet our obligations depends, in large part, on the operating performance and cash flows of our subsidiaries. 

Our auditors have expressed doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. 
Our financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern.  During the 
years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred net losses of $36,039,000 and $3,179,000, 
respectively, and net cash used in operating activities was $2,716,000 and $3,409,000, respectively.  Our net 
loss for 2013 included approximately $27,856,000 in goodwill impairment charges recorded for three of our 
four  reporting  units  and  a  charge  to  tax  expense  of  approximately  $4,760,000  ($3,596,000  for  our 
continuing operations and $1,164,000 for our discontinued operations) to provide a full valuation allowance 
on  our  net  deferred  tax  assets.    As  of  December  31,  2013,  we  have  a  deficit  in  working  capital  of 
$2,958,000,  an  accumulated  deficit  of  $55,078,000  and  cash  on  hand  of  $333,000.    We  did  not  meet  the 
minimum quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio requirement under our credit facility for the first and fourth 
quarters  of  2013;  however,  we  obtained  a  waiver  from  our  lender  for  each  of  these  quarters  for  the  non-
compliance (See “Breach of financial covenants in existing credit facility could result in a default, triggering 
repayment of outstanding debt under the credit facility” in this “Risk Factors” section for further potential 
risk factor related to our financial covenants).  Revenues for our fiscal years 2013 and 2012 were below our 
expectations  and  internal  forecasts  as  a  result,  in  large  part,  of  the  government  sequestration,  federal 
governmental clients operating under reduced budgets, the government shutdown of approximately 16 days 
in  October  2013,  ending  of  contracts,  and  general  adverse  economic  conditions.   The  reduction  in  our 
revenue has resulted in our inability to attain profitable operations and have generated negative operating 
cash  flow  from  operations.   These  factors  raise  substantial  doubt  about  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going 
concern.    As  a  result,  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  has  included  an  explanatory 
paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern in their report on our consolidated financial 
statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013.  We  obtained  a  waiver  from  our  lender  waiving  the 
requirement that the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013, 
be  issued  without  a  going  concern  qualification.    Our  ability  to  continue  our  operations  depends  on  our 
ability to generate profitable operations or complete equity or debt financings to increase our capital. There 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
are  no  assurances  that  we  will  be  able  to  increase  our  revenue  and  cash  flow  to  a  level  which  supports 
profitable operations and provides sufficient funds to pay our obligations. 

Loss of certain key personnel could have a material adverse effect on us. 
Our  success  depends  on  the  contributions  of  our  key  management,  environmental  and  engineering 
personnel, especially Dr. Louis F. Centofanti, Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer.  The loss 
of Dr. Centofanti could have a material adverse effect on our operations, revenues, prospects, and our ability 
to  raise  additional  funds.    Our  future  success  depends  on  our  ability  to  retain  and  expand  our  staff  of 
qualified  personnel,  including  environmental  specialists  and  technicians,  sales  personnel,  and  engineers. 
Without qualified personnel, we may incur delays in rendering our services or be unable to render certain 
services.    We  cannot  be  certain  that  we  will  be  successful  in  our  efforts  to  attract  and  retain  qualified 
personnel as their availability is limited due to the demand for hazardous waste management services and 
the highly competitive nature of the hazardous waste management industry.  We do not maintain key person 
insurance on any of our employees, officers, or directors. 

Changes in environmental regulations and enforcement policies could subject us to additional liability 
and adversely affect our ability to continue certain operations.  
We cannot predict the extent to which our operations may be affected by future governmental enforcement 
policies  as  applied  to  existing  laws,  by  changes  to  current  environmental  laws  and  regulations,  or  by  the 
enactment of new environmental laws and regulations.  Any predictions regarding possible liability under 
such  laws  are  complicated  further  by  current  environmental  laws  which  provide  that  we  could  be  liable, 
jointly and severally, for certain activities of third parties over whom we have limited or no control. 

Our  Treatment  Segment has  limited end  disposal sites to  utilize  to  dispose of its waste which could 
significantly impact our results of operations. 
Our Treatment Segment has limited options available for disposal of its waste.  Currently, there are only two 
disposal sites for our low level radioactive waste we receive from non-governmental sites.  If either of these 
disposal sites ceases to accept waste or closes for any reason or refuses to accept the waste of our Treatment 
Segment,  for  any  reason,  we  would  be  limited  to  only  the  one  remaining  site  to  dispose  of  our  nuclear 
waste.  With  only  one  end  disposal  site  to  dispose  of  our  waste,  we  could  be  subject  to  significantly 
increased costs which could negatively impact our results of operations. 

Our businesses subject us to substantial potential environmental liability. 
Our  business  of  rendering  services  in  connection  with  management  of  waste,  including  certain  types  of 
hazardous waste, low-level radioactive waste, and mixed waste (waste containing both hazardous and low-
level radioactive waste), subjects us to risks of liability for damages. Such liability could involve, without 
limitation: 

• 

• 

• 

claims for clean-up costs, personal injury or damage to the environment in cases in which we are 
held responsible for the release of hazardous or radioactive materials; and 
claims of employees, customers, or third parties for personal injury or property damage occurring in 
the course of our operations; and 
claims alleging negligence or professional errors or omissions in the planning or performance of our 
services. 

Our operations are subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations. We have in the past, and could 
in the future, be subject to substantial fines, penalties, and sanctions for violations of environmental laws 
and substantial expenditures as a responsible party for the cost of remediating any property which may be 
contaminated by hazardous substances generated by us and disposed at such property, or transported by us 
to a site selected by us, including properties we own or lease. 

As  our  operations  expand,  we  may  be  subject  to  increased  litigation,  which  could  have  a  negative 
impact on our future financial results. 
Our  operations  are  highly  regulated  and  we  are  subject  to  numerous  laws  and  regulations  regarding 
procedures for waste treatment, storage, recycling, transportation, and disposal activities, all of which may 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
provide the basis for litigation against us. In recent years, the waste treatment industry has experienced a 
significant increase in so-called “toxic-tort” litigation as those injured by contamination seek to recover for 
personal injuries or property damage.  We believe that, as our operations and activities expand, there will be 
a  similar  increase  in  the  potential  for  litigation  alleging  that  we  have  violated  environmental  laws  or 
regulations or are responsible for contamination or pollution caused by our normal operations, negligence or 
other misconduct, or for accidents, which occur in the course of our business activities.  Such litigation, if 
significant and not adequately insured against, could adversely affect our financial condition and our ability 
to fund our operations.  Protracted litigation would likely cause us to spend significant amounts of our time, 
effort, and money. This could prevent our management from focusing on our operations and expansion. 

Our operations are subject to seasonal factors, which cause our revenues to fluctuate. 
We  have  historically  experienced  reduced  revenues  and  losses  during  the  first  and  fourth  quarters  of  our 
fiscal  years  due  to  a  seasonal  slowdown  in  operations  from  poor  weather  conditions,  overall  reduced 
activities during these periods resulting from holiday periods, and finalization of government budgets during 
the fourth quarter of each year. During our second and third fiscal quarters there has historically been an 
increase in revenues and operating profits. If we do not continue to have increased revenues and profitability 
during  the  second  and  third  fiscal  quarters,  this  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of 
operations and liquidity. 

If environmental regulation or enforcement is relaxed, the demand for our services will decrease. 
The demand for our services is substantially dependent upon the public's concern with, and the continuation 
and  proliferation  of, the laws  and  regulations  governing  the  treatment,  storage,  recycling,  and  disposal  of 
hazardous, non-hazardous, and low-level radioactive waste.  A decrease in the level of public concern, the 
repeal or modification of these laws, or any significant relaxation of regulations relating to the treatment, 
storage,  recycling,  and  disposal  of  hazardous  waste  and  low-level  radioactive  waste  would  significantly 
reduce the demand for our services and could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial 
condition.  We  are  not  aware  of  any  current  federal  or  state  government  or  agency  efforts  in  which  a 
moratorium  or  limitation  has  been,  or  will  be,  placed  upon  the  creation  of  new  hazardous  or  radioactive 
waste regulations that would have a material adverse effect on us; however, no assurance can be made that 
such a moratorium or limitation will not be implemented in the future. 

We  and  our  customers  operate  in  a  politically  sensitive  environment,  and  the  public  perception  of 
nuclear power and radioactive materials can affect our customers and us. 
We  and  our  customers  operate  in  a  politically  sensitive  environment.  Opposition  by  third  parties  to 
particular projects can limit the handling and disposal of radioactive materials.  Adverse public reaction to 
developments  in  the  disposal  of  radioactive  materials,  including  any  high  profile  incident  involving  the 
discharge  of  radioactive  materials,  could  directly  affect  our  customers  and  indirectly  affect  our  business. 
Adverse  public  reaction  also  could  lead  to  increased  regulation  or  outright  prohibition,  limitations  on  the 
activities  of  our  customers,  more  onerous  operating  requirements  or  other  conditions  that  could  have  a 
material adverse impact on our customers’ and our business. 

We may be exposed to certain regulatory and financial risks related to climate change. 
Climate  change  is  receiving  ever  increasing  attention  from  scientists  and  legislators  alike.  The  debate  is 
ongoing  as  to  the  extent  to  which  our  climate  is  changing,  the  potential  causes  of  this  change  and  its 
potential impacts. Some attribute global warming to increased levels of greenhouse gases, including carbon 
dioxide, which has led to significant legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions. 

Presently  there  are  no  federally  mandated  greenhouse  gas  reduction  requirements  in  the  United  States. 
However, there are a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to address greenhouse gas emissions, 
which are in various phases of discussion or implementation. The outcome of federal and state actions to 
address  global  climate  change  could  result  in  a  variety  of  regulatory  programs  including  potential  new 
regulations. Any adoption by federal or state governments mandating a substantial reduction in greenhouse 
gas emissions could increase costs associated with our operations.  Until the timing, scope and extent of any 
future regulation becomes known, we cannot predict the effect on our financial position, operating results 
and cash flows. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may not be successful in winning new business mandates from our government and commercial 
customers or international customers. 
We must be successful in winning mandates from our government, commercial customers and international 
customers to replace revenues from projects that we have completed or that are nearing completion and to 
increase our revenues. Our business and operating results can be adversely affected by the size and timing 
of a single material contract. 

The elimination or any modification of the Price-Anderson Acts indemnification authority could have 
adverse consequences for our business. 
The Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, or the AEA, comprehensively regulates the manufacture, use, 
and  storage  of  radioactive  materials.    The  Price-Anderson  Act  supports  the  nuclear  services  industry  by 
offering  broad  indemnification  to  DOE  contractors  for  liabilities  arising  out  of  nuclear  incidents  at  DOE 
nuclear facilities. That indemnification protects DOE prime contractor, but also similar companies that work 
under contract or subcontract for a DOE prime contract or transporting radioactive material to or from a site.  
The indemnification authority of the DOE under the Price-Anderson Act was extended through 2025 by the 
Energy Policy Act of 2005. 

Under  certain  conditions,  the  Price-Anderson  Act’s  indemnification  provisions  may  not  apply  to  our 
processing of radioactive waste at governmental facilities, and do not apply to liabilities that we might incur 
while  performing  services  as  a  contractor  for  the  DOE  and  the  nuclear  energy  industry.  If  an  incident  or 
evacuation is not covered under Price-Anderson Act indemnification, we could be held liable for damages, 
regardless of fault, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. 
If such indemnification authority is not applicable in the future, our business could be adversely affected if 
the owners and operators of new facilities fail to retain our services in the absence of commercial adequate 
insurance and indemnification. 

We are engaged in highly competitive businesses and typically must bid against other competitors to 
obtain major contracts. 
We are engaged in highly competitive business in which most of our government contracts and some of our 
commercial contracts are awarded through competitive bidding processes.  We compete with national and 
regional firms with nuclear services practices, as well as small or local contractors. Some of our competitors 
have  greater  financial  and  other  resources  than  we  do,  which  can  give  them  a  competitive  advantage.  In 
addition,  even  if  we  are  qualified  to  work  on  a  new  government  contract,  we  might  not  be  awarded  the 
contract  because  of  existing  government  policies  designed  to  protect  certain  types  of  businesses  and 
underrepresented  minority  contractors.  Although  the  Company  has  regained  the  ability  to  certify  and  bid 
government contract as a small business, there are a number of qualified small businesses in our market that 
will provide intense competition.  Competition places downward pressure on our contract prices and profit 
margins. Intense competition is expected to continue for nuclear service contracts. If we are unable to meet 
these competitive challenges, we could lose market share and experience on overall reduction in our profits. 

Our failure to maintain our safety record could have an adverse effect on our business. 
Our  safety  record  is  critical  to  our  reputation.  In  addition,  many  of  our  government  and  commercial 
customers  require  that  we  maintain  certain  specified  safety  record  guidelines  to  be  eligible  to  bid  for 
contracts with these customers.  Furthermore, contract terms may provide for automatic termination in the 
event that our safety record fails to adhere to agreed-upon  guidelines during performance of the contract.  
As a result, our failure to maintain our safety record could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

We may be unable to utilize loss carryforwards in the future. 
We have approximately $9,715,000 and $53,035,000 in net operating loss carryforwards which will expire 
in  various  amounts  starting  in  2021  if  not  used  against  future  federal  and  state  income  tax  liabilities, 
respectively.  Our net loss carryforwards are subject to various limitations.  Our ability to use the net loss 
carryforwards depends on whether we are able to generate sufficient income in the future years.  Further, 
our net loss carryforwards have not been audited or approved by the Internal Revenue Service. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
If our goodwill, permit, or other intangible assets become further impaired, we may be required to 
record additional significant charge to earnings. 
Under  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  (“U.S.  GAAP”),  we  review  our 
intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may 
not be recoverable. Goodwill and permits are tested for impairment at least annually. Factors that may be 
considered  a  change  in  circumstances,  indicating  that  the  carrying  value  of  our goodwill,  permit  or  other 
intangible assets may not be recoverable, include a decline in stock price and market capitalization, reduced 
future  cash  flow  estimates,  and  slower  growth  rates  in  our  industry.  During  2013,  we  recorded  a  total  of 
$27,856,000  in  goodwill  impairment  charges,  which  represented  the  total  goodwill  for  three  of  our  four 
reporting units.  We may be required, in the future, to record additional impairment charges in our financial 
statements,  in  which  any  impairment  of  our  goodwill,  permit,  or  other  intangible  assets  is  determined, 
negatively impacting our results of operations. 

We bear the risk of cost overruns in fixed-price contracts. We may experience reduced profits or, in 
some cases, losses under these contracts if costs increase above our estimates. 
A percentage of our revenues are earned under contracts that are fixed-price in nature. Fixed-price contracts 
expose us to a number of risks not inherent in cost-reimbursable contracts. Under fixed price and guaranteed 
maximum-price contracts, contract prices are established in part on cost and scheduling estimates which are 
based  on  a  number  of  assumptions,  including  assumptions  about  future  economic  conditions,  prices  and 
availability of labor, equipment and materials, and other exigencies. If these estimates prove inaccurate, or if 
circumstances  change  such  as  unanticipated  technical  problems,  difficulties  in  obtaining  permits  or 
approvals, changes in local laws or labor conditions, weather delays, cost of raw materials or our suppliers’ 
or subcontractors’ inability to perform, cost overruns may occur and we could experience reduced profits or, 
in some cases, a loss for that project. Errors or ambiguities as to contract specifications can also lead to cost-
overruns.   

Adequate bonding is necessary for us to win certain types of new work. 
We are often required to provide performance bonds or other financial assurances to customers under fixed-
price contracts, primarily within our Services Segment. These surety instruments indemnify the customer if 
we fail to perform our obligations under the contract. If a bond is required for a particular project and we are 
unable to obtain it due to insufficient liquidity or other reasons, we may not be able to pursue that project. 
We  currently  have  a  bonding  facility  but,  the  issuance  of  bonds  under  that  facility  is  at  the  surety’s  sole 
discretion. Moreover, due to events that affect the insurance and bonding markets generally, bonding may 
be more difficult to obtain in the future or may only be available at significant additional cost. There can be 
no  assurance  that  bonds  will  continue  to  be  available  to  us  on  reasonable  terms.  Our  inability  to  obtain 
adequate bonding and, as a result, to bid on new work could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.  

Failure  to  maintain  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  or  failure  to  remediate  a 
material weakness in internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, operating results, and stock price. 
Maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  necessary  for  us  to  produce  reliable 
financial  reports  and  is  important  in  helping  to  prevent  financial  fraud.    If  we  are  unable  to  maintain 
adequate internal controls, our business and operating results could be harmed. We are required to satisfy 
the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes Oxley and the related rules of the Commission, which require, 
among  other  things,  our  management  to  assess  annually  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting.  In connection with the restatement to our consolidated financial statements in our 2012 
Form  10-K/A  –  Amendment  No.  1,  filed  with  the  Commission  on  December  12,  2013,  management, 
including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  reassessed  the  effectiveness  of  our 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 and concluded that the Company did not 
maintain  adequate  control  of  its  accounting  for  deferred  tax  accounts  in  preparation  of  its  provision  for 
income taxes.  As result of the restatement, we also concluded that a material weakness in internal control 
over  financial  reporting  existed  as  of  September  30,  2013.    Although  the  Company  has  remediated  this 
material weakness and based on our assessment, have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures 
and internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of December 31, 2013, failure to remediate 
any  future  deficiencies  or  to  implement  required  new  or improved  controls,  or difficulties  encountered in 
14 

 
their  implementation,  could  cause  us  to  fail  to  meet  our  reporting  obligations  or  result  in  material 
misstatement in our financial statements.   

Risks Relating to our Intellectual Property 

If we cannot maintain our governmental permits or cannot obtain required permits, we may not be 
able to continue or expand our operations. 
We are a nuclear services and waste management company. Our business is subject to extensive, evolving, 
and increasingly stringent federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations. Such federal, state, 
and  local  environmental  laws  and  regulations  govern  our  activities  regarding  the  treatment,  storage, 
recycling,  disposal,  and  transportation  of  hazardous  and  non-hazardous  waste  and  low-level  radioactive 
waste.  We must obtain and maintain permits or licenses to conduct these activities in compliance with such 
laws and regulations.  Failure to obtain and maintain the required permits or licenses would have a material 
adverse  effect  on  our  operations  and  financial  condition.  If  any  of  our  facilities  are  unable  to  maintain 
currently  held  permits  or  licenses  or  obtain  any  additional  permits  or  licenses  which  may  be  required  to 
conduct its operations, we may not be able to continue those operations at these facilities, which could have 
a material adverse effect on us. 

We believe our proprietary technology is important to us. 
We believe that it is important that we maintain our proprietary technologies. There can be no assurance that 
the steps taken by us to protect our proprietary technologies will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of 
these technologies by third parties. Misappropriation of our proprietary technology could have an adverse 
effect  on  our  operations  and  financial  condition.    Changes  to  current  environmental  laws  and  regulations 
also could limit the use of our proprietary technology. 

Risks Relating to our Financial Position and Need for Financing 

Breach of financial covenants in existing credit facility could result in a default, triggering repayment 
of outstanding debt under the credit facility. 
Our  credit  facility  with  our  bank  contains  financial  covenants.  A  breach  of  any  of  these  covenants  could 
result in a default under our credit facility triggering our lender to immediately require the repayment of all 
outstanding debt under our credit facility and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. Our fixed 
charge coverage ratio fell below the minimum quarterly requirement under our credit facility in the first and 
fourth quarters of 2013; however, we have obtained a waiver for the non-compliance from our lender for 
each of these quarters. Our lender has waived the quarterly fixed charge coverage testing requirement for 
the  first  quarter  of  2014.  In  addition,  our  lender  has  amended  the  methodology  in  calculating  the  fixed 
charge coverage ratio in each of the subsequent quarters of 2014 and changed the minimum quarterly fixed 
charge  coverage  ratio  requirement  of  1:25  to  1:00  to  1:15  to  1:00  for  each  of  the  subsequent  quarters  of 
2014. As a result of these revisions, we expect to meet our quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio requirement 
in  each  of  the  second  to  fourth  quarters  of  2014.  If  we  fail  to  meet  the  minimum  quarterly  fixed  charge 
coverage ratio requirement in any of the quarters as discussed above for 2014 and our lender does not waive 
the non-compliance or further revise our covenant so that we are in compliance, our lender could accelerate 
the repayment of borrowings under our credit facility.  In the event that our lender accelerates the payment 
of our borrowings, we may not have sufficient liquidity to repay our debt under our credit facility and other 
indebtedness.   

Our amount of debt could adversely affect our operations. 
At  December  31,  2013,  our  aggregate  consolidated  debt  was  approximately  $14,283,000  (includes  debt 
discount of $223,000). Our Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, 
dated October 31, 2011, as amended (“Amended Loan Agreement”) provides for an aggregate commitment 
of  $34,000,000,  consisting  of  a  $18,000,000  revolving  line  of  credit  and  a  term  loan  of  $16,000,000.  
Effective April 14, 2014, our revolving line of credit was reduced to $12,000,000.  The maximum we can 
borrow under the revolving part of the Credit Facility is based on a percentage of the amount of our eligible 
receivables  outstanding  at  any  one  time.    As  of  December  31,  2013,  we  had  no  borrowings  under  the 
revolving part of our Credit Facility and borrowing availability of up to an additional $6,642,000 based on 
our  outstanding  eligible  receivables.  A  lack  of  positive  operating  results  could  have  material  adverse 
15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consequences on our ability to operate our business.  Our ability to make principal and interest payments, or 
to refinance indebtedness, will depend on both our and our subsidiaries' future operating performance and 
cash  flow.  Prevailing  economic  conditions,  interest  rate  levels,  and  financial,  competitive,  business,  and 
other factors affect us.  Many of these factors are beyond our control. 

Our substantial level  of indebtedness could  limit  our financial and  operating activities, and 
adversely affect  our ability to incur  additional debt  to fund future  needs. 
We currently have a substantial amount of indebtedness.  As a result, this level of indebtedness  could, 
among other things: 

• 

require  us  to  dedicate  a  substantial  portion  of  our  cash  flow to  the  payment  of  principal  and 
interest, thereby  reducing the funds  available  for operations and  future business opportunities; 

•  make it more difficult for us to satisfy  our obligations; 
• 

limit  our  ability  to  borrow  additional    money  if needed  for other  purposes, including  working 
capital, capital  expenditures, debt  service  requirements, acquisitions and  general  corporate  or 
other purposes, on satisfactory  terms  or at all; 
limit our ability  to adjust  to changing economic,  business and  competitive conditions; 

• 
•  place  us  at  a  competitive  disadvantage with  competitors who  may  have  less  indebtedness or 

greater access  to financing; 

•  make  us  more  vulnerable  to  an  increase  in  interest    rates,  a  downturn  in  our  operating 

performance or a decline  in general  economic  conditions;  and 

•  make  us more  susceptible to changes in credit  ratings, which could  impact  our ability  to obtain 

financing  in the future  and  increase  the cost of such financing. 

Any of the  foregoing  could  adversely impact our operating results, financial  condition, and liquidity.  Our 
financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern.  Our ability to 
continue our operations depends on our ability to generate profitable operations or complete equity or debt 
financings to increase our capital.  

Risks Relating to our Common Stock 

Issuance of substantial amounts of our Common Stock could depress our stock price. 
Any sales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock in the public market could cause an adverse effect 
on the market price of our Common Stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of 
additional equity securities.  The issuance of our Common Stock will result in the dilution in the percentage 
membership  interest  of  our  stockholders  and  the  dilution  in  ownership  value.  Given  effect  of  the  reverse 
stock  split,  as  of  December  31,  2013,  we  had  11,398,931  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding  (which 
excludes 7,642 treasury shares). 

In addition, given the effect of the reverse stock split, as of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding options 
to  purchase  362,800  shares  of  Common  Stock  at  exercise  prices  from  $2.79  to $14.75  per  share  and two 
outstanding warrants to purchase up to an aggregate 70,000 shares of Common Stock at exercise price of 
$2.23  per  share.    Further,  our  preferred  share  rights  plan,  if  triggered,  could  result  in  the  issuance  of  a 
substantial amount of our Common Stock.  The existence of this quantity of rights to purchase our Common 
Stock under the preferred share rights plan could result in a significant dilution in the percentage ownership 
interest of our stockholders and the dilution in ownership value. Future sales of the shares issuable could 
also depress the market price of our Common Stock. 

We do not intend to pay dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. 
Since  our  inception,  we  have  not  paid  cash  dividends  on  our  Common  Stock,  and  we  do  not  anticipate 
paying  any  cash  dividends  in  the  foreseeable  future.  Our  Credit  Facility  prohibits  us  from  paying  cash 
dividends on our Common Stock. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  price  of  our  Common  Stock  may  fluctuate  significantly,  which  may  make  it  difficult  for  our 
stockholders to resell our Common Stock when a stockholder wants or at prices a stockholder finds 
attractive. 
The  price  of  our  Common  Stock  on  the  Nasdaq  Capital  Markets  constantly  changes.  We  expect  that  the 
market  price  of  our  Common  Stock  will  continue  to  fluctuate.  This  may  make  it  difficult  for  our 
stockholders  to  resell  the  Common  Stock  when  a  stockholder  wants  or  at  prices  a  stockholder  finds 
attractive. 

Future  issuance  of  our  Common  Stock  could  adversely  affect  the  price  of  our  Common  Stock,  our 
ability to raise funds in new stock offerings and could dilute the percentage ownership of our common 
stockholders. 
Future sales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock or equity-related securities in the public market, 
or the perception that such sales or conversions could occur, could adversely affect prevailing trading prices 
of our Common Stock and could dilute the value of Common Stock held by our existing stockholders. No 
prediction  can  be  made  as  to  the  effect,  if  any,  that  future  sales  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  or  the 
availability of shares of Common Stock for future sale will have on the trading price of our Common Stock. 
Such future sales or conversions could also significantly reduce the percentage ownership of our common 
stockholders. 

Delaware  law,  certain  of  our  charter  provisions,  our  stock  option  plans,  outstanding  warrants  and 
our  Preferred  Stock  may  inhibit  a  change  of  control  under  circumstances  that  could  give  you  an 
opportunity to realize a premium over prevailing market prices. 
We  are  a  Delaware  corporation  governed,  in  part,  by  the  provisions  of  Section  203  of  the  General 
Corporation  Law  of  Delaware,  an  anti-takeover  law.  In  general,  Section  203  prohibits  a  Delaware  public 
corporation  from  engaging  in  a  “business  combination”  with  an  “interested  stockholder”  for  a  period  of 
three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the 
business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.  As a result of Section 203, potential acquirers 
may be discouraged from attempting to effect acquisition transactions with us, thereby possibly depriving 
our security holders of certain opportunities to sell, or otherwise dispose of, such securities at above-market 
prices  pursuant  to  such  transactions.  Further,  certain  of  our  option  plans  provide  for  the  immediate 
acceleration of, and removal of restrictions from, options and other awards under such plans upon a “change 
of control” (as defined in the respective plans). Such provisions may also have the result of discouraging 
acquisition of us. 

We have authorized and unissued 63,160,627 (which excludes shares issuable under outstanding options to 
purchase 362,800 shares of our Common Stock and two warrants to purchase 70,000 shares of our Common 
Stock) shares of Common Stock and 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2013 (which 
includes 600,000 shares of our Preferred Stock reserved for issuance under our preferred share rights plan).  
These unissued shares could be used by our management to make it more difficult, and thereby discourage 
an attempt to acquire control of us.  

Our Preferred Share Rights Plan may adversely affect our stockholders. 
In May 2008, we adopted a preferred share rights plan (the “Rights Plan”), designed to ensure that all of our 
stockholders receive fair and equal treatment in the event of a proposed takeover or abusive tender offer.  
However, the Rights Plan may also have the effect of deterring, delaying, or preventing a change in control 
that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.  

In  general,  under  the  terms  of the  Rights  Plan, subject to  certain  limited  exceptions, if  a  person  or  group 
acquires 20% or more of our Common Stock or a tender offer or exchange offer for 20% or more of our 
Common Stock is announced or commenced, our other stockholders may receive upon exercise of the rights 
(the  “Rights”)  issued  under  the  Rights  Plan  the  number  of  shares  our  Common  Stock  or  of  one-one 
hundredths of a share of our Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, having 
a value equal to two times the purchase price of the Right.  In addition, if we are acquired in a merger or 
other business combination transaction in which we are not the survivor or more than 50% of our assets or 
earning  power  is  sold  or  transferred,  then  each  holder  of  a  Right  (other  than  the  acquirer)  will  thereafter 
have the right to receive, upon exercise, common stock of the acquiring company having a value equal to 
17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
two  times  the  purchase  price  of  the  Right.    The  initial  purchase  price  of  each  Right  was  $13,  subject  to 
adjustment and adjustment for the reverse stock split.  

The  Rights  will  cause  substantial  dilution  to  a  person  or  group  that  attempts  to  acquire  us  on  terms  not 
approved  by  our  board  of  directors.  The  Rights  may  be  redeemed  by  us  at  $0.001  per  Right  at  any  time 
before any person or group acquires 20% or more of our outstanding common stock.  The rights should not 
interfere  with  any  merger  or  other  business  combination  approved  by  our  board  of  directors.  The  Rights 
expire on May 2, 2018.  

Our Common Stock could be delisted from NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (“NASDAQ”) if we do not 
satisfy continued listing requirements of NASDAQ. 
On  December  4,  2012,  we  were  notified  by  NASDAQ  that,  based  upon  the  closing  bid  price  of  our 
Common Stock for the last 30 consecutive business days, our Common Stock did not meet the minimum bid 
price  of  $1.00  per  share  required  for  continued  listing  on  NASDAQ  pursuant  to  NASDAQ  Marketplace 
Rule  5550(a)(2)  (the “Minimum  Bid  Price  Rule”).  During  October  2013,  we had  a  1-for-5  reverse  stock 
split as to our outstanding Common Stock and Common Stock subject to existing and outstanding option 
and  warrants  that  resulted  in  the  price  of  our  Common  Stock  exceeding  the  Minimum  Bid  Price  Rule, 
allowing  us  to  regain  compliance  with  the  NASDAQ’S  Minimum  Bid  Price  Rule.    If  we  are  unable  to 
continue compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Rule, the NASDAQ could again take action to delist our 
Common Stock from the NASDAQ, which could have an adverse effect on the liquidity and share price of 
our Common Stock.  Any impact on our ability to raise equity capital could adversely affect our ability to 
execute  our  long-term  business  strategy,  including  any  efforts  to  use  equity  capital  to  reduce  our 
indebtedness or fund our operations. 

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

Not Applicable. 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

Our  principal  executive  office  is  in  Atlanta,  Georgia.    Our  Business  Center  is  located  in  Knoxville, 
Tennessee.  Our Treatment Segment facilities are located in Gainesville, Florida; Kingston, Tennessee; Oak 
Ridge,  Tennessee,  and  Richland,  Washington.    Our  Services  Segment  operates  subsidiaries  located  in 
Ellisville,  Missouri;  Knoxville,  Tennessee;  and  Blaydon  On  Tyne,  England,  of  which  we  lease  all  of  the 
properties.    We  have  a  facility  located  in  Valdosta,  Georgia,  which  is  included  within  our  discontinued 
operations.  On August 14, 2013, our Valdosta, Georgia facility incurred fire damage which has left it non-
operational  at  this  time,  but  is  undergoing  the  rebuilding  process.  We  also  maintain  properties  in 
Brownstown, Michigan and Memphis, Tennessee, which are all non-operational and are included within our 
discontinued operations.   

Three  of  our  facilities  are  subject  to  mortgages  as  granted  to  our  senior  lender  (Kingston,  Tennessee; 
Gainesville, Florida; and Richland, Washington).    

The Company currently leases properties in the following locations: 

Location
Knoxville, TN (Safety and Ecology Corporation or "SEC")
Knoxville, TN (SEC)
Blaydon On Tyne, England (Perma-Fix UK Limited)
Pittsburgh, PA (SEC)
Newport, KY (SEC)
Oak Ridge, TN (M&EC)
Ellisville, MO (SYA)
Atlanta, GA (Corporate)

Square Footage

20,850
11,000
1,000
640
1,566
150,000
12,000
7,672

Expiration of Lease
May 31, 2018
September 30, 2014
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
February 28, 2018
May 31, 2016
May 31, 2015

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  believe  that  the  above  facilities  currently  provide  adequate  capacity  for  our  operations  and  that 
additional  facilities  are  readily  available  in  the  regions  in  which  we  operate,  which  could  support  and 
supplement our existing facilities. 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

Perma-Fix of Northwest Richland, Inc. (“PFNWR”) 
PFNWR  filed  suit  (PFNWR  vs.  Philotechnics,  Ltd.)  in  the  U.S.  District  Court,  Eastern  District  of 
Tennessee, asserting contract breach and seeking specific performance of the “return-of-waste clause” in the 
brokerage  contract  between  a  prior  facility  owner  (now  owned  by  PFNWR)  and  Philotechnics,  Ltd. 
(“Philo”),  as to  certain  non-conforming  waste  Philo delivered  for  treatment  from  Philo’s  customer,  El  du 
Pont de Nemours and Company (“DuPont”),  to the PFNWR facility, before PFNWR acquired the facility. 
Our  complaint  seeks  an  order  that  Philo:  (A)  specifically  perform  its  obligations  under  the  contract’s 
“return-of-waste”  clause  by  physically  taking  custody  of  and  by  removing  the  nonconforming  waste,  (B) 
pay PFNWR all additional costs of maintaining and managing the waste, and (C) pay PFNWR the cost to 
treat and dispose of the nonconforming waste so as to allow PFNWR to compliantly dispose of that waste 
offsite. Presently, under the supervision of the Court, PFNWR and Philo have agreed to temporarily suspend 
formal legal proceedings and, instead, to work together to process, package, transport from the facility, and 
dispose of the nonconforming waste.  PFNWR anticipates that these activities will be completed in 2014.  
This matter is currently set to proceed to trial on November 3, 2014 to adjudicate any issues that remain. 

ITEM 4 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE  

Not Applicable. 

ITEM 4A. 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF  THE REGISTRANT  

The following table sets forth, as of the date hereof, information concerning our executive officers: 

NAME  
Dr. Louis F. Centofanti 
Mr. Ben Naccarato 
Mr. Robert Schreiber, Jr. 

Mr. John Lash 

AGE 
70 
51 
63 

51 

POSITION 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Chief Financial Officer, Vice President, and Secretary 
President of Schreiber, Yonley & Associates (“SYA”), a subsidiary of 
the Company, and Principal Engineer 
Chief Operating Officer 

Dr. Louis F. Centofanti 
Dr. Centofanti has served as Board Chairman since joining the Company in February 1991. Dr. Centofanti 
also  served  as  Company  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  (February  1991  to  September  1995)  and 
again in March 1996 was elected Company President and Chief Executive Officer.  From 1985 until joining 
the  Company,  Dr.  Centofanti  served  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  USPCI,  Inc.,  a  large  hazardous  waste 
management  company,  where  he  was  responsible  for  managing  the  treatment,  reclamation  and  technical 
groups within USPCI.  In 1981 he founded PPM, Inc. (later sold to USPCI), a hazardous waste management 
company  specializing  in  treating  PCB  contaminated  oils.    From  1978  to  1981,  Dr.  Centofanti  served  as 
Regional Administrator of the U.S. Department of Energy for the southeastern region of the United States.  
Dr.  Centofanti  has  a  Ph.D.  and  a  M.S.  in  Chemistry  from  the  University  of  Michigan,  and  a  B.S.  in 
Chemistry from Youngstown State University.  

Mr. Ben Naccarato 
Mr. Naccarato has served as the Chief Financial Officer since February 26, 2009.  Mr. Naccarato joined the 
Company in September 2004 and served as Vice President, Finance of the Company’s Industrial Segment 
until May 2006, when he was named Vice President, Corporate Controller/Treasurer.  Prior to joining the 
Company in September 2004, Mr. Naccarato was the Chief Financial Officer of Culp Petroleum Company, 
Inc., a privately held company in the fuel distribution and used waste oil industry from December 2002 to 
September  2004.    Mr.  Naccarato  is  a  graduate  of  University  of  Toronto  having  received  a  Bachelor  of 
Commerce and Finance Degree and is a Certified Management Accountant. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Robert Schreiber, Jr. 
Mr. Schreiber has served as President of SYA since the Company acquired the environmental engineering 
firm  in  1992.  Mr.  Schreiber  co-founded  the  predecessor  of  SYA,  Lafser  &  Schreiber  in  1985,  and  held 
several executive roles in the firm until our acquisition of SYA.  From 1978 to 1985, Mr. Schreiber was the 
Director  of  Air  programs  and  all  environmental  programs  for  the  Missouri  Department  of  Natural 
Resources. Mr. Schreiber provides technical expertise in wide range of areas including the cement industry, 
environmental regulations and air pollution control.  Mr. Schreiber has a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from 
the University of Missouri – Columbia.     

Mr. John Lash 
On April 3, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the appointment by the Company on March 
20,  2014  of  Mr.  John  Lash  as  the  Chief  Operating  Officer.  Mr.  Lash  previously  served  as  Senior  Vice 
President  of  Operations  of  the  Company’s  Treatment  Segment  for  over  ten  years.  Mr.  Lash  has  over  20 
years of experience in the nuclear industry, with specific experience in managing remedial activities, as well 
as  decontamination  and  disposal  of  radioactive  materials  from  commercial  and  government  operating 
facilities.  As  Senior  Vice  President  of  Operations,  Mr.  Lash  was  responsible  for  all  treatment  and 
remediation activities.  Prior to joining Perma-Fix in 2001, Mr. Lash served as Broad Spectrum Manager for 
Waste Control Specialists in Dallas, TX where his responsibilities included contract management of DOE 
nationwide  procurement  for  mixed  waste  treatment  services,  business  development  activities,  and 
technology  development.  Prior  to  that,  he  worked  for  ten  years  at  Chem-Nuclear  Systems  where  he  held 
various  managerial  positions  including  manager  of  the  Chem-Nuclear  Consolidation  Facility.    Mr.  Lash 
received his education and qualification from the U.S. Navy Nuclear Power Program, where he served for 8 
years prior to working in the commercial and nuclear industry. 

Resignation of Chief Operating Officer 
On March 20, 2014, the Company accepted the resignation of Mr. James A. Blankenhorn, as Vice President 
and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  the  Company.    The  resignation  was  effective  March  28,  2014.  Mr. 
Blankenhorn’s resignation was not due to a disagreement with the Company. 

Certain Relationships 
There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers.  

PART II 

ITEM 5. 

MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY  AND  RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Our Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Capital Markets (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “PESI”. 
The following table sets forth the high and low market trade prices quoted for the Common Stock during the 
periods  shown.    The  source  of  such  quotations  and  information  is  the  NASDAQ  online  trading  history 
reports.  The trade prices noted below have been adjusted for the 1-for-5 reverse stock split. 

2013 

2012 

Common Stock  1st Quarter 
2nd Quarter 
3rd Quarter 
4th Quarter 

Low    High    Low 

  High 
$  3.14  $  5.25  $  7.32  $  9.50 
  8.40 
  1.80 
  5.95 
  1.96 
  5.35 
  2.85 

  5.30 
  4.25 
  3.40 

  4.30 
  4.00 
  4.28 

As  of  March  13,  2014,  there  were  approximately  236  stockholders  of  record  of  our  Common  Stock, 
including  brokerage firms  and/or clearing  houses  holding  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  for  their  clientele 
(with  each  brokerage  house  and/or  clearing  house  being  considered  as  one  holder).    However,  the  total 
number of beneficial stockholders as of March 13, 2014, was approximately 3,259. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Since  our  inception,  we  have  not  paid  any  cash  dividends  on  our  Common  Stock  and  have  no  dividend 
policy. Our Amended Loan Agreement prohibits us from paying any cash dividends on our Common Stock 
without  prior  approval  from  the  lender.    We  do  not  anticipate  paying  cash  dividends  on  our  outstanding 
Common Stock in the foreseeable future. 

No sales of unregistered securities occurred during 2013.  There were no purchases made by us or on behalf 
of us or any of our affiliated members of shares of our Common Stock during 2013. 

We  have  adopted  a  preferred  share  rights  plan,  which  is  designed  to  protect  us  against  certain  creeping 
acquisitions, open market purchases, and certain mergers and other combinations with acquiring companies.  
See  “Item  1A.  -  Risk  Factors  –  Our  Preferred  Share  Rights  Plan”  as  to  further  discussion  relating  to  the 
terms of our preferred share rights plan. 

Reverse Stock Split 
The Company effected a reverse stock split at a ratio of 1-for-5 of the Company’s Common Stock, effective 
as  of  12:01  a.m.  on  October  15,  2013.    As  a  result  of  the  reverse  stock  split,  each  five  shares  of  the 
outstanding Common Stock and shares held in treasury were combined into one share of Common Stock 
without  any  change  to  the par  value  per  share.  Further,  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable 
upon  exercise  of  outstanding  stock  options  and  warrants  as  of  October  15,  2013,  and  the  exercise  price 
thereof, were also adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split. The reverse stock split did not affect the 
number  of  authorized  shares  of  Common  Stock  which  remained  at  75,000,000.    No  fractional  shares  of 
Common  Stock  will  be  issued  as  a result  of the  reverse  stock  split.    Instead,  stockholders  who  otherwise 
would be entitled to receive a fractional share of Common Stock as a consequence of the reverse stock split 
will be entitled to receive cash in lieu of all such fractional shares.   

The primary reason for implementing this reverse stock split was to increase the market price per share of 
our Common Stock in order to regain compliance with the NASDAQ’s continued listing criteria related to 
Minimum  Bid  Price  Rule.    On  October  29,  2013,  we  received  a  letter  from  the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market 
indicating  that  we  had  regained  compliance  with  the  minimum  bid  price  requirement  under  NASDAQ 
Listing Rule 5550(a)(2) for continued listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market.  The Company’s Common 
Stock continues to be listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market.   

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Not required under Regulation S-K for smaller reporting companies. 

ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION 
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Certain  statements  contained  within  this  “Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition 
and  Results  of  Operations”  may  be  deemed  “forward-looking  statements”  within  the  meaning  of  Section 
27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended  (collectively,  the  “Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995”).    See  “Special  Note 
regarding Forward-Looking Statements” contained in this report. 

Management's discussion and analysis is based, among other things, upon our audited consolidated financial 
statements and includes our accounts and the accounts of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, after elimination 
of all significant intercompany balances and transactions. 

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated  financial 
statements and the notes thereto included in Item 8 of this report. 

Reverse Stock Split 
The  Company  has  effected  a  reverse  stock  split  at  a  ratio  of  1-for-5  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock, 
effective as of 12:01 a.m. on October 15, 2013.  As a result of this reverse stock split, all references in this 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, as to the number 
21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of shares outstanding, per share amounts, and outstanding stock option and warrant data of the Company’s 
Common Stock have been restated to reflect the effect of the stock split for all periods presented.   

Review 
This  year  was  a  challenging  year  for  the  Company.    Revenues  for  fiscal  year  2013  were  below  our 
expectations  and  internal  forecasts  as  a  result,  in  large  part,  of  the  government  sequestration,  federal  and 
state  governmental  clients  operating  under  reduced  budgets,  including  short  term  budget  Continuing 
Resolutions  (“CR”),  the  government  shutdown  of  approximately  16  days  in  October  2013,  ending  of 
contracts, and general adverse economic conditions.   

Revenue decreased $53,096,000 or 41.6% to $74,413,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 
from  $127,509,000  for  the  corresponding  period  of  2012.    We  saw  a  revenue  decrease  of  approximately 
$42,754,000 or 52.4% within our Services Segment primarily resulting from completion/near completion of 
certain large contracts with the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) within the nuclear services area and a 
large  contract  in  the  technical  services  area.    In  addition,  effective  September  30,  2013,  the  CH  Plateau 
Remediation Company (“CHPRC”) subcontract (under the nuclear services area), which became effective 
June  19,  2008,  expired.  This  subcontract  was  awarded  to  our  East  Tennessee  Materials  &  Energy 
Corporation  (“M&EC”)  subsidiary  in  connection  with  CH2M  Hill  Plateau  Remediation  Company’s 
(“CH2M Hill”) prime contract with the DOE, relating to waste management and facility operations at the 
DOE’s  Hanford,  Washington  site.  The  CHPRC  subcontract  provided  for  a  base  contract  period  from 
October  1,  2008  through  September  30,  2013,  with  an  option  of  renewal  for  an  additional  five  years.  
Revenue  generated  under  this  subcontract  was  approximately  $17,150,000  and  $23,462,000  for  the  nine 
months  ended  September 30,  2013  and  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2012,  respectively.    Revenue 
from  our  Treatment  Segment  was  lower  by  $10,342,000  or  22.5%  primarily  due  to  lower  waste  volume 
from government clients.  Gross profit decreased $5,988,000 or 37.9%, primarily due to reduced revenue.  
Selling,  General,  and  Administrative  (SG&A)  expenses  decreased  $4,014,000  or  21.8%  for  the  twelve 
months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding period of 2012. We had a net loss of 
$36,039,000 for fiscal year 2013 as compared to a net loss of $3,179,000 for the corresponding period of 
2012.  Our net loss for 2013 included approximately $27,856,000 in goodwill impairment charges recorded 
for three of our four reporting units and a charge to tax expense of approximately $4,760,000 ($3,596,000 
for  our  continuing  operations  and  $1,164,000  for  our discontinued  operations)  to  provide  a  full  valuation 
allowance on our net deferred tax assets. 

We had a working capital deficit of $2,958,000 at December 31, 2013, as compared to a working capital of 
$2,652,000 at December 31, 2012, a decrease of $5,610,000. 

Business Environment, Outlook and Liquidity 
During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred net losses of $36,039,000 and 
$3,179,000,  respectively,  and  net  cash  used  in  operating  activities  was  $2,716,000  and  $3,409,000, 
respectively.    Our  net loss  for  2013 included approximately  $27,856,000 in  goodwill  impairment  charges 
recorded  for  three  of  our  four  reporting  units  and  a  charge  to  tax  expense  of  approximately  $4,760,000 
($3,596,000 for our continuing operations and $1,164,000 for our discontinued operations) to provide a full 
valuation allowance on our net deferred tax assets.  As of December 31, 2013, we have a deficit in working 
capital of $2,958,000, an accumulated deficit of $55,078,000 and cash on hand of $333,000.  Revenues for 
fiscal  years  2013  and  2012  were  $74,413,000  and  $127,509,000,  respectively,  and  were  below  our 
expectations  and  internal  forecasts  as  a  result,  in  large  part,  of  the  government  sequestration,  federal 
governmental clients operating under reduced budgets, the government shutdown of approximately 16 days 
in  October  2013,  ending  of  contracts,  and  general  adverse  economic  conditions.    Our  revenue  during  the 
year  ended  December  31,  2013  was  insufficient  to  attain  profitable  operations  and  generated  negative 
operating cash flow from operations. We did not meet the minimum quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio 
requirement  under  our  credit  facility  for  the  first  and  fourth  quarters  of  2013;  however,  we  obtained  a 
waiver from our lender for each of these quarters for the non-compliance. Our lender also has waived the 
fixed charge coverage ratio testing requirement for the first quarter of 2014 and amended the
 and 
the quarterly minimum ratio requirement to be used in calculating our quarterly fixed charge ratio for the 
subsequent  quarters  of  2014  (See  “Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources  –  Financing  Activities”  in  this 

methodology

22 

 
 
 
  
 
Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Conditions  and  Results  of  Operations”  for  further 
information of these waivers and this amendment  and other matters). 

The Company’s cash flow requirements during 2013 have been financed by cash on hand, operations, our 
credit facility, and debt financing.  The Company is continually reviewing operating costs and is committed 
to further reducing operating costs to bring them in line with revenue levels.   

Our  ability  to  achieve  and  maintain  profitability  is  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  successfully  raise 
additional  capital  and  develop  our  business  plans  that  will  generate  profitable  revenues.  The  Company 
continues to explore all sources of increasing revenue.  If the Company is unable in the near term to raise 
capital on commercially reasonable terms or increase revenue, it may not have sufficient cash to sustain its 
operations for the next twelve months.  As a result, the Company may be forced to further reduce or even 
curtail  its  operations.    These  factors  raise  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a 
going concern. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory 
paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern in their report on our consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.  We have obtained a waiver from our lender waiving the 
requirement  that  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  be  issued 
without  a  going  concern  qualification  (see  “Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources  –  Financing  Activities  for 
further information of this waiver). The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments 
that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.  

The  Company  continues  to  focus  on  expansion  into  both  commercial  and  international  markets  to  help 
offset the  uncertainties  of government  spending  in  the  USA.    This  includes  new  services,  new  customers 
and increased market share in our current markets.  Although no assurances can be given, we believe we 
will be able to successfully implement this plan.  In January 2014, the fiscal year 2014 Omnibus spending 
bill was approved by Congress and the President.  This budget, the first approved in several years, restores 
federal  government  funding  cuts  instituted  in  2013  from  sequestration  and  allows  for  new  spending  on 
projects  that  was  not  allowed  under  CR.    The  2014  budget  provides  approximately  $5.83  billion  for  the 
DOE’s Office of Environmental Management (“EM”), which is an effective increase in funding availability 
of  $300,000,000  to  $600,000,000.  The  increase  in  funding  allows  government  agencies  to  spend  on 
discretionary clean-up and waste treatment projects that represents over half of Perma-Fix’s business base. 
Although  no  assurances  can  be  given,  we  believe  these  factors  provide  potential  increased  revenues  and 
generate positive cash flows in 2014. 

Results of Operations 
The reporting of financial results and pertinent discussions are tailored to our two reportable segments:  The 
Treatment Segment (“Treatment”) and the Services Segment (“Services”):   

Below are the results of continuing operations for our years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (amounts 
in thousands): 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Consolidated)
Net revenues
Cost of goods sold

Gross Profit

Selling, general and administrative
Impairment of goodwill
Research and development
Loss on disposal of property
      and equipment
Loss from operations
Interest income
Interest expense
Interest expense – financing fees
Other
Loss from continuing operations before taxes
Income tax benefit
Loss from continuing operations

$    

2013
74,413
64,597
9,816

14,376
27,856
1,764

49
(34,229)
35
(762)
(132)
(8)
(35,096)
(625)

%
100.0
86.8
13.2

19.3
37.4
2.4


(45.9)

(1.0)
(.2)

(47.1)
(.8)

$  

2012
127,509
111,705
15,804

18,390

1,823

15
(4,424)
41
(818)
(107)
8
(5,300)
(2,151)

$   

(34,471)

(46.3)

$     

(3,149)

%
100.0
87.6
12.4

14.4

1.4


(3.4)

(.6)
(.1)

(4.1)
(1.6)

(2.5)

Summary - Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 

Net Revenue 
Consolidated revenues from continuing operations decreased $53,096,000 for the year ended December 31, 
2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, as follows:  

(In thousands)
Treatment

Government waste
Hazardous/non-hazardous
Other nuclear waste

Total

Services

Nuclear 
Technical 
Total

Total

2013

% 
Revenue 

% 

2012

Revenue  Change

% 
Change

$     

20,188
4,439
10,913
35,540

32,067
6,806
38,873

27.1
6.0
14.7
47.8

43.1
9.1
52.2

$     

30,501
3,230
12,151
45,882

62,043
19,584
81,627

23.9
2.6
9.5
36.0

48.6
15.4
64.0

$  

(10,313)
1,209
(1,238)
(10,342)

(29,976)
(12,778)
(42,754)

(33.8)
37.4
(10.2)
(22.5)

(48.3)
(65.2)
(52.4)

$     

74,413

100.0

$   

127,509

100.0

$  

(53,096)

(41.6)

Net Revenue 
Treatment Segment revenue decreased $10,342,000 or 22.5% for the twelve  months ended December 31, 
2013  over  the  same  period  in  2012.  The  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  lower  revenue  from  government 
clients  of  approximately  $10,313,000  or  33.8%,  resulting  from  lower  waste  volume.    Revenue  from 
hazardous  and  non-hazardous  waste  was  up  $1,209,000  or  37.4%,  primarily  due  to  higher  remediation 
projects.    Other  nuclear  waste  revenue  decreased  approximately  $1,238,000  or  10.2%,  primarily  due  to 
lower  waste  volume.    Services  Segment  revenue  decreased  $42,754,000  or  52.4%  in  the  twelve  months 
ended  December  31,  2013  from  the  corresponding  period  of  2012,  primarily  as  a  result  of  the 
completion/near  completion  of  certain  large  contracts  with  the  DOE  and  the  completion  of  the  CHPRC 
subcontract  effective  September  30,  2013,  within  the  nuclear  services  area.    In  addition,  the  decrease  in 
revenue was also attributed to the completion of a large contract in the technical services area in the third 
quarter of 2012.  The decrease in our revenue was impacted by a reduction in spending by our governmental 
and commercial clients in connection with the treatment of waste and new remediation projects as discussed 
above.   

24 

 
   
   
      
     
    
     
        
     
      
     
      
     
      
     
      
     
        
       
        
       
             
             
     
    
       
      
             
             
          
      
          
          
          
              
               
     
    
       
      
          
       
      
    
      
 
 
 
     
     
       
       
     
       
    
     
     
       
     
     
     
   
   
 
Cost of Goods Sold 
Cost of goods sold decreased $47,108,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the year 
ended December 31, 2012, as follows: 

(In thousands)
Treatment
Services
Total

2013
 $    29,966 
       34,631 
 $    64,597 

%
 Revenue
           84.3 
           89.1 
           86.8 

2012
 $    36,614 
       75,091 
 $  111,705 

%
 Revenue
           79.8 
           92.0 
           87.6 

Change
 $     (6,648)
(40,460)
(47,108)

$   

Cost  of  goods  sold  for  the  Treatment  Segment  decreased  $6,648,000  or  18.2%,  primarily  due  to  reduced 
revenue  from  lower  waste  volume  and  our  continued  effort  in  reducing  our  cost  structure.    We  incurred 
lower  costs  throughout  most  categories  within  cost  of  goods  sold.  We  incurred  significant  reduction  in 
salaries and payroll/healthcare related expenses ($2,600,000) resulting from reductions in workforce which 
occurred  in  February  2013,  December  2012,  and  June  2012,  as  we  continue  to  manage  headcount  and 
streamline our operations. The lower costs discussed above were partially offset by approximately $113,000 
increase  in  severance  expense.  In  addition,  our  costs  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2013 
included $188,000 of penalty recorded in final settlement on July 16, 2013 by our PFNWR subsidiary with 
the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  regarding  certain  alleged  violations  that  our  PFNWR 
subsidiaries had improperly stored certain mixed waste.  Treatment cost of goods sold included a reduction 
of approximately $1,007,000 in depreciation expense and an increase of approximately $559,000 in closure 
expense  due  to  adjustments  to  our  asset  retirement  obligations  for  our  M&EC,  DSSI,  PFF,  and  PFNWR 
facilities.  The adjustment was made principally to record the obligation using appropriate discount rates. 
The  closure  obligations  were  previously  based  on  undiscounted  values.   The  associated  assets  were  also 
adjusted  to  reflect  this  change.  Services  Segment  cost  of  goods  sold  decreased  $40,460,000  or  53.9% 
primarily due to reduced revenue as discussed above.  We incurred lower costs throughout most categories 
within  cost  of  goods  sold.    Salaries  and  payroll  related  expenses  were  significantly  lower  ($22,000,000) 
resulting from reduced revenue and a reduction in workforce which occurred in February 2013.  In addition, 
we incurred significantly lower outside services/subcontract costs ($14,000,000).   Included within cost of 
goods sold is depreciation and amortization expense of $3,486,000 and $5,146,000 for the twelve months 
ended December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively.   

Gross Profit  
Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013, was $5,988,000 lower than 2012, as follows: 

(In thousands)
Treatment
Services
Total

2013
 $      5,574 
         4,242 
 $      9,816 

%
 Revenue
           15.7 
           10.9 
           13.2 

2012
 $      9,268 
         6,536 
 $    15,804 

%
 Revenue
           20.2 
             8.0 
           12.4 

Change
 $     (3,694)
(2,294)
(5,988)

$     

The Treatment Segment gross profit decreased $3,694,000 or 39.9% and gross margin decreased to 15.7% 
from 20.2% primarily due to decreased revenue from lower waste volume and the impact of our fixed costs. 
We  continue  to  streamline  our  cost  structure  as  evidenced  in  the  significant  reduction  in  salaries  and 
payroll/healthcare  related  costs  as  noted  in  our  discussion  above.    In  the  Services  Segment,  gross  profit 
decreased $2,294,000 or 35.1% due to reduced revenue as discussed in the revenue section above; however, 
the increase in margin was attributed to our continued efforts in reducing our costs.    

Selling, General and Administrative 
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses decreased $4,014,000 for the year ended December 
31, 2013, as compared to the corresponding period for 2012, as follows:  

25 

 
 
     
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Administrative
Treatment
Services
Total

2013

$       

5,215
4,253
4,908
14,376

$     

% 
Revenue

12.0
12.6
19.3

2012

$       

6,536
4,051
7,803
18,390

$     

% 
Revenue

8.8
9.6
14.4

Change
$     

(1,321)
202
(2,895)
(4,014)

$     

The decrease in administrative SG&A was primarily the result of lower outside services expenses resulting 
from fewer corporate legal, consulting and business matters ($540,000), lower payroll and healthcare costs 
($486,000), lower travel expenses and lower public company expense.  During the second quarter of 2012, 
we wrote off approximately $117,000 in costs related to our shelf registration statement on Form S-3 which 
expired on June 26, 2012.  In addition, general expenses were lower throughout all categories.  Treatment 
SG&A  was  higher  primarily  due  to  higher  payroll  related  expenses  and  higher  allocations.  With  the 
completion of the CHPRC subcontract effective September 30, 2013, the Treatment and Services segments 
are each allocated a higher share of the Business Center overhead costs. The higher Treatment SG&A cost 
was also attributed to higher bad debt expense ($43,000).  Services SG&A was lower in most categories. 
We incurred lower salaries and payroll related expenses ($1,400,000) resulting from reduced headcount due 
to  completion  of  integration  of  administrative  functions  and  the  completion  of  the  CHPRC  subcontract 
effective  September  30,  2013,  lower  travel  expenses  ($114,000),  lower  outside  services  ($100,000)  from 
reduced consulting and subcontract matters, and lower general expenses ($600,000).  Bad debt expense was 
significantly  lower  ($450,000)  primarily  resulting  from  collection  of  accounts  receivable  previously 
reserved  in  our  allowance  for  doubtful  account  for  a  certain  fixed  price  contract.    The  lower  cost  was 
partially  offset  by  higher  legal  expenses  incurred  in  settlement  and  collection  of  the  accounts  receivable 
mentioned  above  and  other  legal  matters.  Included  in  SG&A  expenses  is  depreciation  and  amortization 
expense of $425,000 and $305,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  

Research and Development 
Research and development costs decreased $59,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to 
the corresponding period of 2012.  Research and development costs consist primarily of employee salaries 
and benefits, laboratory costs, third party fees, and other related costs associated with the development of 
new  technologies  to  increase  company  offerings  and  technological  enhancement  of  new  potential  waste 
treatment  processes.    The  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  lower  payroll  costs.    Included  in  research  and 
development  expense  is  depreciation  expense  of  $215,000  and  $19,000  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Goodwill Impairment 
During the second quarter of 2013, we determined that the estimated fair value of our CHPRC reporting unit 
was  less  than  the  net  book  value  indicating  that  its  allocated  goodwill  was  impaired;  accordingly,  we 
recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $1,149,000, which represented the total goodwill for our CHPRC 
reporting  unit  –  our  operations  under  the  CHPRC  subcontract.  During  the  second  quarter  of  2013,  our 
M&EC subsidiary was notified by CH2M Hill that the CHPRC subcontract, which expired on September 
30, 2013, would not be renewed.     

The Company performed its annual goodwill testing as of October 1, for its remaining three reporting units:  
(1) Schreiber, Yonley & Associates (“SYA”)  reporting unit - our SYA subsidiary operations; (2) Safety and 
Ecology  (“SEC”)  reporting  unit  -  our  SEC  operations;  and  (3)  Treatment  reporting  unit  –  our  treatment 
operations.  We elected to bypass the qualitative assessment aspect of this test in determining whether it is 
more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as we identified 
indicators of potential impairment (market capitalization in relation to net book value, negative industry and 
economic trends, and lower than anticipated results of operations).  In determining the estimated fair values 
of the reporting units, the Company generally employed a discounted cash flows analysis (“DCF”) and, in 
certain cases, used a combination of a DCF analysis and a market-based approach. As noted in the “Critical 
Accounting  Estimates”  in  this  section,  determining  estimated  fair  values  requires  the  application  of 
significant  judgment.  As  a  result  of  the  financial  downturn  suffered  by  the  Company  in  2013,  and 
26 

 
      
        
            
      
        
       
      
      
 
 
 
uncertainties  with  regards  to  federal  government  spending,  determining  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s 
reporting units was even more judgmental than it has been in the past. These factors reduced the Company’s 
visibility into long-term trends and dampened the Company’s expectations of future business performance. 
Consequently, estimates of future cash flows used in the fourth quarter 2013 DCF analyses were moderated, 
in some cases significantly, relative to the estimates used in the fourth quarter of 2012.  The discount rates 
utilized in these DCF analyses reflect market-based estimates of the risks associated with the projected cash 
flows of individual reporting units. The discount rates utilized in the DCF analyses were increased to reflect 
increased risk due to current economic volatility to a range of 21% to 35% in 2013 from 15% in 2012. In 
addition,  the  terminal  growth  rates  used  in  the  DCF  analyses  were  decreased  to  3%  in  2013  from  4%  in 
2012. The results of the DCF analyses were corroborated with other value indicators where available, such 
as comparable company earnings multiples and research analyst estimates. The results of this Step 1 process 
indicated that there was a potential impairment of goodwill in the Treatment and SEC reporting units, as the 
book values of the reporting units exceeded their respective estimated fair values. As a result, the Company 
performed  step  2  of  the  impairment  analysis  for  the  two  reporting  units  discussed  above.    In  step  2,  the 
implied fair value is compared to the carrying amount of the goodwill.  If the implied fair value of goodwill 
is less than the carrying value of goodwill, we would recognize an impairment loss equal to the difference.  
The implied fair value is calculated by assigning the fair value of the reporting unit (as determined in step 1) 
to all of its assets and liabilities (including unrecognized intangible assets) and any excess in fair value that 
is not assigned to the asset and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill.  Based on the result of the 
step  2  analysis,  we  determined  that  the  goodwill  for  each  of  our  Treatment  and  SEC  reporting  units  was 
fully impaired, and therefore, we recorded a goodwill impairment loss of $13,691,000 and $13,016,000, for 
our Treatment and SEC reporting unit, respectively.   

The impairment charges are noncash in nature and did not affect our liquidity or cash flows from operating 
activities. Additionally, the goodwill impairment had no effect on our borrowing availability or covenants 
under our credit facility agreement.   

Interest Expense 
Interest  expense  decreased  $56,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  as  compared  to  the 
corresponding period of 2012.  

(In thousands)
PNC interest
Other

Total

2013
$           

2012
$           

Change
$            

605
157
762

616
202
818

$           

$           

$            

(11)
(45)
(56)

%

(1.8)
(22.3)
(6.8)

The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to reducing Term Loan balance from monthly payments.  
In addition, interest expense was lower from a reduced loan balance and termination of the $2,500,000 note 
we  entered  into  with  Timios  National  Corporation  (“TNC”  and  formerly  known  as  Homeland  Capital 
Security Corporation) from the acquisition of Safety and Ecology Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries 
(collectively known as Safety and Ecology Corporation or “SEC”) on October 31, 2011 and a reducing loan 
balance  of  the  $1,322,000  earn-out  note  dated  September  28,  2010,  which  was  paid  in  full  in  September 
2013. The lower interest expense was partially offset by higher interest expense resulting from a $3,000,000 
loan the Company entered into with Messrs. Ferguson and Lampson on August 2, 2013.  In addition, our 
interest  expense  for  2013  included  approximately  $65,000  in  loss  on  debt  modification  (recorded  in 
accordance with ASC 470-50, “Debt – Modification and Extinguishment”) which we incurred as a result of 
an amendment  that  we  entered into with our  lender  on August 2, 2013, which amended certain provisions 
of  our amended  loan  agreement.” See  “Liquidity  and Capital  Resources –  Financing  Activities”  below for 
further details of these notes and the August 2, 2013 amendment. 

Interest Expense- Financing Fees 
Interest  expense-financing  fees  increased  approximately  $25,000  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December 
31,  2013,  as  compared  to the  corresponding  period  of  2012.    The  increase  was primarily  due  to  the  debt 
discount  amortized  as  financing  fees  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of  our  Common  Stock  and  two 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
purchase  Warrants as consideration  for the  Company  receiving  a  $3,000,000  loan  from  Messrs.  Ferguson 
and Lampson on August 2, 2013 as discussed above. 

Income Taxes 
We  had  income  tax  benefits  of  $625,000  and  $2,151,000  for  continuing  operations  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The Company’s effective tax rates were approximately 8.7% 
and 39.3% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The lower tax rate for 
2013  was  primarily  the  result  of  the  Company  providing  a  full  valuation  allowance  on  its  deferred  tax 
assets. We have treated the total goodwill impairment loss of approximately $27,856,000 recorded in 2013 
for our CHPRC, Treatment, and SEC reporting units as a discrete item and have not included the impact of 
the impairment in our estimated effective tax rates for 2013, in accordance with ASC 740-270-30-8.  We 
estimate our tax liability based on our estimated annual effective tax rate, which is based on our expected 
annual  income,  statutory  tax  rates  and  tax  planning  opportunities  available  in  the  various  jurisdictions  in 
which we operate.     

Discontinued Operations and Divestitures 
Our discontinued operations consist of our Perma-Fix of South Georgia, Inc. (“PFSG”) facility which met 
the  held  for  sale  criteria  under  ASC  360,  “Property,  Plant,  and  Equipment”  on  October  6,  2010.    Our 
discontinued  operations  also  encompass  our  Perma-Fix  of  Fort  Lauderdale,  Inc.  (“PFFL”),  Perma-Fix  of 
Orlando,  Inc.  (“PFO”),  Perma-Fix  of  Maryland,  Inc.  (“PFMD”),  Perma-Fix  of  Dayton,  Inc.  (“PFD”),  and 
Perma-Fix Treatment Services, Inc. (“PFTS”) facilities, which were divested on August 12, 2011, October 
14, 2011,  January 8, 2008, March 14, 2008, and May 30, 2008, respectively.  Our discontinued operations 
also  includes  two  previously  closed  locations,  Perma-Fix  of  Michigan,  Inc.  (“PFMI”)  and  Perma-Fix  of 
Memphis,  Inc.  (“PFM”),  which  were  approved  as  discontinued  operations  by  our  Board  of  Directors 
effective October 4, 2004, and March 12, 1998, respectively.     
On  August  14,  2013,  our  PFSG  facility  incurred  fire  damage  which  has  left  it  non-operational.    Certain 
equipment  and  portions  of  the  building  structures  were  damaged.  We  carry  general  liability,  pollution, 
property  and  business  interruption,  and  workers  compensation  insurance  with  a  maximum  deductible  of 
approximately $300,000 (consisting of $100,000 deductible for each workers compensation, pollution, and 
property insurance policy), which was accrued and included within our “loss from discontinued operations.”  
As of December 31, 2013, we have recorded $130,000 for impairment of fixed assets related to the fire, and 
has  incurred  approximately  $6,729,000  of  other  costs  related  to  the  fire.    As  of  December  31,  2013, 
approximately $3,664,000 in insurance proceed reimbursements have been paid by our insurers, of which 
$1,750,000 was paid to us, with the remaining paid directly to the vendor performing the clean-up of the 
facility. We have recorded a receivable of approximately $2,995,000 as we have determined that the receipt 
of reimbursement of these expenses from our insurer is probable in accordance with its insurance policies.  
The  table  below  details  the  nature  of  expense  as  well  as  insurance  receivables  and  insurance  recoveries 
related to the fire: 

Clean up costs
Impairment of fixed assets
Incremental payroll costs
Other incremental costs
Total incurred costs through December 31, 2013

Insurance recovery receivable
Insurance recoveries already received

$

$

$
$

6,293,000
130,000
244,000
192,000
6,859,000

2,995,000
3,664,000

.   

The insurance receivable recorded is net of $200,000 of deductible on our property and pollution insurance 
policies  and  the  insurance  recoveries  already  received.    The  receivables  and  the  related  payables  in 
connection  with  this  claim  are  included  within  our  current  assets  and  current  liabilities  related  to 
discontinued operations in our consolidated balance sheet.   

28 

 
 
 
 
       
          
          
          
       
       
       
 
 
Subsequent to December 31, 2013, our insurers paid approximately $3,510,000 of insurance recoveries, of 
which approximately $2,000,000 was paid to us, with the remaining paid directly to the vendor working on 
the clean-up of the facility.  We continue to gather information related to insurance claims on this fire. 

We  are  currently  evaluating  options  regarding  the  future  operation  of  this  facility  as  we  undergo  the 
rebuilding process on the part of the facility damaged by the fire.  As required by ASC 360, based on our 
internal  financial  valuations,  we  concluded  that  no  tangible  asset  impairments  existed  for  PFSG  as  of 
December 31, 2013, other than the write-off of the equipment damaged in the fire as discussed above.  No 
intangible assets exist at PFSG.  

Our  discontinued  operations  had  net  revenue  of  $1,789,000  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31, 
2013, as compared to $2,204,000 for the corresponding period of 2012.  We had net losses of $1,568,000 
and  $30,000  for  our  discontinued  operations  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012, 
respectively.  Our net loss for 2013 included a charge to income tax expense of approximately $1,164,000 to 
provide a full valuation allowance on our net deferred tax assets.   

Assets related to discontinued operations totaled $4,481,000 and $2,113,000 as of December 31, 2013, and 
December 31, 2012, respectively, and liabilities related to discontinued operations totaled $4,596,000 and 
$3,341,000 as of December 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  
During  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2013  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012,  the 
Company incurred net losses of $36,039,000 and $3,179,000, respectively.  Our net loss for 2013 included 
approximately $27,856,000 in goodwill impairment charges recorded for three of our four reporting units 
and  a  charge  to  tax  expense  of  approximately  $4,760,000  ($3,596,000  for  our  continuing  operations  and 
$1,164,000 for our discontinued operations) to provide a full valuation allowance on our net deferred tax 
assets.    Revenues  for  fiscal  years  2013  and  2012,  were  $74,413,000  and  $127,509,000,  respectively,  and 
were below our expectations and internal forecasts as a result, in large part, of the government sequestration, 
federal  and  state  governmental  clients  operating  under  reduced  budgets,  the  government  shutdown  of 
approximately 16 days in October 2013, ending of contracts, and general adverse economic conditions.  Our 
revenue during twelve months ended December 31, 2013 was insufficient to attain profitable operations and 
generated negative operating cash flow from operations. 

The Company’s cash flow requirements during 2013 have been financed by cash on hand, operations, our 
credit facility, and debt financing.  The Company is continually reviewing operating costs and is committed 
to further reducing operating costs to bring them in line with revenue levels.   

Our capital requirements consist of general working capital needs, scheduled principal payments on our debt 
obligations and capital leases, remediation projects and planned capital expenditures.  Our capital resources 
consist primarily of cash generated from operations, funds available under our revolving credit facility and 
proceeds from issuance of our Common Stock.  Our capital resources are impacted by changes in accounts 
receivable as a result of revenue fluctuation, economic trends, collection activities, and the profitability of 
the segments.   

Our  ability  to  achieve  and  maintain  profitability  is  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  successfully  raise 
additional  capital  and  develop  our  business  plans  that  will  generate  profitable  revenues.  The  Company 
continues to explore all sources of increasing revenue.  If the Company is unable in the near term to raise 
capital on commercially reasonable terms or increase revenue, it may not have sufficient cash to sustain its 
operations for the next twelve months.  As a result, the Company may be forced to further reduce or even 
curtail  its  operations.    These  factors  raise  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a 
going concern. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory 
paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern in their report on our consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 (see “Financing Activities” in this section for a discussion 
as to the waiver issued by lender waiving the requirement that our consolidated financial statements for the 
year  ended  December  31,  2013,  be  issued  without  a  going  concern  qualification).  The  accompanying 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  that  might  be  necessary  if  the  Company  is  unable  to 
continue as a going concern.  

At  December  31,  2013,  we  had  cash  of  $333,000.    The  following  table  reflects  the  cash  flow  activities 
during the twelve months of 2013:   

(In thousands)
Cash used in operating activities of continuing operations
Cash used in operating activities of discontinued operations
Cash used in investing activities of continuing operations
Cash provided by financing activities of continuing operations
Principal repayment of long-term debt for discontinued operations
Decrease in cash

$    

2013
(1,696)
(1,020)
(1,487)
204
(36)
(4,035)

$    

As of December 31, 2013, we were in a positive cash position.  We attempt to move all excess cash into a 
Money Market Sweep account in order to maximize the interest earned.  When we are in a net borrowing 
position, we attempt to move all excess cash balances immediately to the revolving credit, so as to reduce 
debt and interest expense. We utilize a centralized cash management system, which includes a remittance 
lock box and is structured to accelerate collection activities and reduce cash balances, as idle cash is moved 
without delay to the revolving credit facility or the Money Market account, if applicable.  The cash balance 
at  December  31,  2013,  primarily  represents  cash  provided  by  operations  and  minor  petty  cash  and  local 
account balances used for miscellaneous services and supplies.  

Operating Activities 
Accounts Receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts, totaled $8,106,000 at December 31, 2013, a 
decrease of $3,289,000 from the December 31, 2012 balance of $11,395,000.  The decrease was primarily 
due to reduction in invoicing resulting from decreased revenue.     

As  of  December  31,  2013,  unbilled  receivables  totaled  $5,219,000,  a  decrease  of  $3,448,000  from  the 
December  31,  2012  balance  of  $8,667,000.    Treatment  unbilled  receivables  decreased  $949,000  from 
$5,147,000 as of December 31, 2012 to $4,198,000 as of December 31, 2013.  Services Segment unbilled 
receivables (which are all current) decreased $2,499,000 from a balance of $3,520,000 as of December 31, 
2012  to  $1,021,000  as  of  December  31,  2013.    The  delays  in  processing  invoices  usually  take  several 
months to complete and the related receivables are normally considered collectible within twelve months. 
However,  as  we  have  historical  data  in  our  Treatment  Segment  to  review  the  timing  of  these  delays,  we 
realize  that  certain  issues  including,  but  not  limited,  to  delays  at  our  third  party  disposal  site,  can  extend 
collection  of  some  of  these  receivables  greater  than  twelve  months.    Therefore,  we  have  segregated  the 
unbilled  receivables  between  current  and  long  term.  The  current  portion  of  the unbilled  receivables  as  of 
December  31,  2013  was  $4,917,000,  a  decrease  of  $3,613,000  from  the  balance  of  $8,530,000  as  of 
December 31, 2012. The long term portion as of December 31, 2013 was $302,000, an increase of $165,000 
from the balance of $137,000 as of December 31, 2012. 

Disposal/transportation accrual as of December 31, 2013, totaled $1,385,000, a decrease of $909,000 over 
the December 31, 2012 balance of $2,294,000.  Our disposal accrual can vary based on revenue mix and the 
timing of waste shipment for final disposal.  As the majority of disposal accrual is impacted by on-site waste 
inventory, during 2013, we shipped more waste for disposal which is reflected in a lower inventory on-site 
at year end 2013 as compared to year end 2012.  

We  had  a  working  capital  deficit  of  $2,958,000  (which  included  working  capital  of  our  discontinued 
operations) as of December 31, 2013, as compared to a working capital of $2,652,000 as of December 31, 
2012.  Our  working  capital  was  negatively  impacted  primarily  by  the  decreases  in  our  trade  and  unbilled 
receivables and cash from operations resulting from reduced revenue. See further discussion of our liquidity 
in  “Business  Environment,  Outlook  and  Liquidity”  in  this  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” 

30 

 
 
 
      
      
          
           
 
 
 
 
 
Investing Activities 
During 2013, our purchase of capital equipment totaled approximately $944,000. These expenditures were 
primarily for improvements to our Segments.   These capital expenditures were funded by the cash provided 
by  operating  activities.  We  have  budgeted  approximately  $600,000  for  2014  capital  expenditures  for  our 
Segments  to  maintain  operations  and  regulatory  compliance  requirements.  Certain  of  these  budgeted 
projects may either be delayed until later in the year or deferred altogether.  We have traditionally incurred 
actual  capital  spending  totals  for  a  given  year  less  than  the  initial  budget  amount.    We  plan  to  fund  our 
capital expenditures from cash from operations and/or financing.  The initiation and timing of projects are 
also determined by financing alternatives or funds available for such capital projects.   

Financing Activities 
The  Company  entered  into  an  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement, dated October 31, 2011 (“Amended Loan Agreement”), with PNC Bank, National Association 
(“PNC”),  acting  as  agent  and  lender,  replacing  our  previous  Loan  Agreement  with  PNC.    The  Amended 
Loan  Agreement  provides  us  with  the  following  credit  facilities:  (a)  up  to  $25,000,000  revolving  credit 
facility  (“Revolving  Credit”),  subject  to  the  amount  of  borrowings  based  on  a  percentage  of  eligible 
receivables  (as  defined);  (b)  a  term  loan  (“Term  Loan”)  of  $16,000,000,  which  requires  monthly 
installments  of  approximately  $190,000  (based  on  a  seven-year  amortization);  and  (c)  equipment  line  of 
credit  up  to  $2,500,000,  subject  to  certain  limitations.    The  Amended  Loan  Agreement  terminates  as  of 
October  31,  2016,  unless  sooner  terminated.    We  may  terminate  the  Amended  Loan  Agreement  upon  90 
days’ prior written notice and upon payment in full of our obligations under the Amended Loan Agreement.   

We have the option of paying an annual rate of interest due on the revolving credit facility at prime plus 2% 
or  London  Interbank  Offer  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  plus  3%  and  the  term  loan  and  equipment  credit  facilities  at 
prime plus 2.5% or LIBOR plus 3.5%. 

On  August  2,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  an  Amendment  to  our  Amended  Loan  Agreement.    This 
Amendment  reduced  our  Revolving  Credit  facility  from  $25,000,000  to  $18,000,000  and  removed  the 
equipment  line  credit  of  up  to  $2,500,000.    All  other  terms  of  the  Amended  Loan  Agreement  remain 
principally unchanged.   As a result of this amendment, we recorded approximately $65,000 in loss on debt 
modification (included in our interest expense) in accordance with ASC 470-50, “Debt – Modification and 
Extinguishment.”  As  of  December  31,  2013,  the  excess  availability  under  our  revolving  credit  was 
approximately $6,642,000, based on our eligible receivables.    

Our  credit  facility  with  PNC  Bank  contains  certain  financial  covenants,  along  with  customary 
representations and warranties.  A breach of any of these financial covenants, unless waived by PNC, could 
result in a default under our credit facility allowing our lender to immediately require the repayment of all 
outstanding debt under our credit facility and terminate all commitments to extend further credit.  On May 
9, 2013, we entered into an Amendment to our Amended Loan Agreement.  This Amendment waived our 
fixed charge coverage ratio non-compliance for the first quarter of 2013.  This Amendment also changed the 
methodology  in  calculating  our  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio  in  each  subsequent  quarter  of  2013.    The 
minimum  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio  requirement  of  1:25  to  1:00  for  each  subsequent  quarter  of  2013 
remains  unchanged.  As  a  condition  of  this  Amendment,  we  paid  PNC  a  fee  of  $20,000,  which  is  being 
amortized  over  the  term  of  the  Amended  Loan  Agreement.  All  other  terms  of  the  Amended  Loan 
Agreement remain principally unchanged.  

n

As  discussed  above,  our  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio  non-compliance  for  the  first  quarter  of  2013  was 
waived by PNC.  We met our fixed charge coverage ratio in the second and third quarters of 2013.  We did 
not meet our  mi
imum  fixed charge coverage ratio for the fourth quarter of 2013.  On April 14, 2014, we 
entered  into  an  Amendment  to  our  Amended  Loan  Agreement  whereby  our  lender  waived  our  non-
compliance for failing  to  meet  the  minimum  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2013  as 
discussed above.  This Amendment also waived the quarterly fixed charge coverage testing requirement for 
the first quarter of 2014, revises the methodology in calculating the fixed charge coverage ratio in each of 
the  subsequent  quarters  of  2014  and  changes  the  minimum  quarterly  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio 
requirement of 1:25 to 1:00 to 1:15 to 1:00 for each of the subsequent quarters of 2014. As a result of this 
Amendment, we expect to meet our quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio requirement in each of the second 
31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
to fourth quarters of 2014. If we fail to meet the minimum quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio requirement 
in any of the quarters noted above in 2014 and PNC does not waive the non-compliance or further revise our 
covenant so that we are in compliance, PNC could accelerate the repayment of borrowings under our credit 
facility.    In  the  event  that  PNC  accelerates  the  payment  of  our  borrowings,  we  may  not  have  sufficient 
liquidity to repay our debt under our credit facility and other indebtedness.  The following table illustrates 
the  most  significant  financial  covenants  under  our  credit  facility  and  reflects  the  quarterly  compliance 
required by the terms of our senior credit facility as of December 31, 2013: 

(Dollars in thousands)
Senior Credit Facility

Quarterly 
Requirement

1st Quarter
Actual

2nd Quarter
Actual

3rd Quarter
Actual

4th Quarter
Actual

Fixed charge coverage ratio
Minimum tangible adjusted net worth

1.25:1
$30,000

0.63:1
$55,349

2.21:1
$55,106

1.30:1
$51,537

0.53:1
$46,971

In addition to the waivers and revisions discussed above, our lender also waived the requirement that our 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013, be issued without a going concern 
concern qualification, a violation, if any, of our purchase of 80% of CEE Opportunity Partners Poland S.A. 
on April 4, 2014 (or “Polish subsidiary”) a subsidiary in Poland and the formation of Perma-Fix Medical 
Corporation (“PFMedical” which was incorporated in January 2014), neither of which shall be a credit party 
under  our  Amended  Loan  Agreement.  We  intend  to  license  PFMedical  to  produce  and  market  the  new 
technology relating to technetium-99 (“Tc-99m”) that we have developed.   

This  Amendment  also  reduced  our  Revolving  Credit  facility  from  $18,000,000  to  $12,000,000.    As  a 
condition of this Amendment, we agreed to pay PNC a fee of $30,000. 

On February 12, 2013, the Company entered into an unsecured promissory note (“New Note”) with TNC in 
the  principal  amount  of  approximately  $230,000  as  a  result  of  a  settlement  with  TNC in  connection  with 
certain claims that we asserted against TNC for breach of certain representations and covenant subsequent 
to our acquisition of SEC from TNC on October 31, 2011.  In connection with the acquisition of SEC on 
October 31, 2011, as partial consideration of the purchase price, we entered into a $2,500,000 unsecured, 
non-negotiable promissory note (the “October Note”), bearing an annual rate of interest of 6%, payable in 
36  monthly  installments,  with  TNC.    As  part  of  the  settlement  with  TNC  regarding  the  aforementioned 
claims, the October Note, with balance of approximately $1,460,000, was cancelled and terminated and the 
New Note was issued in replacement of the October Note.  The New Note bears an annual interest rate of 
6%,  payable  in  24  monthly  installments  of  principal and interest  of  approximately  $10,000,  with the  first 
payment  due  February  28,  2013,  as  agreed  by  us  and  TNC  after  entering  into  the  promissory  note,  with 
subsequent payments due on the last day of each month thereafter.  The New Note provides us the right to 
prepay such at any time without interest or penalty.   

In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  Perma-Fix  Northwest,  Inc.  (“PFNW”)  and  Perma-Fix  Northwest 
Richland,  Inc.  (“PFNWR”)  in June  2007,  we issued  a  promissory  note,  dated  September  28,  2010,  in the 
principal  amount  of  $1,322,000  to  the  former  shareholders  of  Nuvotec  (now  known  as  PFNW)  in 
connection with an earn-out amount that we were required to pay upon meeting certain conditions for each 
measurement year ended June 30, 2008 to June 2011.  The note provides for 36 equal monthly payments of 
$40,000,  consisting  of  interest  (annual  interest  rate  of  6%)  and  principal,  starting  October  15,  2010.    We 
made the final note payment in September 2013. 

On  August  2,  2013,  the  Company  completed  a  lending  transaction  with  Messrs.  Robert  Ferguson  and 
William  Lampson  (“collectively,  the  “Lenders”),  whereby  the  Company  borrowed  from  the  Lenders  the 
sum of $3,000,000 pursuant to the terms of a Loan and Security Purchase Agreement and promissory note 
(the  “Loan”).    The  Lenders  were  formerly  shareholders  of  PFNW  prior  to  our  acquisition  of  PFNW  and 
PFNWR  and  are  also  stockholders  of  the  Company,  having  received  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  in 
connection  with  the  acquisition  of  PFNW  and  PFNWR  in  June  2007.    Mr.  Ferguson  also  served  as  a 
Company Board member from August 2007 to February 2010 and from August 2011 to September 2012. 
The  proceeds  from  the  Loan  were  used  for  general  working  capital  purposes.    The  promissory  note  is 
unsecured, with a term of three years with interest payable at a fixed interest rate of 2.99% per annum.  The 
32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
promissory note provides for monthly payments of accrued interest only during the first year of the Loan 
with the first interest payment due September 1, 2013 and monthly payments of $125,000 in principal plus 
accrued interest for the second and third year of the Loan.  In connection with the above Loan, the Lenders 
entered into a Subordination Agreement dated August 2, 2013, with the Company’s credit facility lender, 
whereby the Lenders agreed to subordinate payment under the Loan, and agreed that the Loan will be junior 
in right of payment to the credit facility in the event of default or bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding 
by  the  Company.    As  consideration  for  the  Company  receiving  the  Loan,  we  issued  a  Warrant  to  each 
Lender to purchase up to 35,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price based on the 
closing price of the Company’s Common Stock at the closing of the transaction which was determined to be 
$2.23. The Warrants are exercisable six months from August 2, 2013 and expire on August 2, 2016.  We 
estimated the fair value of the Warrants to be approximately $59,000 using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model with the following assumptions:  55.54% volatility, risk free interest rate of .59%, an expected life of 
three  years  and  no  dividends.  As  further  consideration  for  the  Loan,  the  Company  issued  an  aggregate 
90,000 shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock,  with  each  Lender receiving  45,000  shares.   The  90,000 
shares of Common Stock and 70,000 Common Stock purchase warrants were issued in a private placement 
and bear a restrictive legend against resale except in a transaction registered under the Securities Act or in a 
transaction  exempt  from  registration  thereunder.    We  determined  the  fair  value  of  the  90,000  shares  of 
Common Stock to be approximately $200,000 which was based on the closing price of the stock of $2.23 
per share on August 2, 2013.  The fair value of the Warrants and Common Stock and the related closing fees 
incurred  from  the  transaction  (approximately  $13,000)  were  recorded  as  a  debt  discount,  which  is  being 
amortized over the term of the loan as interest expense – financing fees.  The number of shares of Common 
Stock  issued  to  the  Lenders  has  been  adjusted  to  reflect  the  reverse  stock  split.    The  number  of  shares 
subject to the Warrants and the exercise price under the Warrants were also adjusted to reflect the reverse 
stock split. 

We intend to have the Polish subsidiary, or its successor, subject to market and other conditions, to offer up 
to $3,000,000 of its Common Stock for sale in a private placement to non-U.S. persons outside the United 
States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“the Securities Act”). The 
Polish subsidiary intends to use the proceeds, if any, of this private placement, to produce and market the 
technology relating to Tc-99m which we licensed to PFMedical and for general working capital needs. The 
Company  may  also  offer,  subject  to  market  and  other  conditions  and  final  approval  of  our  Board  of 
Directors, up to $3,000,000 in aggregate amount of our Common Stock for sale in a private placement to 
non-U.S.  persons  outside  the  United  States  pursuant  to  Regulation  S  under  the  Securities  Act.  If  the 
Company completes such an offering of its Common Stock, we intend to use the proceeds, if any, of this 
private placement for working capital purposes. This paragraph is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of 
an offer to buy our Common Stock or the Polish subsidiary’s Common Stock or any other securities and 
shall not constitute an offer, solicitation or sale in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale is 
unlawful.    Neither  our  Common  Stock  nor  the  Polish  subsidiary’s  Common  Stock  have  been  registered 
under  the  Securities  Act  or  any  state  securities  laws  and  may  not  be  offered  or  sold  in  the  United  States 
absent registration  or applicable  exemption  from  registration  from  the registration  requirements  under  the 
Securities  Act  and  applicable  state  securities  laws.    Our  Common  Stock  and  the  Polish  subsidiary’s 
Common  Stock  are  expected  to  be  offered  and  sold  only  to  non-U.S.  persons  outside  the  United  States 
pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

In  summary,  our  financial  results  for  fiscal  year  2013  were  below  our  expectations  and  were  negatively 
impacted  as  a  result,  in  large  part,  due  to  the  government  sequestration,  federal  and  state  governmental 
clients  operating  under  reduced  budgets,  including  short  term  budget  Continuing  Resolutions,  the 
government shutdown of approximately 16 days in October 2013, ending of contracts, and general adverse 
economic conditions.  However, we continue to take steps to improve our operations and liquidity and to 
invest working capital into our facilities to fund capital additions in our Segments. Although there are no 
assurances,  we  believe  that  our  cash  flows from  operations  and  our  available  liquidity  from  the  amended 
and restated line of credit are sufficient to service the Company’s current obligations.  

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 
We  have  a  number  of  routine  operating  leases,  primarily  related  to  office  space  rental,  office  equipment 
rental  and  equipment  rental  for  contract  projects  as  of  December  31,  2013,  which  total  approximately 
33 

 
 
 
 
$2,830,000, payable as follows:  $809,000 in 2014; $728,000 in 2015; $590,000 in 2016; $529,000 in 2017; 
with the remaining $174,000 in 2018.  

From time to time, we are required to post standby letters of credit and various bonds to support contractual 
obligations to customers and other obligations.  As of December 31, 2013, the total amount of these bonds 
and letters of credit outstanding was approximately $1,453,000, of which the majority of the amount relates 
to various bonds.  Our Treatment Segment facilities operate under licenses and permits that require financial 
assurance for closure and post-closure costs.  We provide for these requirements through financial assurance 
policies.    As  of  December  31,  2013,  the  closure  and  post-closure  requirements  for  our  facilities  were 
approximately $46,361,000. We have recorded approximately $21,307,000 in a sinking fund related to these 
policies in other long term assets within our balance sheets. 

Critical Accounting Policies 
In  preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles in  the  United  States  of  America,  management  makes  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the 
financial statements, as well as, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  
We  believe  the  following  critical  accounting  policies  affect  the  more  significant  estimates  used  in 
preparation of the consolidated financial statements: 

Revenue  Recognition  Estimates.    We  utilize  a  performance  based  methodology  for  purposes  of  revenue 
recognition  in  our  Treatment  Segment.    As  we  accept  more  complex  waste  streams  in  this  segment,  the 
treatment  of  those  waste  streams  become  more  complicated  and  time  consuming.    We  have  continued  to 
enhance  our  waste  tracking  capabilities  and  systems,  which  has  enabled  us  to  better  match  the  revenue 
earned to the processing phases achieved using a proportional performance method.  The major processing 
phases are receipt, treatment/processing and shipment/final disposition. Upon receiving various wastes we 
recognize a certain percentage (ranging from 9.0% to 33%) of revenue as we incur costs for transportation, 
analytical  and  labor  associated  with  the  receipt  of  mixed  waste.    As  the  waste  is  processed,  shipped  and 
disposed of we recognize the remaining revenue and the associated costs of transportation and burial. We 
review and evaluate our revenue recognition estimates and policies on an annual basis.  

For  our  Services  Segment,  revenues  on  services  are  performed  under  time  and  material,  fixed  price,  and 
cost-reimbursement contracts. Revenues and costs associated with fixed price contracts are recognized using 
the percentage of completion (efforts expended) method. We estimate our percentage of completion based 
on  attainment  of  project  milestones.    Revenues  and  costs  associated  with  time  and  material  contracts  are 
recognized as revenue when earned and costs are incurred.  

Under cost-reimbursement contracts, we are reimbursed for costs incurred plus a certain percentage markup 
for indirect costs, in accordance with contract provision.  Costs incurred in excess of contract funding may 
be  renegotiated  for  reimbursement.    We  also  earn  a  fee  based  on  the  approved  costs  to  complete  the 
contract.  We recognize this fee using the proportion of costs incurred to total estimated contract costs.  
Contract costs include all direct labor, material and other non-labor costs and those indirect costs related to 
contract support, such as depreciation, fringe benefits, overhead labor, supplies, tools, repairs and equipment 
rental. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses 
are  determined.  Changes  in  job  performance,  job  conditions  and  estimated  profitability,  including  those 
arising from contract penalty provisions and final contract settlements, may result in revisions to costs and 
income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. 

Consulting  revenues  are  recognized  as  services  are  rendered. The  services  provided  are  based  on  billable 
hours and revenues are recognized in relation to incurred labor and consulting costs.  Out of pocket costs 
reimbursed by customers are also included in revenues. 

The liability, “billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings”, represents billings in excess of revenues 
recognized and accrued costs to jobs. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by an allowance 
for  doubtful  accounts,  which  is  a  valuation  allowance  that  reflects  management's  best  estimate  of  the 
amounts that are uncollectible.  We regularly review all accounts receivable balances that exceed 60 days 
from the invoice date and, based on an assessment of current credit worthiness, estimate the portion, if any, 
of the balances that are uncollectible.  Specific accounts that are deemed to be uncollectible are reserved at 
100% of their outstanding balance.  The remaining balances aged over 60 days have a percentage applied by 
aging category (5% for balances 61-90 days, 20% for balances 91-120 days and 40% for balances over 120 
days  aged),  based  on  a  historical  valuation,  that  allows  us  to  calculate  the  total  reserve  required.  This 
allowance was approximately 2.6% of revenue for 2013 and 19.5%, of accounts receivable as of December 
31, 2013.  Additionally, this allowance was approximately 2.0% of revenue for 2012 and 18.0% of accounts 
receivable as of December 31, 2012.   

Intangible  Assets.    Intangible  assets  relating  to  acquired  businesses  consist  primarily  of  the  cost  of 
purchased businesses in excess of the estimated fair value of net identifiable assets acquired, or goodwill, 
and  the  recognized  value  of  the  permits  required  to  operate  the  business.    We  continually  reevaluate  the 
propriety  of  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill  and  permits  to  determine  whether  current  events  and 
circumstances  warrant  adjustments  to  the  carrying  value.  We  test  each  Reporting  Unit’s  goodwill  and 
permits, separately, for impairment, annually as of October 1 and also if an event occurs or circumstances 
change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  

In estimating the fair value of the reporting units, the Company  makes estimates and judgments about its 
future  cash  flows  using  an  income  approach.  The  income  approach,  specifically  a  discounted  cash  flow 
analysis,  includes  assumptions  for,  among  others,  forecasted  revenue,  gross  margin,  operating  income, 
working capital cash flow, perpetual growth rates and long-term discount rates (reflects a weighted average 
cost of capital rate), all of which require significant judgment by management. The sum of the fair values of 
the  Company's  reporting  units  are  also  compared  to  its  external  market  capitalization  to  determine  the 
appropriateness  of  its  assumptions.  These  assumptions  take  into  account  the  current  environment  and 
industry trends (with significant focus on government spending trends) and their impact on the Company's 
business. 

We  have  three  reporting  units  as  of  October  1,  2013:    (1)  SYA  reporting  unit  -  our  SYA  subsidiary 
operations; (2) SEC reporting unit - our SEC operations; and (3) Treatment reporting unit – our treatment 
operations (See “Goodwill Impairment” above for impairment losses recorded in 2013).  

Intangible  assets  that  have  definite  useful  lives  are  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the 
estimated useful lives. We amortize intangible asset of customer relationships using an accelerated method. 
Intangible  assets  with  definite  useful  lives  are  also  tested  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable. 

Property and Equipment 
Property and equipment expenditures are capitalized and depreciated using the straight-line method over the 
estimated useful lives of the assets for financial statement purposes, while accelerated depreciation methods 
are principally used for income tax purposes.  Generally, annual depreciation rates range from ten to forty 
years for buildings (including improvements and asset retirement costs) and three to seven years for office 
furniture  and  equipment,  vehicles,  and  decontamination  and  processing  equipment.  Leasehold 
improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the term of the lease or the life of the asset. 
Maintenance and repairs are charged directly to expense as incurred. The cost and accumulated depreciation 
of  assets  sold  or  retired  are  removed  from  the  respective  accounts,  and  any  gain  or  loss  from  sale  or 
retirement  is  recognized  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Renewals  and 
improvement, which extend the useful lives of the assets, are capitalized.  

Accrued  Closure  Costs  and  Asset  Retirement  Obligations  (“ARO”).  Accrued  closure  costs  represent  our 
estimated  environmental  liability  to  clean  up  our  facilities  as  required  by  our  permits,  in  the  event  of 
closure.  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  410,  “Asset  Retirement  and  Environmental 
Obligations” requires that the discounted fair value of a liability for an ARO be recognized in the period in 
which  it  is  incurred  with  the  associated  ARO  capitalized  as  part  of  the  carrying  cost  of  the  asset.    The 
35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
recognition  of  an  ARO  requires  that  management  make  numerous  estimates,  assumptions  and  judgments 
regarding such factors as estimated probabilities, timing of settlements, material and service costs, current 
technology,  laws  and  regulations,  and  credit  adjusted  risk-free  rate  to  be  used.    This  estimate  is  inflated, 
using an inflation rate, to the expected time at which the closure will occur, and then discounted back, using 
a credit adjusted risk free rate, to the present value.  AROs are included within buildings as part of property 
and equipment and are depreciated over the estimated useful life of the property.  In periods subsequent to 
initial  measurement  of  the  ARO,  the  Company  must  recognize  period-to-period  changes  in  the  liability 
resulting from the passage of time and revisions to either the timing or the amount of the original estimate of 
undiscounted  cash  flow.    Increases  in  the  ARO  liability  due  to  passage  of  time  impact  net  income  as 
accretion  expense.  Changes  in  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  costs  underlying  the  obligations  (resulting 
from  changes  or  expansion  at  the  facilities)  require  adjustment  to  the  ARO  liability  calculated  in  the 
aforementioned  method,  and  are  capitalized  and  charged  as  depreciation  expense,  in  accordance  with  the 
Company’s depreciation policy.   

Accrued Environmental Liabilities. We have four remediation projects currently in progress.  The current 
and  long-term  accrual  amounts  for  the  projects  are  our  best  estimates  based  on  proposed  or  approved 
processes for clean-up.  The circumstances that could affect the outcome range from new technologies that 
are being developed every day to reduce our overall costs, to increased contamination levels that could arise 
as we complete remediation which could increase our costs, neither of which we anticipate at this time.  In 
addition,  significant  changes  in  regulations  could  adversely  or  favorably  affect  our  costs  to  remediate 
existing sites or potential future sites, which cannot be reasonably quantified.  The environmental liabilities 
of PFM, PFMI, and PFD remain the financial obligations of the Company. The environmental liabilities of 
PFSG are classified as held for sale within our discontinued operations. 
Disposal/Transportation Costs. We accrue for waste disposal based upon a physical count of the waste at 
each  facility  at  the  end  of  each  accounting  period.    Current  market  prices  for  transportation  and  disposal 
costs  are  applied  to  the  end  of  period  waste  inventories  to  calculate  the  disposal  accrual.    Costs  are 
calculated using current costs for disposal, but economic trends could materially affect our actual costs for 
disposal. As there are limited disposal sites available to us, a change in the number of available sites or an 
increase or decrease in demand for the existing disposal areas could significantly affect the actual disposal 
costs either positively or negatively.    

Stock-Based  Compensation.  We  account  for  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  ASC  718, 
“Compensation  –  Stock  Compensation”.    ASC  718  requires  all  stock-based  payments  to  employees, 
including  grants  of  employee  stock  options,  to  be  recognized  in  the  income  statement  based  on  their  fair 
values.    The  Company  uses  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  to  determine  the  fair-value  of  stock-
based awards which requires subjective assumptions.  Assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock 
options  granted  include  the  exercise  price  of  the  award,  the  expected  term,  the  expected  volatility  of  the 
Company’s stock over the option’s expected term, the risk-free interest rate over the option’s expected term, 
and the expected annual dividend yield. In addition, judgment is also required in estimating the amount of 
stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. 

Income Taxes.  The provision for income tax is determined in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.”  
As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our 
income  taxes  in  each  of  the  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate.  We  record  this  amount  as  a  provision  or 
benefit for taxes.  This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, including assessing the 
risks associated  with tax  audits, and assessing  temporary  differences resulting  from  different  treatment of 
items  for  tax  and  accounting  purposes.  These  differences  result  in  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  We 
assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the 
extent that we believe recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance.  As of December 31, 2013, 
we had net deferred tax assets of approximately $8,182,000 (which excludes a deferred tax liability relating 
to  goodwill  and  indefinite  lived  intangible  assets),  which  were  primarily  related  to  federal  and  state  net 
operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, impairment charges, and closure costs.  As of December 31, 2013 
and  2012,  we  concluded  that it  was  more  likely  than  not that  $8,182,000  and $5,729,000  of  our  deferred 
income tax assets would not be realized, and as such, a full valuation allowance was applied against those 
deferred income tax assets. Our net operating losses are subject to audit by the Internal Revenue Services, 
and, as a result, the amounts could be reduced.     

36 

 
 
 
 
Known Trends and Uncertainties  
Economic Conditions: 
The DOE and U.S. Department of Defense (“DOD”) represent major customers for our Treatment Segment 
and Services Segment.  Federal clients have operated under reduced budgets due to CR and sequestration 
which have negatively impacted the amount of waste shipped to our treatment facilities and remediation of 
contaminated federal  sites. In  addition,  our  government  contracts  and  subcontracts  relating  to  activities  at 
governmental  sites  are  generally  subject  to  termination  or  renegotiation  on  30  days  notice  at  the 
government’s  option.    Significant  reductions  in  the  level  of  governmental  funding  could  have  a  material 
adverse impact on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. See discussion as to 
budgeted  amounts  of the  2014  Omnibus  spending  bill  approved  by  Congress  and  the  President  discussed 
previously  in  this  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  –  Business  Environment,  Outlook  and 
Liquidity.” 

Legal Matters: 
Perma-Fix of Northwest Richland, Inc. (“PFNWR”) 
PFNWR  filed  suit  (PFNWR  vs.  Philotechnics,  Ltd.)  in  the  U.S.  District  Court,  Eastern  District  of 
Tennessee, asserting contract breach and seeking specific performance of the “return-of-waste clause” in the 
brokerage  contract  between  a  prior  facility  owner  (now  owned  by  PFNWR)  and  Philotechnics,  Ltd. 
(“Philo”),  as to  certain  non-conforming  waste  Philo delivered  for  treatment  from  Philo’s  customer,  El  du 
Pont de Nemours and Company (“DuPont”),  to the PFNWR facility, before PFNWR acquired the facility. 
Our  complaint  seeks  an  order  that  Philo:  (A)  specifically  perform  its  obligations  under  the  contract’s 
“return-of-waste”  clause  by  physically  taking  custody  of  and  by  removing  the  nonconforming  waste,  (B) 
pay PFNWR all additional costs of maintaining and managing the waste, and (C) pay PFNWR the cost to 
treat and dispose of the nonconforming waste so as to allow PFNWR to compliantly dispose of that waste 
offsite.  “Presently,  under  the  supervision  of  the  Court,  PFNWR  and  Philo  have  agreed  to  temporarily 
suspend  formal  legal  proceedings  and,  instead,  to  work  together  to  process,  package,  transport  from  the 
facility, and dispose of the nonconforming waste. PFNWR anticipates that these activities will be completed 
in 2014.  This matter is currently set to proceed to trial on November 3, 2014 to adjudicate any issues that 
remain. 

Significant  Customers.  Our  segments  have  significant  relationships  with  the  federal  government,  and 
continue  to  enter  into  contracts, directly  as  the  prime  contractor  or indirectly  as  a  subcontractor,  with  the 
federal government.  The contracts that we are a party to with the federal government or with others as a 
subcontractor to the federal government generally provide that the government may terminate or renegotiate 
the  contracts  on  30  days  notice,  at  the  government's  election.    Our  inability  to  continue  under  existing 
contracts that we have with the federal government (directly or indirectly as a subcontractor) could have a 
material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.  

We  performed  services  relating  to  waste  generated  by  the  federal  government,  either  directly  as  a  prime 
contractor or indirectly as a subcontractor (including the CH Plateau Remediation Company (“CHPRC”) as 
discussed below) to the federal government, representing approximately $47,557,000 or 63.9% of our total 
revenue  from  continuing  operations  during  2013,  as  compared  to  $101,533,000  or  79.6%  of  our  total 
revenue from continuing operations during 2012. 

The  following  customer  accounted  for  10%  or  more  of  the  total  revenues  generated  from  continuing 
operations for twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

Customer
CHPRC

Year
2013
2012

Total
Revenue
$19,922,000
$24,652,000

% of Total
Revenue
26.8%
19.3%

Revenue generated from CHPRC includes revenue generated from the CHPRC subcontract at our Services 
Segment and various waste processing contracts at our Treatment Segment.  The CHPRC subcontract was a 
cost plus award fee subcontract awarded to us during the second quarter of 2008 to participate in the cleanup 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of the central portion of the Hanford Site located in the state of Washington.  This subcontract expired on 
September 30, 2013.  

Insurance.  We  maintain  insurance  coverage  similar  to,  or  greater  than,  the  coverage  maintained  by  other 
companies  of  the  same  size  and  industry,  which  complies  with  the  requirements  under  applicable 
environmental laws. We evaluate our insurance policies annually to determine adequacy, cost effectiveness, 
and  desired  deductible  levels.  Due  to  the  continued  uncertainty  in  the  economy  and  changes  within  the 
environmental insurance market, we have no guarantees that if American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) 
does not provide insurance coverage that we will be able to obtain similar insurance in future years, or that 
the cost of such insurance will not increase materially.   

Climate Change. Climate change is receiving ever increasing attention from scientists and legislators alike. 
The debate is ongoing as to the extent to which our climate is changing, the potential causes of this change 
and its potential impacts. Some attribute global warming to increased levels of greenhouse gases, including 
carbon  dioxide,  which  has  led  to  significant  legislative  and  regulatory  efforts  to  limit  greenhouse  gas 
emissions. 

Presently  there  are  no  federally  mandated  greenhouse  gas  reduction  requirements  in  the  United  States. 
However, there are a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to address greenhouse gas emissions, 
which are in various phases of discussion or implementation. The outcome of federal and state actions to 
address  global  climate  change  could  result  in  a  variety  of  regulatory  programs  including  potential  new 
regulations.  Any adoption by federal or state governments mandating a substantial reduction in greenhouse 
gas emissions could increase costs associated with our operations.  Until the timing, scope and extent of any 
future regulation becomes known, we cannot predict the effect on our financial position, operating results 
and cash flows. 

Environmental Contingencies 
We  are  engaged  in  the  waste  management  services  segment  of  the  pollution  control  industry.    As  a 
participant  in  the  on-site  treatment,  storage  and  disposal  market  and  the  off-site  treatment  and  services 
market,  we  are  subject  to  rigorous  federal,  state  and  local  regulations.    These  regulations  mandate  strict 
compliance and therefore are a cost and concern to us.  Because of their integral role in providing quality 
environmental  services,  we  make  every  reasonable  attempt  to  maintain  complete  compliance  with  these 
regulations; however, even with a diligent commitment, we, along with many of our competitors, may be 
required to pay fines for violations or investigate and potentially remediate our waste management facilities. 

We routinely use third party disposal companies, who ultimately destroy or secure landfill residual materials 
generated  at  our  facilities  or  at  a  client's  site.  In  the  past,  numerous  third  party  disposal  sites  have 
improperly  managed  waste  and  consequently  require  remedial  action;  consequently,  any  party  utilizing 
these  sites  may  be  liable  for  some  or  all  of  the  remedial  costs.    Despite  our  aggressive  compliance  and 
auditing  procedures  for  disposal  of  wastes,  we  could  further  be  notified,  in  the  future,  that  we  are  a 
potentially responsible party (“PRP”) at a remedial action site, which could have a material adverse effect. 

Our  facilities  where  the  remediation  expenditures  will  be  made  are  the  Leased  Property  in  Dayton,  Ohio 
(EPS),  a  former  RCRA  storage  facility  as  operated  by  the  former  owners  of  PFD,  PFM's  facility  in 
Memphis, Tennessee, PFSG's facility in Valdosta, Georgia, and PFMI's facility in Brownstown, Michigan. 
The environmental liability of PFD (as it relates to the remediation of the EPS site assumed by the Company 
as a result of the original acquisition of the PFD facility) was retained by the Company upon the sale of PFD 
in  March  2008.    All  of the  reserves  are  within  our  discontinued  operations.    While  no  assurances  can  be 
made  that  we  will  be  able  to  do  so,  we  expect  to  fund  the  expenses  to  remediate  these  sites  from  funds 
generated internally.   

At December 31, 2013, we had total accrued environmental remediation liabilities of $1,031,000, of which 
$649,000  is  recorded as a current  liability,  which reflects  a decrease  of  $583,000  from  the  December  31, 
2012  balance  of  $1,614,000.    The  net  decrease  represents  payments  of  approximately  $50,000  on 
remediation projects and a reduction in reserve of approximately $533,000 at PFSG based on reassessment 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of the remediation reserve.  The December 31, 2013 current and long-term accrued environmental balance is 
recorded as follows (in thousands): 

Current
Accrual
 $                    11 
                       34 
                     604 
                         - 
 $                  649 

Long-term
Accrual
 $                    58 
                       11 
                     236 
                       77 
 $                  382 

Total
 $                    69 
                       45 
                     840 
                       77 
 $               1,031 

PFD
PFM
PFSG
PFMI
Total Liability

Related Party Transactions 
Mr. Robert Schreiber, Jr. 
During March 2011, we entered into a lease with Lawrence Properties LLC, a company jointly owned by 
Robert Schreiber, Jr., the President of Schreiber, Yonley and Associates, and Mr. Schreiber’s spouse.  Mr. 
Schreiber is  a  member  of our  executive  management  team.   The lease is  for  a  term  of  five  years starting 
June 1, 2011.  Under the lease, we pay monthly rent of approximately $11,400, which we believe is lower 
than  costs  charged  by  unrelated  third  party  landlords.    Additional  rent  will  be  assessed  for  any  increases 
over  the  new  lease  commencement  year  for  property  taxes  or  assessments  and  property  and  casualty 
insurance premiums. 

Mr. David Centofanti 
Mr. David Centofanti serves as our Director of Information Services.  For such services, he received total 
compensation in 2013 of approximately $163,000. Mr. David Centofanti is the son of our Chief Executive 
Officer and Chairman of our Board, Dr. Louis F. Centofanti.  We believe the compensation received by Mr. 
Centofanti for his technical expertise which he provides to the Company is competitive and comparable to 
compensation we would have to pay to an unaffiliated third party with the same technical expertise.  

Christopher Leichtweis 
The Company is obligated to make lease payments of approximately $29,000 per month through June 2018, 
pursuant to a Lease Agreement, dated June 1, 2008 (the “Lease”), between Leichtweis Enterprises, LLC, as 
lessor, and Safety and Ecology Holdings Corporation (“SEHC”), as lessee. Leichtweis Enterprises, LLC, is 
owned  by  Mr.  Christopher  Leichtweis  (“Leichtweis”),  who  was  a  Senior  Vice  President  of  the  Company 
and President of SEC, prior to his voluntary termination and retirement from the Company effective May 
24, 2013.  The Lease covers SEC’s principal offices in Knoxville, Tennessee.   

Under  an  agreement  of  indemnity  (“Indemnification  Agreement”),  SEC,  Leichtweis  and  his  spouse 
(“Leichtweis  Parties”),  jointly  and  severally,  agreed  to  indemnify  the  individual  surety  with  respect  to 
contingent liabilities that may be incurred by the individual surety under certain of SEC’s bonded projects.  
In  addition,  SEC  agreed  to  indemnify  Leichtweis  Parties  against judgments,  penalties,  fines,  and  expense 
associated with those SEC performance bonds that Leichtweis Parties have agreed to indemnify in the event 
SEC  cannot  perform,  which  has  an  aggregate  bonded  amount  of  approximately  $10,900,000  (which  has 
been  released/expired).    The  Indemnification  Agreement  provided  by  SEC  to  the  Leichtweis  Parties  also 
provides for compensating the Leichtweis Parties at a rate of 0.75% of the value of bonds (60% having been 
paid  previously  and  the  balance  at  substantial  completion  of  the  contract).    On  February  14,  2013,  the 
Company  entered  into  a  Settlement  and  Release  Agreement  and  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement 
(the  “Leichtweis  Settlement”),  in  final  settlement  of  certain  claims  made  by  us  against  Leichtweis  in 
connection with the certain claims asserted by the Company against TNC subsequent to our acquisition of 
SEC  on  October  31,  2011.    The  Leichtweis  Settlement  terminated  our  obligation  to  pay  the  Leichtweis 
Parties a fee under the Indemnification Agreement.   

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment Agreements 
We have an employment agreement with each of Dr. Centofanti (our President and Chief Executive Officer 
or  “CEO”),  Ben  Naccarato  (our  Chief  Financial  Officer  or  “CFO”),  and  James  Blankenhorn  (our  Chief 
Operating Officer or “COO”).  Each employment agreement provides for annual base salaries, bonuses, and 
other benefits commonly found in such agreements. In addition, each employment agreement provides that 
in the event of termination of such officer without cause or termination by the officer for good reason (as 
such terms are defined in the employment agreement), the terminated officer shall receive payments of an 
amount equal to benefits that have accrued as of the termination but not yet paid, plus an amount equal to 
one year’s base salary at the time of termination.  In addition, the employment agreements provide that in 
the event of a change in control (as defined in the employment agreements), all outstanding stock options to 
purchase our Common Stock granted to, and held by, the officer covered by the employment agreement to 
be immediately vested and exercisable.  On March 20, 2014, the Company accepted the resignation of Mr. 
James A. Blankenhorn, as Vice President and COO of the Company.  The resignation was effective March 
28, 2014.  When Mr. Blankenhorn’s resignation as the COO became effective, his employment agreement 
also terminated. 

The  Company  also  had  an  employment  agreement  with  Christopher  Leichtweis  (the  “Leichtweis 
Employment  Agreement”),  containing  substantially  the  terms  described  above  with  respect  to  the 
employment  agreements  of  Messrs.  Centofanti,  Naccarato  and  Blankenhorn.  On  May  14,  2013,  the 
Company  entered  into  a  Separation  and  Release  Agreement  (“Agreement”)  with  Mr.  Leichtweis,  which 
terminated Mr. Leichtweis’ employment with the Company and his position as an officer of the Company 
effective May 24, 2013, and voided the Leichtweis Employment Agreement (except for the “Confidentiality 
of  Trade  Secrets  and  Business  Information  (“Section  7”)  clause).    Leichtweis’  termination  was  not  “for 
cause” by the Company nor “for good reason” by Mr. Leichtweis (as defined in the Leichtweis Employment 
Agreement).    Mr.  Leichtweis  was  paid  only  his  accrued  salary,  vacation  and  any  benefits  under  the 
employee’s benefit plan, upon his separation date of May 24, 2013.  In connection with the Agreement, the 
Company  also  entered into  a  Consulting  Services  Agreement  (“Consulting  Agreement”)  with  Leichtweis, 
dated May 24, 2013 and terminating on July 23, 2014, unless sooner terminated by either party with prior 
30 days’ written notice. The Consulting Agreement provides for compensation at an hourly rate of $135 and 
reasonable travel and other expenses.  Pursuant to the Consulting Agreement, Leichtweis will be subject to a 
fourteen  months  confidentiality  and  non-compete  agreement  (as  defined)  from  date  of  execution  of  the 
Consulting  Agreement.    On  June  1,  2013,  Leichtweis  provided  the  Company  with  written  notice  of 
termination of the Consulting Agreement.  

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

Not required under Regulation S-K for smaller reporting companies. 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Forward-looking Statements 
Certain  statements  contained  within  this  report  may  be  deemed  "forward-looking  statements"  within  the 
meaning  of  Section  27A  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  and  Section  21E  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (collectively, the "Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995").  
All statements in this report other than a statement of historical fact are forward-looking statements that are 
subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which could cause actual results and 
performance  of  the  Company  to  differ  materially  from  such  statements.    The  words  "believe,"  "expect," 
"anticipate," "intend," "will," and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking 
statements contained herein relate to, among other things, 

•  demand for our services subject to fluctuations due to variety of factors; 
•  significant reductions in the level of government funding could have a material adverse impact on our 

business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows;  

•  expect to meet our quarterly financial covenants in 2014; 
•  ability  to  successfully  raise  additional  capital  and  develop  business  plan  that  will  generate  profitable 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
revenues; 

•  ability to improve operations and liquidity; 
•  ability  to  close  and  remediate  certain  contaminated  sites  for  projected  amounts  over  the  projected 

periods; 

•  permit and license requirements represent a potential barrier to entry for possible competitors; 
•  failure to obtain and maintain our permit or approvals would have a material adverse effect on us, our 

operations, and financial condition; 

•  potential large fluctuations in revenue in each of our quarters in the near future; 
•  ability to fund expenses to remediate sites from funds generated internally; 
•  expansion into both commercial and international markets to help offset the uncertainties of government 

spending in the USA; 

•  potential  effect  on  our  operations  with  the  adoption  of  programs  by  federal  or  state  government 

mandating a substantial reduction in greenhouse gas emissions; 

•  ability to fund budgeted capital expenditures during 2014 through our operations and lease financing; 
•  continue focus on efficient operations of facilities and on-site activities, continue to evaluating strategic 
acquisition,  and  to  continue  the  R&D  of  innovative  technologies  to  expand  company  service  offering 
and to treat nuclear waste, mixed waste, and industrial waste; 

•  our cash flows from operations and our available liquidity from our amended and restated line of credit 

are sufficient to service the Company’s current obligations; 

•  continue  to  take  steps  to  improve  our  operations  and  liquidity  and  to  invest  working  capital  into  our 

facilities to fund capital additions to our segments; 

•  as our operations and activities expand, there could be an increase in potential litigation; 
•  ability  to  continue  under  existing  contracts  that  we  have  with  the  federal  government  (directly  or  

indirectly as a subcontractor); 

•  we  believe  the  2014  Omnibus  spending  bill  will  provide  potential  increased  revenues  and  generate 

positive cash flow in 2014; 

•  process  our  backlog  during  periods  of  low  waste  receipts,  which  historically  has  been  in  the  first  or 

fourth quarter; 

•  future enforcement policies as applied to existing laws or by the enactment of new environmental laws 

and regulations; 

•  although  we  believe  that  we  are  currently  in  substantial  compliance  with  applicable  laws  and 
regulations, we could be subject to fines, penalties or other liabilities or could be adversely affected by 
existing or subsequently enacted laws or regulations; 

•  despite our aggressive compliance and auditing procedure for disposal of wastes, we could further be 
notified, in the future, that we are a PRP at a remedial action site, which could have a material adverse 
effect; and 

•  we could be deemed responsible for part for the cleanup of certain properties and be subject to fines and 

civil penalties in connection with violations of regulatory requirements. 

While the Company believes the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, 
it can give no assurance such expectations will prove to have been correct.  There are a variety of factors, 
which could cause future outcomes to differ materially from those described in this report, including, but 
not limited to: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

  general economic conditions; 
  material reduction in revenues; 
  ability to meet PNC covenant requirements; 
  inability to collect in a timely manner a material amount of receivables;  
  increased competitive pressures;  
  inability to maintain and obtain required permits and approvals to conduct operations;  
  public not accepting our new technology; 
   inability to develop new and existing technologies in the conduct of operations; 
  inability to maintain and obtain closure and operating insurance requirements; 
  inability to retain or renew certain required permits; 

41 

 
 
 
• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

  discovery  of  additional  contamination  or  expanded  contamination  at  any  of  the  sites  or  facilities 
leased or owned by us or our subsidiaries which would result in a material increase in remediation 
expenditures; 

  delays at our third party disposal site can extend collection of our receivables greater than twelve 

months; 

  refusal of third party disposal sites to accept our waste; 
  changes  in  federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations,  especially  environmental  laws  and 

regulations, or in interpretation of such; 

  requirements  to  obtain  permits  for  TSD  activities  or  licensing  requirements  to  handle  low  level 

radioactive materials are limited or lessened; 

  potential increases in equipment, maintenance, operating or labor costs; 
  management retention and development; 
  financial valuation of intangible assets is substantially more/less than expected; 
  the requirement to use internally generated funds for purposes not presently anticipated; 
  inability to continue to be profitable on an annualized basis; 
  inability of the Company to maintain the listing of its Common Stock on the NASDAQ; 

terminations  of  contracts  with  federal  agencies  or  subcontracts  involving  federal  agencies,  or 
reduction in amount of waste delivered to the Company under the contracts or subcontracts;  

  renegotiation of contracts involving the federal government; 
  federal  government’s  inability  or  failure  to  provide  necessary  funding  to  remediate  contaminated 

federal sites; 

  disposal expense accrual could prove to be inadequate in the event the waste requires re-treatment;  
  inability to raise capital on commercially reasonable terms; 
  inability to increase profitable revenue;  
  lender refuses to waive non-compliance or revises our covenant so that we are in compliance; and 
  Risk factors contained in Item 1A of this report. 

42 

 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended 
   December 31, 2013 and 2012 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the 
   Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years  
   December 31, 2013 and 2012 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years 
   ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page No. 

44 

45 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

Financial Statement Schedules 
In accordance with the rules of Regulation S-X, schedules are not submitted because (a) they are not 
applicable to or required by the Company, or (b) the information required to be set forth therein is included 
in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. 
Atlanta, Georgia 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. 
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of operations, 
comprehensive  loss,  stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  the  years  then  ended.  These  financial 
statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board  (United  States).    Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable 
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  Our  audits  included 
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are 
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the 
Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Accordingly,  we  express  no  such  opinion.  An  audit 
also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well 
as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 
2012,  and  the  results  of  its  operations  and  its  cash  flows  for  the  years  then  ended  in  conformity  with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a 
going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered 
declining  revenues,  recurring  losses  from  operations  and  has  a  net  working  capital  deficiency  that  raise 
substantial  doubt  about its  ability  to  continue as  a  going  concern.  Management’s  plans in  regard  to these 
matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments 
that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. 

/s/BDO USA, LLP 

Atlanta, Georgia 

April 15, 2014 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
As of December 31, 

(Amounts in Thousands, Except for Share and per Share Amounts)

2013

2012

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful

accounts of $1,932 and $2,507, respectively

Unbilled receivables - current
Retainage receivable
Inventories
Prepaid and other assets
Deferred tax assets - current
Current assets related to discontinued operations

Total current assets

Property and equipment:
Buildings and land
Equipment
Vehicles
Leasehold improvements
Office furniture and equipment
Construction-in-progress

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

Net property and equipment

Property and equipment related to discontinued operations

Intangibles and other long term assets:

Permits
Goodwill
Other intangible assets - net
Unbilled receivables – non-current
Finite risk sinking fund
Other assets

Total assets

$                 

333
35

$              

4,368
35

8,106
4,917
135
520
2,949

3,114
20,109

19,486
35,279
610
11,625
2,046
630
69,676
(43,616)
26,060

1,367

11,395
8,530
312
473
3,282
1,316
499
30,210

26,297
34,657
661
11,625
2,116
334
75,690
(40,376)
35,314

1,614

16,744
1,330
2,980
302
21,307
1,401
91,600

$            

16,799
29,186
3,610
137
21,272
1,549
139,691

$          

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

45 

 
 
                     
                     
                
              
                
                
                   
                   
                   
                   
                
                
                
                
                   
              
              
              
              
                
                
              
              
                
              
                
                
                   
                   
              
              
                
                
 
 
 
 
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS, CONTINUED 
As of December 31, 

(Amounts in Thousands, Except for Share and per Share Amounts)

2013

2012

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Disposal/transportation accrual
Unearned revenue
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
Current liabilities related to discontinued operations
Current portion of long-term debt

Total current liabilities

Accrued closure costs
Other long-term liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Long-term liabilities related to discontinued operations
Long-term debt, less current portion

Total long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and Contingencies 

$            

5,462
4,933
1,385
4,149
268
3,994
2,876
23,067

$            

8,657
6,672
2,294
3,695
1,934
1,512
2,794
27,558

5,222
739
1,012
602
11,372
18,947

42,014

11,349
674
1,340
1,829
11,402
26,594

54,152

Series B Preferred Stock of subsidiary, $1.00 par value; 1,467,396 shares 
   authorized, 1,284,730 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation                       
   value $1.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends of $738 
   and $674, respectively 

Stockholders' Equity:

Preferred Stock, $.001 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized,

no shares issued and outstanding

 Common Stock, $.001 par value; 75,000,000 shares authorized,

11,406,573 and 11,247,642 shares issued, respectively; 11,398,931
and 11,240,000 shares outstanding, respectively

Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
Less Common Stock in treasury, at cost; 7,642 shares

Total Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. stockholders' equity

Non-controlling interest

Total stockholders' equity

1,285

1,285





11
103,454
(55,078)
2
(88)
48,301

48,301

11
102,864
(19,103)
(2)
(88)
83,682
572
84,254

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$          

91,600

$        

139,691

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

46 

 
 
 
              
              
              
              
              
              
                 
              
              
              
              
              
            
            
              
            
                 
                 
              
              
                 
              
            
            
            
            
            
            
              
              
                   
                   
          
          
           
           
                     
                    
                  
                  
            
            
                 
            
            
 
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
For the years ended December 31, 

(Amounts in Thousands, Except for per Share Amounts)
Net revenues
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit

$

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Research and development
Impairment of goodwill
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
Loss from operations

Other income (expense):
Interest income
Interest expense
Interest expense – financing fees
Other
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Loss from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

Net loss

Less: net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interest

2013
74,413
64,597
9,816

14,376
1,764
27,856
49
(34,229)

35
(762)
(132)
(8)
(35,096)
(625)
(34,471)

(1,568)
(36,039)

(64)

 $ 

2012
127,509
111,705
15,804

18,390
1,823
          —
15
(4,424)

41
(818)
(107)
8
(5,300)
(2,151)
(3,149)

(30)
(3,179)

180

Net loss attributable to Perma-Fix Environmental Services,

Inc. common stockholders

$

(35,975)

$

(3,359)

Net loss per common share attributable to Perma-Fix

Environmental Services, Inc. stockholders - basic and diluted:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Net loss per common share

Number of common shares used in computing 

net loss per share:

Basic
Diluted

$
$
$

(3.04)
(.14)
(3.18)

$
(.30)
$             —
(.30)
$

11,319
11,319

11,225
11,225

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47 

 
 
 
 
      
    
      
    
        
      
      
      
        
        
      
             
             
    
      
             
             
         
         
         
         
             
               
    
      
         
      
    
      
      
           
    
      
           
           
    
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

For the years ended December 31, 

(Amounts in Thousands)

2013

2012

Net loss
Other comprehensive income:

Foreign currency translation gain
Total other comprehensive income

Comprehensive loss
Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to non-controlling

interest

Comprehensive loss attributable to Perma-Fix 

Environmental Services, Inc. common stockholders

$

(36,039)

$

(3,179)

4
4

1
1

(36,035)

(3,178)

(64)

180

$

(35,971)

$

(3,358)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

48 

 
 
 
         
           
                   
                   
                   
                   
         
           
                
               
         
           
 
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
For the years ended December 31, 
(Amounts in Thousands, Except for Share Amounts) 

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital

Common 
Stock Held 
In Treasury

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive 
(Loss) Income

r

Non-cont olling 
Interest in 
Subsidiary

Accumulated 
Deficit 

Total 
Stockholders' 
Equity

$

102,456

$

(88)

$

(3)

$

392

$

(15,744)

$

Balance at December 31, 2011

11,213,587 $

Net income (loss)

Foreign currency translation

Issuance of Common Stock for 

     services

Stock-Based Compensation
Balance at December 31, 2012

Net loss

Foreign currency translation

Distribution to non-controlling 

     interest

Redemption of non-controlling

     interest

Issuance of Common Stock for 

     services

Issuance of Common Stock for 

   debt

Issuance of warrants for debt

Cash in lieu - reverse stock split

Stock-Based Compensation
Balance at December 31, 2013





34,055



11,247,642 $









69,041

90,000



(110)



11,406,573 $

11








11


















11





217

191
102,864

$

$









206

200

59










(88)

$

















125
103,454

$

$


(88)

$



1




(2)



4














2

$

$

$

180






572

(64)



(490)

(18)









(3,359)






(19,103)

(35,975)

$















87,024

(3,179)

1

217

191
84,254

(36,039)

4

(490)

(18)

206

200

59




 $


(55,078)

$

125
48,301

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

49 

 
 
 
        
     
           
                         
                    
            
             
                    
              
              
                           
                      
            
                  
            
                  
        
     
           
                         
                    
            
             
                     
            
            
                           
                      
                   
                 
                     
                   
            
                  
            
                  
              
                    
              
            
                  
        
     
           
                           
            
             
                                                                              
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
For the years ended December 31,  

(Amounts in Thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss
Less: loss on discontinued operations

Loss from continuing operations
Adjustments to reconcile net income from continuing operations to cash provided by operations:
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of debt discount
Amortization of fair value of customer contracts
Deferred tax benefit
(Benefit) provision for bad debt and other reserves
Foreign exchange translation gain
Impairment of goodwill
Loss on disposal of plant, property and equipment
Issuance of common stock for services 
Stock-based compensation
Changes in operating assets and liabilities of continuing operations
Accounts receivable
Unbilled receivables
Prepaid expenses, inventories and other assets
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and unearned revenue

Cash used in continuing operations
Cash used in discontinued operations 

Cash used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment, net
Proceeds from sale of plant, property and equipment
Change in restricted cash, net
Payments to finite risk sinking fund
Non-controlling interest distribution/redemption

Cash used in investing activities of continuing operations
Cash used in investing activities of discontinued operations 

Net cash used in investing activities         

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net repayments of revolving credit
Principal repayments of long term debt
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities of continuing operations
Principal repayment of long-term debt for discontinued operations

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Decrease in cash
Cash at beginning of period
Cash at end of period

Supplemental disclosure:
Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Issuance of Common Stock for debt
Issuance of Warrants for debt
Purchase of equipment through capital lease obligation

2013

2012

$        

(36,039)
(1,568)

$          

(3,179)
(30)

(34,471)

(3,149)

4,126
36
(1,298)
(639)
(304)
4
27,856
49
206
125

3,769
3,448
1,828
(6,431)
(1,696)
(1,020)
(2,716)

(944)
──
──
(35)
(508)
(1,487)
──
(1,487)

──
(2,796)
3,000
204
(36)
168

5,470
12
(3,667)
(234)
124
1
──
15
217
191

5,929
1,390
2,845
(11,631)
(2,487)
(922)
(3,409)

(412)
121
1,500
(1,918)
──
(709)
(2)
(711)

──
(3,532)
──
(3,532)
(35)
(3,567)

(4,035)
4,368
333

$              

(7,687)
12,055
4,368

$           

$              

714
110
200
59
71

$              

922
479
──
──
──

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

50 

 
 
            
                 
          
            
            
               
                   
            
            
             
                
            
                 
                 
                
            
            
            
             
           
                
                
                
                  
                  
 
 
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2013 and 2012 

NOTE 1 
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION 

Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.  (the  Company,  which  may  be  referred  to  as  we,  us,  or  our),  an 
environmental  and  technology  know-how  company,  is  a  Delaware  corporation,  engaged  through  its 
subsidiaries, in two reportable segments: 

TREATMENT SEGMENT, which includes: 

- 

- 

nuclear,  low-level  radioactive,  mixed  waste  (containing  both  hazardous  and  low-level  radioactive 
constituents),  hazardous  and  non-hazardous  waste  treatment,  processing  and  disposal  services 
primarily through four uniquely licensed and permitted treatment and storage facilities; and  
research and development activities to identify, develop and implement innovative waste processing 
techniques for problematic waste streams. 

SERVICES SEGMENT, which includes: 

-  On-site waste management services to commercial and government customers; 
-  Technical services, which include: 

o  professional radiological measurement and site survey of large government and commercial 

o 

installations using advanced methods, technology and engineering; 
integrated  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  services  including  industrial  hygiene  (“IH”) 
assessments;  hazardous  materials  surveys,  e.g.,  exposure  monitoring;  lead  and  asbestos 
management/abatement oversight; indoor air quality evaluations; health risk and exposure 
assessments; health & safety plan/program development, compliance auditing and training 
services; and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) citation assistance; 
o  global  technical  services  providing  consulting,  engineering,  project  management,  waste 
management,  environmental,  and  decontamination  and  decommissioning  field,  technical, 
and management personnel and services to commercial and government customers; and 
o  augmented engineering services (through our Schreiber, Yonley & Associates subsidiary – 
“SYA”)  providing  consulting  environmental  services  to  industrial  and  government 
customers: 
(cid:1) 

including air, water, and hazardous waste permitting, air, soil and water sampling, 
compliance  reporting,  emission  reduction  strategies,  compliance  auditing,  and 
various compliance and training activities; and 
engineering and compliance support to other segments; 

(cid:1) 
-  Nuclear services, which include: 

o 

o 

technology-based  services  including  engineering,  decontamination  and  decommissioning 
(“D&D”),  specialty  services  and  construction,  logistics,  transportation,  processing  and 
disposal; 
remediation of nuclear licensed and federal facilities and the remediation cleanup of nuclear 
legacy  sites.  Such  services  capability 
includes:  project  investigation;  radiological 
engineering; partial and total plant D&D; facility decontamination, dismantling, demolition, 
and  planning;  site  restoration;  site  construction;  logistics;  transportation;  and  emergency 
response; and 

-  A  company  owned  equipment  calibration  and  maintenance  laboratory  that  services,  maintains, 
calibrates,  and  sources  (i.e.,  rental)  of  health  physics,  IH  and  customized  nuclear,  environmental, 
and occupational safety and health (“NEOSH”) instrumentation. 

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  include  our  accounts  and  the  accounts  of  our  wholly-owned 
subsidiaries as follows: 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing Operations:  Diversified Scientific Services, Inc. (“DSSI”), East Tennessee Materials & Energy 
Corporation  (“M&EC”),  Perma-Fix  of  Florida,  Inc.  (“PFF”),  Perma-Fix  of  Northwest  Richland,  Inc. 
(“PFNWR”), Schreiber, Yonley & Associates (“SYA”), Safety & Ecology Corporation (“SEC”), Perma-Fix 
Environmental Services UK Limited (“Perma-Fix UK Limited” - a United Kingdom facility), Perma-Fix of 
Canada, and SEC Radcon Alliance, LLC (“SECRA”). 

Discontinued  Operations  (See  “Note  7”):    Perma-Fix  of  Fort  Lauderdale,  Inc.  (“PFFL”  –  divested  in 
August 2011), Perma-Fix of South Georgia, Inc. (“PFSG” – held for sale), Perma-Fix of Orlando (“PFO” – 
divested  in  October  2011),  Perma-Fix  of  Maryland  (“PFMD”  –  divested  in  January  2008),  Perma-Fix  of 
Dayton, Inc. (“PFD” - divested in March 2008), and Perma-Fix Treatment Services, Inc. (“PFTS” – divested 
in May 2008).  Our discontinued operations also include Perma-Fix of Michigan, Inc. (“PFMI”) and Perma-
Fix of Memphis, Inc. (“PFM”), two non-operational facilities.   

Reverse Stock Split 
The  Company  effected  a  reverse  stock  split  at  a  ratio  of  1-for-5  of  the  Company’s  then  outstanding 
Common  Stock  (“Common  Stock”),  and  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  then 
outstanding stock options and warrants, effective as of 12:01 a.m. on October 15, 2013.  As a result of the 
reverse  stock  split,  each  five  shares  of  the  outstanding  Common  Stock  and  shares  held  in  treasury  were 
combined  into  one  share  of  Common  Stock  without  any  change  to  the  par  value  per  share.    The  reverse 
stock split did not affect the number of authorized shares of Common Stock which remains at 75,000,000.  
As  a  result  of  this  reverse  stock  split,  all  references  in  the  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  to  the 
number  of  shares  outstanding,  per  share  amounts,  and  outstanding  stock  option  and  warrant  data  of  the 
Company’s  Common  Stock  have  been  restated  to  reflect  the  effect  of  the  stock  split  for  all  periods 
presented. 

The primary reason for implementing this reverse stock split was to increase the market price per share of 
our Common Stock in order to regain compliance with the NASDAQ’s continued listing criteria related to 
Minimum  Bid  Price  Rule.    On  October  29,  2013,  we  received  a  letter  from  the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market 
indicating  that  we  had  regained  compliance  with  the  minimum  bid  price  requirement  under  NASDAQ 
Listing Rule 5550(a)(2) for continued listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market.  The Company’s Common 
Stock continues to be listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market.   

Financial Position and Liquidity 
During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred net losses of $36,039,000 and 
$3,179,000,  respectively,  and  net  cash  used  in  operating  activities  was  $2,716,000  and  $3,409,000, 
respectively.    Our  net loss  for  2013 included approximately  $27,856,000 in  goodwill  impairment  charges 
recorded  for  three  of  our  four  reporting  units  and  a  charge  to  tax  expense  of  approximately  $4,760,000 
($3,596,000 for our continuing operations and $1,164,000 for our discontinued operations) to provide a full 
valuation allowance on our net deferred tax assets.  As of December 31, 2013, we have a deficit in working 
capital of $2,958,000, an accumulated deficit of $55,078,000 and cash on hand of $333,000.  Revenues for 
fiscal  years  2013  and  2012  were  $74,413,000  and  $127,509,000,  respectively,  and  were  below  our 
expectations  and  internal  forecasts  as  a  result,  in  large  part,  of  the  government  sequestration,  federal 
governmental clients operating under reduced budgets, the government shutdown of approximately 16 days 
in  October  2013,  ending  of  contracts,  and  general  adverse  economic  conditions.    Our  revenue  during  the 
year  ended  December  31,  2013  was  insufficient  to  attain  profitable  operations  and  generated  negative 
operating cash flow from operations. We did not meet the minimum quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio 
requirement  under  our  credit  facility  for  the  first  and  fourth  quarters  of  2013;  however,  we  obtained  a 
waiver from our lender for each of these quarters for the non-compliance.  Our lender has waived our fixed 
charge  coverage  ratio  testing  requirement  for  the  first  quarter  of  2014  and  made  certain  revisions  to  our 
quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio testing requirements for the remaining quarters of 2014 (See “Note 8 – 
Long Term Debt” and “Note 18 – Subsequent Events – Waivers and Revisions from PNC Bank, National 
Association” for waivers received and revisions made to our fixed charge coverage ratio for 2014 and other 
matters).  Based  on  these  revisions  above,  we  expect  to  meet  our  quarterly  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio 
requirement in each of the second to fourth quarters of 2014. If we fail to meet the minimum quarterly fixed 
charge coverage ratio requirement in any of the quarters starting with the second quarter in 2014 and PNC 
does not waive the non-compliance or further revise our covenant so that we are in compliance, our lender 
52 

 
 
 
 
 
could  accelerate  the  repayment  of  borrowings  under  our  credit  facility.    In  the  event  that  our  lender 
accelerates the payment of our borrowings, we may not have sufficient liquidity to repay our debt under our 
credit facility and other indebtedness.   

The Company’s cash flow requirements during 2013 have been financed by cash on hand, operations, our 
credit facility, and debt financing.  The Company is continually reviewing operating costs and is committed 
to further reducing operating costs to bring them in line with revenue levels.   

Our  ability  to  achieve  and  maintain  profitability  is  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  successfully  raise 
additional  capital  and  develop  our  business  plans  that  will  generate  profitable  revenues.  The  Company 
continues to explore all sources of increasing revenue.  If the Company is unable in the near term to raise 
capital on commercially reasonable terms or increase revenue, it may not have sufficient cash to sustain its 
operations for the next twelve months.  As a result, the Company may be forced to further reduce or even 
curtail  its  operations.    These  factors  raise  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a 
going  concern.  We  obtained  a  waiver  from  the  Company’s  lender  which  waived  the  requirement  by  our 
lender  that  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  be 
issued without a going concern qualification. (See “Note 18 – Subsequent Events – Waivers and Revisions 
from  PNC  Bank,  National  Association”  for  further  information  of  this  waiver,  along  with  other  matters). 
The  accompanying  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  that  might  be  necessary  if  the 
Company is unable to continue as a going concern.  

The  Company  continues  to  focus  on  expansion  into  both  commercial  and  international  markets  to  help 
offset the  uncertainties  of government  spending  in  the  USA.    This  includes  new  services,  new  customers 
and increased market share in our current markets.  Although no assurances can be given, we believe we 
will be able to successfully implement this plan.  In January 2014, the fiscal year 2014 Omnibus spending 
bill was approved by Congress and the President.  This budget, the first approved in several years, restores 
federal  government  funding  cuts  instituted  in  2013  from  sequestration  and  allows  for  new  spending  on 
projects that was not allowed under Continuing Resolutions (“CR”).   

NOTE 2 
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Principles of Consolidation 
Our consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries after 
elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions.  

Use of Estimates 
When  we  prepare  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles 
(“GAAP”)  in  the  United  States  of  America,  we  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosures  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the 
financial statements, as well as, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  
Actual results could differ from those estimates. See Notes 7, 10, 11 and 12 for estimates of discontinued 
operations  and  environmental  liabilities,  closure  costs,  income  taxes  and  contingencies  for  details  on 
significant estimates.  

Restricted Cash 
Restricted cash reflects $35,000 held in escrow for our worker’s compensation policy.   

Accounts Receivable 
Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal trade terms requiring payment within 30 or 
60  days  from  the  invoice  date  based  on  the  customer  type  (government,  broker,  or  commercial).    The 
carrying  amount  of  accounts  receivable  is  reduced  by  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  which  is  a 
valuation allowance that reflects management's best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected. We 
regularly review all accounts receivable balances that exceed 60 days from the invoice date and based on an 
assessment of current credit worthiness, estimate the portion, if any, of the balance that will not be collected. 
This  analysis  excludes  government  related  receivables  due  to  our  past  successful  experience  in  their 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
collectability.  Specific  accounts  that  are  deemed  to  be  uncollectible  are  reserved  at  100%  of  their 
outstanding  balance.    The  remaining  balances  aged  over  60  days  have  a  percentage  applied  by  aging 
category, based on a historical valuation that allows us to calculate the total reserve required. Once we have 
exhausted  all  options  in  the  collection  of  a  delinquent  accounts  receivable  balance,  which  includes 
collection  letters,  demands  for  payment,  collection  agencies  and  attorneys,  the  account  is  deemed 
uncollectible  and  subsequently  written  off.  The  write  off  process  involves  approvals,  based  on  dollar 
amount, from senior management. 

Retainage receivables represent amounts that are billed or billable to our customers, but are retained by the 
customer until completion of the project or as otherwise specified in the contract. Our retainage receivable 
balances are all current.   

Unbilled Receivables 
Unbilled  receivables  are  generated  by  differences  between  invoicing  timing  and  our  performance  based 
methodology used for revenue recognition purposes.  As major processing and contract completion phases 
are  completed  and  the  costs  incurred,  we  recognize  the  corresponding  percentage  of  revenue.  Within  our 
Treatment  Segment,  we  experience  delays  in  processing  invoices  due  to  the  complexity  of  the 
documentation  that  is  required  for  invoicing,  as  well  as  the  difference  between  completion  of  revenue 
recognition milestones and agreed upon invoicing terms, which results in unbilled receivables.  The timing 
differences occur for several reasons:  partially from delays in the final processing of all wastes associated 
with  certain  work  orders  and  partially  from  delays  for  analytical  testing  that  is  required  after  we  have 
processed waste but prior to our release of waste for disposal. The tasks relating to these delays usually take 
several months to complete. As we now have historical data to review the timing of these delays, we realize 
that certain issues, including, but not limited to, delays at our third party disposal site, can extend collection 
of some of these receivables greater than twelve months. However, our historical experience suggests that a 
significant part of unbilled receivables are ultimately collectible with minimal concession on our part. We, 
therefore, segregate the unbilled receivables between current and long term.   

Unbilled  receivables  within  our  Services  Segment  can  result from:  (1)  revenue recognized  by  our  Earned 
Value  Management  program  (a  program  which  integrates  project  scope,  schedule,  and  cost  to  provide  an 
objective  measure  of  project  progress)  but  invoice  milestones  have  not  yet  been  met  and/or  (2)  contract 
claims and pending change orders, including Requests for Equitable Adjustments (“REAs”) when work has 
been performed and collection of revenue is reasonably assured.   

Inventories 
Inventories consist of treatment chemicals, saleable used oils, and certain supplies.  Additionally, we have 
replacement  parts  in  inventory,  which  are  deemed  critical  to  the  operating  equipment  and  may  also  have 
extended lead times should the part fail and need to be replaced. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost 
or market with cost determined by the first-in, first-out method. 

Property and Equipment  
Property and equipment expenditures are capitalized and depreciated using the straight-line method over the 
estimated useful lives of the assets for financial statement purposes, while accelerated depreciation methods 
are  principally  used  for  income  tax  purposes.    Generally,  asset  lives  range  from  ten  to  forty  years  for 
buildings (including improvements and asset retirement costs) and three to seven years for office furniture 
and  equipment,  vehicles,  and  decontamination  and  processing  equipment.  Leasehold  improvements  are 
capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the term of the lease or the life of the asset.  Maintenance and 
repairs are charged directly to expense as incurred. The cost and accumulated depreciation of assets sold or 
retired are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss from sale or retirement is recognized 
in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Renewals and improvement, which extend the 
useful lives of the assets, are capitalized.  

In accordance with ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment”, long-lived assets, such as property, plant 
and  equipment,  and  purchased  intangible  assets  subject  to  amortization,  are  reviewed  for  impairment 
whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be 
recoverable.  Recoverability  of  assets  to  be  held  and  used  is  measured  by  a  comparison  of  the  carrying 
54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.  If the 
carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in 
the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  exceeds  the  fair  value  of  the  asset.    Assets  to  be 
disposed of are separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or 
fair  value  less  costs  to  sell,  and  are  no  longer  depreciated.    The  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  disposal  group 
classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the 
balance sheet.   

Our PFSG subsidiary is within our discontinued operations and is held for sale. On August 14, 2013, our 
PFSG facility incurred fire damage which has left it non-operational.  As of December 31, 2013, we have 
recorded  $130,000  for  impairment  of  fixed  assets  related  to  the  fire.    We  performed  updated  financial 
valuation on the tangible assets of PFSG and concluded that no further tangible asset impairment existed as 
of December 31, 2013.  

Our depreciation expense totaled approximately $3,381,000 and $4,795,000 in 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 
Intangible  assets  relating  to  acquired  businesses  consist  primarily  of  the  cost  of  purchased  businesses  in 
excess of the estimated fair value of net identifiable assets acquired, or goodwill, and the recognized value 
of  the  permits  required  to  operate  the  business.    We  continually  reevaluate  the  propriety  of  the  carrying 
amount of goodwill and permits to determine whether current events and circumstances warrant adjustments 
to  the  carrying  value.  We  test  each  Reporting  Unit’s  goodwill  and  permits,  separately,  for  impairment, 
annually as of October 1 and also if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than 
not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  

We can assess qualitative factors in determining whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a 
reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount;  however,  we  elected  to  bypass  the  qualitative  assessment 
aspect  of  the  test  in  2013  as  we  identified  indicators  of  potential  impairment  (market  capitalization  in 
relation  to  net  book  value,  negative  industry  and  economic  trends,  and  lower  than  anticipated  results  of 
operations).  We follow a two-step quantitative process.  In the first step, we compare the fair value of each 
reporting unit, as computed primarily by present value cash flow calculation, to its book carrying value.  If 
the fair value exceeds the carrying value, no further work is required and no impairment loss is recognized.  
If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, the goodwill of the reporting unit is potentially impaired and we 
would then  complete  step 2  in order to  measure the impairment  loss.    In  step  2,  the  implied  fair  value  is 
compared  to  the  carrying  amount  of  the  goodwill.    If  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  less  than  the 
carrying value of goodwill, we would recognize an impairment loss equal to the difference.  The implied 
fair value is calculated by assigning the fair value of the reporting unit (as determined in step 1) to all of its 
assets  and  liabilities  (including  unrecognized  intangible  assets)  and  any  excess  in  fair  value  that  is  not 
assigned to the asset and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill.   

In estimating the fair value of the reporting units, the Company  makes estimates and judgments about its 
future  cash  flows  using  an  income  approach.  The  income  approach,  specifically  a  discounted  cash  flow 
analysis,  includes  assumptions  for,  among  others,  forecasted  revenue,  gross  margin,  operating  income, 
working capital cash flow, perpetual growth rates and long-term discount rates (reflects a weighted average 
cost of capital rate), all of which require significant judgment by management. The sum of the fair values of 
the  Company's  reporting  units  are  also  compared  to  its  external  market  capitalization  to  determine  the 
appropriateness of its assumptions. These assumptions take into account the current industry environment 
(with significant focus on government spending trends), and its impact on the Company's business. 

Intangible  assets  that  have  definite  useful  lives  are  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the 
estimated  useful  lives  (with  the  exception  of  customer  relationships  which  are  amortized  using  an 
accelerated  method)  and  are  excluded  from  our  annual  intangible  asset  valuation  review  conducted  as  of 
October  1.  The  Company  also  has  one  definite-lived  permit  which  was  excluded  from  our  annual 
impairment review as noted above.   

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Definite-lived  intangible  assets  are  tested  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances 
suggest  impairment  might  exist  (see  Note  3  –  “Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets”  for  further 
discussion on goodwill and other intangible assets).   

Research and Development 
Innovation and technical know-how by our operations is very important to the success of our business.  Our 
goal  is  to  discover,  develop,  and  bring  to  market  innovative  ways  to  process  waste  that  address  unmet 
environmental needs and to develop new company service offerings.  We conduct research internally and 
also through collaborations with other third parties.  Research and development costs consist primarily of 
employee salaries and benefits, laboratory costs, third party fees, and other related costs associated with the 
development and enhancement of new potential waste treatment processes and are charged to expense when 
incurred  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  Topic  730,  “Research  and 
Development.”     

Accrued Closure Costs and Asset Retirement Obligations (“ARO”) 
Accrued closure costs represent our estimated environmental liability to clean up our facilities as required 
by our permits, in the event of closure.  Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 410, “Asset Retirement 
and  Environmental  Obligations”  requires  that  the  discounted  fair  value  of  a  liability  for  an  ARO  be 
recognized in the period in which it is incurred with the associated ARO capitalized as part of the carrying 
cost  of  the  asset.    The  recognition  of  an  ARO  requires  that  management  make  numerous  estimates, 
assumptions and judgments regarding such factors as estimated probabilities, timing of settlements, material 
and  service  costs,  current  technology,  laws  and  regulations,  and  credit  adjusted  risk-free  rate  to  be  used.  
This estimate is inflated, using an inflation rate, to the expected time at which the closure will occur, and 
then discounted back, using a credit adjusted risk free rate, to the present value.  AROs are included within 
buildings  as  part  of  property  and  equipment  and  are  depreciated  over  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the 
property.  In periods subsequent to initial measurement of the ARO, the Company must recognize period-to-
period changes in the liability resulting from the passage of time and revisions to either the timing or the 
amount of the original estimate of undiscounted cash flow.  Increases in the ARO liability due to passage of 
time impact net income as accretion expense. Changes in costs resulting from changes or expansion at the 
facilities  require  adjustment  to  the  ARO  liability  calculated  in  the  aforementioned  method,  and  are 
capitalized  and  charged  as  depreciation  expense,  in  accordance  with  the  Company’s  depreciation  policy.  
(See  Note  10  –  “Accrued  Closure  Costs  and  Asset  Retirement  Obligations  (“ARO”)”  for  further 
information of our closure liabilities and AROs).   

Income Taxes 
Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  ASC  740,  “Income  Taxes.”  Under  ASC  740,  the 
provision for income taxes is comprised of taxes that are currently payable and deferred taxes that relate to 
the temporary differences between financial reporting carrying values and tax bases of assets and liabilities. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted income tax rates expected to apply to taxable 
income  in  the  years  in  which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled.    Any 
effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that 
includes the enactment date. 

ASC 740 requires that deferred income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely 
than  not  that  some  portion  or  all  of  the  deferred  income  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  We  evaluate  the 
realizability of our deferred income tax assets, primarily resulting from impairment loss and net operating 
loss carryforwards, and adjust our valuation allowance, if necessary. Once we utilize our net operating loss 
carryforwards or reverse the related valuation allowance we have recorded on these deferred tax assets, we 
would expect our provision for income tax expense in future periods to reflect an effective tax rate that will 
be significantly higher than past periods. 

ASC 740 sets out a consistent framework for preparers to use to determine the appropriate recognition and 
measurement  of  uncertain  tax  positions.    ASC  740  uses  a  two-step  approach  wherein  a  tax  benefit  is 
recognized if a position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained. The amount of the benefit is then measured 
to  be  the  highest  tax  benefit  which  is  greater  than  50%  likely  to  be  realized.  ASC  740  also  sets  out 
disclosure  requirements  to  enhance  transparency  of  an  entity’s  tax  reserves.  The  Company  recognizes 
56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
accrued interest and income tax penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax 
expense. 

We reassess the validity of our conclusions regarding uncertain income tax positions on a quarterly basis to 
determine if facts or circumstances have arisen that might cause us to change our judgment regarding the 
likelihood of a tax position’s sustainability under audit.  

Foreign Operation 
Our  Services  Segment  includes  a  foreign  operation,  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services  UK  Limited 
(“Perma-Fix  UK  Limited”).  We  also  have  a  Canadian  subsidiary,  Perma-Fix  of  Canada.    The  financial 
results  of  Perma-Fix  UK  Limited  and  Perma-Fix  of  Canada  (immaterial  at  this  time)  are  included  in  the 
consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  within  the  Services  Segment.    The  financial  results  of 
Perma-Fix  UK  Limited  and  Perma-Fix  of  Canada  are  translated into  U.S.  dollars  using  exchange  rates  in 
effect  at  period-end  for  assets  and  liabilities  and  average  exchange  rates  during  the  period  for  results  of 
operations. The related translation adjustments are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. 

Concentration Risk 
We  performed  services  relating  to  waste  generated  by  the  federal  government,  either  directly  as  a  prime 
contractor or indirectly as a subcontractor (including the CH Plateau Remediation Company (“CHPRC”)) to 
the  federal  government,  representing  approximately  $47,557,000  or  63.9%  of  our  total  revenue  from 
continuing  operations  during  2013,  as  compared  to  $101,533,000  or  79.6%  of  our  total  revenue  from 
continuing operations during 2012. 

The  following  customer  accounted  for  10%  or  more  of  the  total  revenues  generated  from  continuing 
operations for twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

Customer
CHPRC

Year
2013
2012

Total
Revenue
$19,922,000
$24,652,000

% of Total
Revenue
26.8%
19.3%

Revenue generated from CHPRC includes revenue generated from the CHPRC subcontract at our Services 
Segment and various waste processing contracts at our Treatment Segment.  The CHPRC subcontract was a 
cost  plus  award  fee  subcontract  awarded  to  us  during  the  second  quarter  of  2008  to  participate  in  the 
cleanup  of  the  central  portion  of  the  Hanford  Site  located  in  the  state  of  Washington.    This  subcontract 
expired on September 30, 2013. 

The outstanding net receivable balance for the customer representing more than 10% of consolidated net 
accounts receivable is (“AR”) as follows: 

Customer
Clauss Construction

Year
2013
2012

AR

$1,145,000
$1,486,000

AR
14.2%
13.0%

Gross Receipts Taxes and Other Charges 
ASC  605-45,  “Revenue  Recognition  –  Principal  Agent  Consideration”  provides  guidance  regarding  the 
accounting  and  financial  statement  presentation  for  certain  taxes  assessed  by  a  governmental  authority. 
These  taxes  and  surcharges  include,  among  others,  universal  service  fund  charges,  sales,  use,  waste,  and 
some excise taxes. In determining whether to include such taxes in our revenue and expenses, we assess, 
among other things, whether we are the primary obligor or principal taxpayer for the taxes assessed in each 
jurisdiction  where  we  do  business.    As  we  are  merely  a  collection  agent  for  the  government  authority  in 
certain of our facilities, we record the taxes on a net method and do not include them in our revenue and 
cost of services.   

Revenue Recognition 
Treatment Segment revenues. The processing of mixed waste is complex and may take several months or 
57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
more  to  complete;  as  such,  we  recognize  revenues  using  a  performance  based  methodology  with  our 
measure  of  progress  towards  completion  determined  based  on  output  measures  consisting  of  milestones 
achieved and completed.  We have waste tracking capabilities, which we continue to enhance, to allow us to 
better match the revenues earned to the processing phases achieved. The revenues are recognized as each of 
the  following  three  processing  phases  are  completed:  receipt,  treatment/processing  and  shipment/final 
disposal.  However,  based  on  the  processing  of  certain  waste  streams,  the  treatment/processing  and 
shipment/final disposal phases may be combined as sometimes they are completed concurrently. As major 
processing  phases  are  completed  and  the  costs  incurred,  we  recognize  the  corresponding  percentage  of 
revenue utilizing a proportional performance model. We experience delays in processing invoices due to the 
complexity of the documentation that is required for invoicing, as well as the difference between completion 
of revenue recognition milestones and agreed upon invoicing terms, which results in unbilled receivables. 
The timing differences occur for several reasons, partially from delays in the final processing of all wastes 
associated with certain work orders and partially from delays for analytical testing that is required after we 
have  processed  waste  but  prior  to  our  release  of  waste  for  disposal.  As  the  waste  moves  through  these 
processing phases and revenues are recognized, the correlating costs are expensed as incurred. Although we 
use our best estimates and all available information to accurately determine these disposal expenses, the risk 
does  exist  that  these  estimates  could  prove  to  be  inadequate  in  the  event  the  waste  requires  retreatment.  
Furthermore, should the waste be returned to the generator, the related receivables could be uncollectible; 
however, historical experience has not indicated this to be a material uncertainty.   

Services Segment revenues. Revenue includes services performed under time and material, fixed price, and 
cost-reimbursement contracts. Revenues and costs associated with fixed price contracts are recognized using 
the percentage of completion (efforts expended) method. We estimate our percentage of completion based 
on  attainment  of  project  milestones.    Revenues  and  costs  associated  with  time  and  material  contracts  are 
recognized as revenue when earned and costs are incurred.  

Under cost reimbursement contracts, we are reimbursed for costs incurred plus a certain percentage markup 
for indirect costs, in accordance with contract provision.  Costs incurred in excess of contract funding may 
be  renegotiated  for  reimbursement.    We  also  earn  a  fee  based  on  the  approved  costs  to  complete  the 
contract.  We recognize this fee using the proportion of costs incurred to total estimated contract costs.  

Contract costs include all direct labor, material and other non-labor costs and those indirect costs related to 
contract support, such as depreciation, fringe benefits, overhead labor, supplies, tools, repairs and equipment 
rental. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses 
are  determined.  Changes  in  job  performance,  job  conditions  and  estimated  profitability,  including  those 
arising from contract penalty provisions and final contract settlements, may result in revisions to costs and 
income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. 

Consulting  revenues  are  recognized  as  services  are  rendered. The  services  provided  are  based  on  billable 
hours and revenues are recognized in relation to incurred labor and consulting costs.  Out of pocket costs 
reimbursed by customers are also included in revenues. 

The liability, “billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings”, represents billings in excess of revenues 
recognized and accrued costs to jobs. 

Self-Insurance 
We are self-insured for a significant portion of our group health.  The Company estimates expected losses 
based  on  statistical  analyses  of  historical  industry  data,  as  well  as  our  own  estimates  based  on  the 
Company’s actual historical data to determine required self-insurance reserves. The assumptions are closely 
reviewed, monitored, and adjusted when warranted by changing circumstances.  The estimated accruals for 
these  liabilities  could  be  affected  if  actual  experience  related to  the  number  of  claims  and  cost  per  claim 
differs  from  these  assumptions  and  historical  trends.  Based  on  the  information  known  on  December  31, 
2013, we believe we have provided adequate reserves for our self-insurance exposure. As of December 31, 
2013  and  2012,  self-insurance  reserves  were  $473,000  and  $644,000,  respectively,  and  were  included  in 
accrued  expenses  in  the  accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets.  The  total  amounts  expensed  for  self-

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
insurance  during  2013  and  2012  were  $2,906,000,  and  $4,388,000,  respectively,  for  our  continuing 
operations, and $160,000 and $171,000, for our discontinued operations, respectively. 

Stock-Based Compensation 
Stock-Based  Compensation.  We  account  for  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  ASC  718, 
“Compensation  –  Stock  Compensation”.    ASC  718  requires  all  stock-based  payments  to  employees, 
including  grants  of  employee  stock  options,  to  be  recognized  in  the  income  statement  based  on  their  fair 
values.    The  Company  uses  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  to  determine  the  fair-value  of  stock-
based awards which requires subjective assumptions.  Assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock 
options  granted  include  the  exercise  price  of  the  award,  the  expected  term,  the  expected  volatility  of  the 
Company’s stock over the option’s expected term, the risk-free interest rate over the option’s expected term, 
and the expected annual dividend yield.  

We  recognize  stock-based  compensation  expense  using  a  straight-line  amortization  method  over  the 
requisite  period,  which  is  the  vesting  period  of  the  stock  option  grant.    As  ASC  718  requires  that  stock-
based  compensation  expense  be  based  on  options  that  are  ultimately  expected  to  vest,  our  stock-based 
compensation expense is reduced at an estimated forfeiture rate.  Our estimated forfeiture rate is generally 
based on historical trends of actual forfeitures.  Forfeiture rates are evaluated, and revised as necessary.   

Comprehensive Income 
The  components  of  comprehensive  income  are  net  income  and  the  effects  of  foreign  currency  translation 
adjustments.    

Net Income (Loss) Per Share 
Basic  earnings  (loss)  per  share  excludes  any  dilutive  effects  of  stock  options,  warrants,  and  convertible 
preferred stock.  In periods where they are anti-dilutive, such amounts are excluded from the calculations of 
dilutive  earnings  per  share.    Net  income  (loss)  attributable  to  non-controlling  interests  are  excluded  from 
(loss) income from continuing operations in the below calculation in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings 
Per Share.” 

The  diluted  loss  per  share  calculations  exclude  options  to  purchase  approximately  339,000  and  517,000 
shares of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, because their effect 
would have been antidilutive as a result of the net losses recorded in these periods. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 
Certain assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, while other assets 
and  liabilities  are  recorded  at  fair  value  on  a  nonrecurring  basis.   Fair  value  is  determined  based  on  the 
exchange  price  that  would  be  received  for  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  (an  exit  price)  in  the 
principal  or  most  advantageous  market  for  the  asset  or  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market 
participants. The three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies, 
is: 

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets. 
Level 2—Valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as 
quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar 
assets  and  liabilities  in  markets  that  are  not  active,  or  other  inputs  that  are  observable  or  can  be 
corroborated by observable market data. 
Level  3—Valuations  based  on  unobservable  inputs  reflecting  the  Company’s  own  assumptions, 
consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants. 

Financial instruments include cash and restricted cash (Level 1), accounts receivable, accounts payable, and 
debt obligations (Level 3).  At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the fair value of the Company’s 
financial instruments approximated their carrying values.  The fair value of the Company’s revolving credit 
facility  approximates  its  carrying  value  due  to  the  variable  interest  rate.    The  carrying  value  of  our 
subsidiary's preferred stock is not significantly different than its fair value. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Recent Accounting Standards 
There have been no recently issued accounting standards that are expected to have a material impact on the 
Company’s financial condition or results of operations. 

NOTE 3 
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 
The following summarizes changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reporting segments:  

Goodwill (amounts in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2011
Balance as of December 31, 2012

Goodwill impairment 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

Treatment
13,691
13,691
(13,691)

$
$

 $

$
$

$

Services
15,495
15,495
(14,165)
1,330

Total
$ 
29,186
29,186
$ 
(27,856)
$   
1,330

$
$

$

Our  M&EC  subsidiary  was  awarded  the  CH  Plateau  Remediation  Company  (“CHPRC”)  subcontract  by 
CH2M  Hill  Plateau  Remediation  Company  (“CH2M  Hill”),  effective  June  19,  2008,  in  connection  with 
CH2M Hill’s prime contract with the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”), relating to waste management 
and facility operations at the DOE’s Hanford, Washington site. The CHPRC subcontract provided for a base 
contract  period  from  October  1,  2008  through  September  30,  2013,  with  an  option  of  renewal  for  an 
additional five years.  During the second quarter of 2013, our M&EC subsidiary was notified by CH2M Hill 
that the subcontract, which expired on September 30, 2013, would not be renewed.  As permitted by ASC 
Topic 350 “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other,” when an impairment indicator arises toward the end of an 
interim reporting period, the Company may recognize its best estimate of that impairment loss; accordingly, 
based on the Company’s analysis prepared as of June 30, 2013, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge 
of $1,149,000 during the three months ended June 30, 2013.  Upon finalization, the Company determined 
there  was  no  change  in  the  estimated  impairment  charge  recorded  in  the  second  quarter.  This  amount 
represented  the  total  goodwill  for  our  CHPRC  reporting  unit  –  our  operations  under  the  CHPRC 
subcontract.  

The Company performed its annual goodwill testing as of October 1, for its remaining three reporting units:  
(1) SYA reporting unit (Services Segment); (2) SEC reporting unit (Services Segment); and (3) Treatment 
reporting  unit  (Treatment  Segment).    The  Company  identified  indicators  of  potential  impairment  (market 
capitalization  in  relation  to  net  book  value,  negative  industry  and  economic  trends,  and  lower  than 
anticipated  results  of  operations),  which  resulted  in  performance  of  step  1  of  the  impairment  test.    In 
determining the estimated fair values of the reporting units, the Company generally employed a discounted 
cash  flows  analysis  (“DCF”)  and,  in  certain  cases,  used  a  combination  of  a  DCF  analysis  and  a  market-
based  approach.  As  noted  in  the  summary  of  the  Company’s  significant  accounting  policies,  determining 
estimated fair values requires the application of significant judgment. As a result of the financial downturn 
suffered  by  the  Company  in  2013,  and  uncertainties  with  regards  to  federal  government  spending, 
determining the fair value of the Company’s reporting units was even more judgmental than it has been in 
the  past.  These  factors  reduced  the  Company’s  visibility  into  long-term  trends  and  dampened  the 
Company’s expectations of future business performance. Consequently, estimates of future cash flows used 
in  the  fourth  quarter  2013  DCF  analyses  were  moderated,  in  some  cases  significantly,  relative  to  the 
estimates  used  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2012.    The  discount  rates  utilized  in  these  DCF  analyses  reflect 
market-based estimates of the risks associated with the projected cash flows of individual reporting units. 
The  discount  rates  utilized  in  the  DCF  analyses  were  increased  to  reflect  increased  risk  due  to  current 
economic volatility to a range of 21% to 35% in 2013 from 15% in 2012. In addition, the terminal growth 
rates  used in the  DCF  analyses  were  decreased to  3%  in  2013  from  4%  in  2012.  The  results  of the  DCF 
analyses  were  corroborated  with  other  value  indicators  where  available,  such  as  comparable  company 
earnings multiples and research analyst estimates. The results of this Step 1 process indicated that there was 
a  potential  impairment  of  goodwill  in  the  Treatment  and  SEC  reporting  units,  as  the  book  values  of  the 
reporting units exceeded their respective estimated fair values. As a result, the Company performed step 2 
of the impairment analysis for the two reporting units discussed above. In step 2, the implied fair value is 
compared  to  the  carrying  amount  of  the  goodwill.    If  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  less  than  the 

60 

 
 
 
     
      
     
      
    
    
  
        
 
 
carrying value of goodwill, we would recognize an impairment loss equal to the difference. The implied fair 
value  is  calculated  by  assigning  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  (as  determined  in  step  1)  to  all  of  its 
assets  and  liabilities  (including  unrecognized  intangible  assets)  and  any  excess  in  fair  value  that  is  not 
assigned to the asset and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill.  Based on the result of our step 2 
analysis,  we  determined  that  the  goodwill  for  each  of  our  Treatment  and  SEC  reporting  units  was  fully 
impaired, and therefore, we recorded a goodwill impairment loss of $13,691,000 and $13,016,000, for our 
Treatment and SEC reporting unit, respectively.   

The  following  table  summarizes  changes  in  the  carrying  amount  of  permits.    No  permit  exists  at  our 
Services Segment.   

Permit (amount in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2011
PCB permit amortized (1)
Balance as of December 31, 2012
PCB permit amortized (1)
Balance as of December 31, 2013

Treatment

$               

16,854
(55)
16,799
(55)
16,744

$               

(1) Amortization for the one definite-lived permit capitalized in 2009 in connection with the authorization issued by the U.S. EPA to 
our DSSI facility to commercially store and dispose of radioactive PCBs. This permit is being amortized over a ten year period in 
accordance with its estimated useful life.   

The following table summarizes information relating to the Company’s other intangible assets: 

Intangibles (amount in thousands)
Patent
Software
Non-compete agreement
Customer contracts
Customer relationships
Total

Useful 
Lives
(Years)

8-18
 3
1.2
  0.5
12

December 31, 2013

December 31, 2012

Gross

Carrying Accumulated 
Amortization
Amount

Net 
Carrying 
Amount

Gross

Carrying Accumulated 
Amortization
Amount

Net 
Carrying 
Amount

$

$

514
379
265
790
3,370
5,318

$

$

(155)
(258)
(174)
(790)
(961)
(2,338)

$

$

359
121
91

2,409
2,980

$

$

453
380
265
790
3,370
5,258

$

$

(105)
(145)
(62)
(790)
(546)
(1,648)

$

$

348
235
203

2,824
3,610

The  intangible  assets  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  useful  lives  with  the  exception  of 
customer relationships which are being amortized using an accelerated method.   

The  following  table  summarizes  the  expected  amortization  over  the  next  five  years  for  our  definite-lived 
intangible assets (including the one definite-lived permit) discussed above:   

Year 

2014
2015
2016
2017
2018

Amount
(In thousands)

$                 

527
563
398
385
355
2,228

$              

Amortization  expense  relating  to  intangible  assets  for  the  Company  was  approximately  $745,000  and 
$675,000, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.   

61 

 
 
 
                       
                 
                       
 
 
 
       
             
           
       
             
           
       
             
           
       
             
           
       
             
             
       
               
           
       
             
       
             
    
             
        
    
             
        
    
          
        
    
          
        
 
 
                   
                   
                   
                   
 
NOTE 4 
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 
We  follow  FASB  ASC  718,  “Compensation  –  Stock  Compensation”  (“ASC  718”)  to  account  for  stock-
based  compensation.    ASC  718  requires  all  stock-based  payments  to  employees,  including  grants  of 
employee stock options, to be recognized in the statement of operations based on their fair values.   

The  Company  has  certain  stock  option  plans  under  which  it  awards  incentive  and  non-qualified  stock 
options to employees, officers, and outside directors.  Stock options granted to employees have either a ten 
year contractual term with one-fifth yearly vesting over a five year period or a six year contractual term with 
one-third yearly vesting over a three year period.  Stock options granted to outside directors have a ten year 
contractual term with vesting period of six months.   
On  September  12,  2013,  we  granted  an  aggregate  of  18,000  options  from  the  Company’s  2003  Outside 
Directors  Stock  Plan  to  our  five  re-elected  directors  and  one  new  director  at  our  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders.    The  options  granted  were  for  a  contractual  term  of  ten  years  with  vesting  period  of  six 
months.  The exercise price of the options was $2.79 per share, which was equal to our closing stock price 
the day preceding the grant date, pursuant to the 2003 Outside Directors Stock Plan.   

On October 4, 2013, we granted 6,000 options from the Company’s Outside Directors Stock Plan to a new 
director  elected  by  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  to  fill  a  newly  created  directorship.    The  options 
granted were for a contractual term of ten years with vesting period of six months. The exercise price of the 
options was $3.20 per share, which was equal to our closing stock price the day preceding the grant date, 
pursuant to the 2003 Outside Directors Stock Plan.   

The Company estimates fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The fair value 
of the director stock options granted (no employees were granted options in 2013 and 2012) and the related 
assumptions  used  in  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  used  to  value  the  options  granted  for  fiscal 
year 2013 and 2012 were as follows after giving effect to the reverse stock split: 

Weighted-average fair value per share
Risk -free interest rate (1)
Expected volatility of stock (2)
Dividend yield
Expected option life (in years) (3)

Outside Director Stock Options Granted
For Year Ended

$

2013
2.06

$

2.66% - 2.92%

58.88% - 59.76%

None

10.0

2012
3.55

1.75%

56.74%

None

10.0

(1)  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the grant date over the expected term of the option. 

(2)  The expected volatility is based on historical volatility from our traded Common Stock over the expected term of the option. 

(3)  The expected option life is based on historical exercises and post-vesting data. 

As of December 31, 2013, we had an aggregate of 193,600 employee stock options outstanding (from the 
2004 and 2010 Stock Option Plans), of which 173,600 are vested.  The weighted average exercise price of 
the  173,600  outstanding  and  fully  vested  employee  stock  options  is  $10.07  with  a  remaining  weighted 
contractual  life  of  1.3  years.    Additionally,  we  had  an  aggregate  of  169,200  outstanding  director  stock 
options (from the 2003 Outside Directors Stock Plans), of which 145,200 are vested. The weighted average 
exercise price of the 145,200 outstanding and fully vested director stock options is $10.22 with a remaining 
weighted contractual life of 4.5 years.   

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation recognized for the fiscal year 2013 and 2012.   

62 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee Stock Options
Director Stock Options
Total

$

$

Year Ended

2013

80,000
45,000
125,000

$

$

2012
140,000
51,000
191,000

We  recognized  stock-based  compensation  expense  using  a  straight-line  amortization  method  over  the 
requisite service period, which is the vesting period of the stock option grant.  ASC 718 requires that stock-
based  compensation  expense  be  based  on  options  that  are  ultimately  expected  to  vest  and  requires 
forfeitures  to  be  estimated  at  the  time  of  grant  and  revised,  if  necessary,  in  subsequent  periods  if  actual 
forfeitures  differ  from  those  estimates.    We  have  generally  estimated  forfeiture  rates  based  on  historical 
trends of actual forfeitures.  When actual forfeitures vary from our estimates, we recognize the difference in 
stock-based  compensation  expense  in  the  period  the  actual  forfeitures  occur  or  when  options  vest.    Our 
stock-based compensation expense for 2013 included a reduction of approximately $23,000 resulting from 
the forfeiture  of  a  non-qualified  stock  option  (the  “Option”)  due  to  the  voluntary  termination  of  our  SEC 
President  from  the  Company  which  became  effective  May  24,  2013  (see  Note  15  –  “Related  Party 
Transactions”  for  further  information  regarding  the  SEC  President’s  voluntary  termination  from  the 
Company).  The  Option  was  granted  on  October  31,  2011,  with  a  term  of  10  years  from  grant  date  and 
provided for the purchase of up to 50,000 shares of our Common Stock at $6.75 per share, with 25% yearly 
vesting over a four-year period (in accordance with a Non-Qualified Option Agreement). As of December 
31,  2013,  we  have  approximately  $71,000  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested 
options, which is expected to be recognized in 2013. 

NOTE 5 
CAPITAL STOCK, STOCK PLANS, WARRANTS, AND INCENTIVE COMPENSATION 

Stock Option Plans 
Effective  July  29,  2003,  we  adopted  the  2003  Outside  Directors  Stock  Plan,  which  was  approved  by  our 
stockholders  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders on  such  date.   The  plan  provides  for the  grant  of  an 
option to purchase up to 30,000 shares of Common Stock for each outside director upon initial election to 
the Board of Directors, and the grant of an option to purchase up to 12,000 shares of Common Stock upon 
each re-election.  The options granted generally have a vesting period of six months from the date of grant, 
with an exercise price equal to the closing trade price on the date prior to grant date.  The plan also provides 
for the issuance to each outside director a number of shares of Common Stock in lieu of 65% or 100% of the 
fee  payable  to  the  eligible  director  for  services  rendered  as  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors.    The 
number of shares issued is determined at 75% of the market value as defined in the plan.  A maximum of 
600,000 shares of our Common Stock are authorized for issuance under this plan, as amended.  

Effective July 28, 2004, we adopted the 2004 Stock Option Plan, which was approved by our stockholders 
at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on such date.  The plan provides for the grants of options to selected 
officers  and  employees,  including  any  employee  who  is  also  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the 
Company.  A maximum of 400,000 shares of our Common Stock are authorized for issuance under this plan 
in  the  form  of  either  Incentive  or  Non-Qualified  Stock  Options.    The  option  grants  under  the  plan  are 
exercisable for a period of up to 10 years from the date of grant at an exercise price of not less than market 
price of the Common Stock at grant date.   

200,000 

 non-qualified  and  incentive  stock  options 

On April 28, 2010, we adopted the 2010 Stock Option Plan, which was approved by our stockholders at the 
Company’s  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  on  September  29,  2010.  The  Plan  authorizes  an  aggregate 
an 
grant  of 
employee who is a member of the Board of Directors) of the Company for the purchase of up to 200,000 
shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock.    The  term  of  each  stock  option  granted  will  be  fixed  by  the 
Compensation Committee, but no stock option will be exercisable more than ten years after the grant date, 
or in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder, five years after the grant date.  The 
exercise  price  of  any  incentive  stock  option  granted  under  the  Plan  to  an  individual  who  is  not  a  10% 
stockholder at the time of the grant will not be less than the fair market value of the shares at the time of the 

to  officers  and  employees 

(including 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
grant, and the exercise price of any incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder shall not be less 
than  110%  of  the  fair  market  value  at  the  time  of  grant.    The  exercise  price  of  any  non-qualified  stock 
options granted under Plan will not be less than the fair market value of the shares at the time of grant.  

We follow FASB ASC 718 to account for employee and director stock options.  See Note 4 – “Stock-Based 
Compensation” for further discussion on ASC 718.    

No employees exercised options during 2013 and 2012.   

We issued, after giving effect to the reverse stock split, a total of 69,041 and 34,055 shares of our Common 
Stock in 2013 and 2012, respectively, under our 2003 Outside Directors Stock Plan to our outside directors 
as  compensation  for  serving  on  our  Board  of  Directors.    Each  member  of  our  outside  directors  is  paid  a 
quarterly fee of $8,000 for serving as a member of our Board of Directors.  The Audit Committee Chairman 
receives  an  additional  quarterly  fee  of  $5,500  due  to  the  position’s  additional  responsibility.  Each  board 
member  is  also  paid  $1,000  for  each  board  meeting  attendance  as  well  as  $500  for  each  telephonic 
conference call.  As a member of the Board of Directors, each director elects to receive either 65% or 100% 
of the director’s fee in shares of our Common Stock.  The number of shares received is calculated based on 
75% of the fair market value of our Common Stock determined on the business day immediately preceding 
the date that the quarterly fee is due.  The balance of each director’s fee, if any, is payable in cash.    

Summary  of  the  status  of  options  under  the  Company’s  total  Plans  and  a  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option 
Agreement  (which  was  forfeited  in  the  second  quarter  of  2013), as  of  December  31,  2013 and 2012, and 
changes  during  the  years  ending  on  those  dates  is  presented  below,  giving  the  effect to  the  reverse  stock 
split:  

64 

 
 
  
 
 
1993 Non-qualified Stock Option Plan

Balance at beginning of year

Exercised
Forfeited

Balance at end of year

Options exercisable at year end

1992 Outside Directors Stock Plan

Balance at beginning of year

Forfeited

Balance at end of year

Shares

70,500

(70,500)




3,000
(3,000)


2013
Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

$     

10.95

Intrinsic 
(a)

Value 

Shares

  $        — 

10.95

  $        — 

  $        — 

71,600

(1,100)
70,500

70,500

2012
Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

$     

10.95

Intrinsic 
(a)

Value 

  $        — 

10.95
10.95

 $        — 

10.95

 $        — 

$     

10.10
10.10

  $        — 

11,000
(8,000)
3,000

$     

12.23
13.65
10.10

 $        — 

Options exercisable at year end



  $        — 

3,000

10.10

 $        — 

2003 Outside Directors Stock Plan

Balance at beginning of year

Granted
Forfeited

Balance at end of year

163,200
24,000
(18,000)
169,200

$     

10.19
2.89
9.95
9.18

$    

5,850

151,200
12,000

163,200

$     

10.56
5.50

10.19

 $        — 

Options exercisable at year end

145,200

10.22

 $        — 

151,200

10.56

 $        — 

2004 Stock Option Plan

Balance at beginning of year

Forfeited

Balance at end of year

182,100
(48,500)
133,600

$     

10.55
10.05
10.73

 $        — 

264,167
(82,067)
182,100

$     

10.17
9.33
10.55

 $        — 

Options exercisable at year end

133,600

10.73

 $        — 

182,100

10.55

 $        — 

2010 Stock Option Plan

Balance at beginning of year

Granted

Balance at end of year

Options exercisable at year end

60,000

60,000

40,000

$       

7.85

7.85

 $        — 

7.85

 $        — 

Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

Balance at beginning of year

Forfeited

Balance at end of year

50,000
(50,000)


$       
$       

6.75
6.75

  $        — 

Options exercisable at year end



  $        — 

60,000

60,000

20,000

50,000

50,000

12,500

$       

7.85

7.85

 $        — 

7.85

 $        — 

$       

6.75

6.75

 $        — 

6.75

 $        — 

(a)  Represents the difference between the market price at the date of exercise or the end of the year, as applicable, and the 

exercise price. 

65 

 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
         
         
         
         
       
       
       
       
         
       
       
       
       
         
         
         
         
         
         
  
 
 
The summary of the Company’s total Plans (as noted above) as of December 31, 2013, and changes during 
the period then ended are presented as follows (giving effect of the reverse stock split): 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

$        

9.82
2.89
─
9.51

Shares
528,800
24,000
─
(190,000)

362,800

$        

9.53

318,800
362,800

$      
$        

10.14
9.53

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value

$

$

$
$

3.3

2.8
3.3

─

5,850

─
5,850

Options outstanding January 1, 2013
Granted 
Exercised
Forfeited/Expired
Options outstanding End of Period (1)
Options Exercisable at December 31, 2013(2)
Options Vested and expected to be vested at December 31, 2013

(1) Options with exercise prices ranging from $2.79 to $14.75
(2) Options with exercise prices ranging from $5.50 to $14.75

Warrants and Capital Stock Issuance for Debt 
As of December 31, 2013, we have two Warrants outstanding which provide for the purchase of up to an 
aggregate of 70,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at $2.23 per share.  The two Warrants were 
issued  on  August  2,  2013,  as  consideration  of  a  $3,000,000  loan  received  by  the  Company  from  Messrs. 
William  N.  Lampson  and  Robert  L.  Ferguson  (the “Lenders”).    Each  Warrant provides for the  Lender to 
purchase up to 35,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price based on the closing 
price of the Company’s Common Stock at the closing of the transaction which was determined to be $2.23. 
The Warrants are exercisable six months from August 2, 2013 and expire on August 2, 2016.  We estimated 
the fair value of the Warrants to be approximately $59,000 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model 
with the following assumptions:  55.54% volatility, risk free interest rate of .59%, an expected life of three 
years  and  no  dividends.  We  also  issued  90,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  to  the  Lenders.  
See  Note  8  –  “Long-Term  Debt  –  Promissory  Note  and  Installment  Agreement”  for  further  information 
regarding the Warrants and Common Stock.   

Shares Reserved 
At  December  31,  2013,  we  have  reserved  approximately  432,800  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  future 
issuance under all of the option and warrant arrangements.    

NOTE 6 
PREFERRED STOCK ISSUANCE AND CONVERSION 
Series B Preferred Stock 
The Series B Preferred Stock is non-voting and non-convertible, has a $1.00 liquidation preference per share 
and may be redeemed at the option of the former stockholders of M&EC at any time for the per share price 
of $1.00.  The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive when, as, and if declared by 
the  Board  of  Directors  of M&EC  out of legally  available  funds,  dividends  at the  rate of 5% per  year  per 
share  applied  to  the  amount  of  $1.00  per  share,  which  shall  be  fully  cumulative.    We  began  accruing 
dividends for the Series B Preferred Stock in July 2002, and have accrued a total of approximately $738,000 
since July 2002, of which $64,000 was accrued in each of the years ended December 31, 2003 to 2013. 

NOTE 7 
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND DIVESTITURES 
Our discontinued operations consist of our PFSG facility, which met the held for sale criteria under ASC 
360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment” on October 6, 2010.  Our discontinued operations also encompass 
our PFFL, PFO, PFMD, PFD, and PFTS facilities, which were divested on August 12, 2011, October 14, 
2011, January 8, 2008, March 14, 2008, and May 30, 2008, respectively.  Our discontinued operations also 
include two previously shut down locations, PFMI, and PFM.     

66 

 
 
      
        
          
     
          
      
              
          
      
              
      
              
          
 
 
  
 
On  August  14,  2013,  our  PFSG  facility  incurred  fire  damage  which  has  left  it  non-operational.    Certain 
equipment  and  portions  of  the  building  structures  were  damaged.  We  carry  general  liability,  pollution, 
property  and  business  interruption,  and  workers  compensation  insurance  with  a  maximum  deductible  of 
approximately $300,000 (consisting of $100,000 deductible for each workers compensation, pollution, and 
property insurance policy), which was accrued and included within our “loss from discontinued operations.”  
As of December 31, 2013, we have recorded $130,000 for impairment of fixed assets related to the fire, and 
have  incurred  approximately  $6,729,000  of  other  costs  related  to  the  fire.    As  of  December  31,  2013, 
approximately $3,664,000 in insurance proceed reimbursements have been paid by our insurers, of which 
$1,750,000 was paid to us, with the remaining paid directly to the vendor performing the clean-up of the 
facility.  We have recorded a receivable of approximately $2,995,000 as of December 31, 2013 as we have 
determined that the receipt of reimbursement of these expenses from our insurer is probable in accordance 
with its insurance policies.  The table below details the nature of expense as well as insurance receivables 
and insurance recoveries related to the fire: 

Clean up costs
Impairment of fixed assets
Incremental payroll costs
Other incremental costs
Total incurred costs through December 31, 2013

Insurance recovery receivable
Insurance recoveries already received

$

$

$
$

6,293,000
130,000
244,000
192,000
6,859,000

2,995,000
3,664,000

.   

The insurance receivable recorded is net of $200,000 of deductible on our property and pollution insurance 
policies  and  the  insurance  recoveries  already  received.    The  receivables  and  the  related  payables  in 
connection  with  this  claim  are  included  within  our  current  assets  and  current  liabilities  related  to 
discontinued operations in our consolidated balance sheet.   

Subsequent to December 31, 2013, our insurers paid approximately $3,510,000 of insurance recoveries, of 
which approximately $2,000,000 was paid to us, with the remaining paid directly to the vendor working on 
the clean-up of the facility.  We continue to gather information related to insurance claims on this fire. 

We  are  currently  evaluating  options  regarding  the  future  operation  of  this  facility  as  we  undergo  the 
rebuilding process on the part of the facility damaged by the fire. We continue to market our PFSG facility 
for sale.  As required by ASC 360, based on our internal financial valuations, we concluded that no tangible 
asset  impairments  existed  for  PFSG  as  of  December  31,  2013,  other  than  the  write-off  of  the  equipment 
damaged in the fire as discussed above.  No intangible assets exist at PFSG.  

The  following  table  summarizes  the  results  of  discontinued  operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31, 
2013  and  2012.  The  operating  results  of  discontinued  operations  are  included  in  our  Consolidated 
Statements of Operations as part of our “Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes.” Our income tax 
expense included a charge to tax expense of approximately $1,164,000 to provide a full valuation allowance 
on our net deferred tax assets.   

67 

 
 
       
          
          
          
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
Amount in Thousands

For The Year Ended December 31, 
2013

2012

Net revenue
Interest Expense
Operating  income (loss) from discontinued operations

$                  

1,789
(27)
59

$                 

2,204
(34)
(560)

Income tax expense (benefit)
Loss from discontinued operations

1,627
(1,568)

(530)
(30)

Assets related to discontinued operations totaled $4,481,000 and $2,113,000 as of December 31, 2013, and 
2012, respectively, and liabilities related to discontinued operations totaled $4,596,000 and $3,341,000 as of 
December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

The following table presents the major classes of assets and liabilities of discontinued operations that are 
classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.  The held for sale assets and 
liabilities may differ at the closing of a sale transaction from the reported balances as of December 31, 2013: 

(Amounts in Thousands)

Accounts receivable, net (1)
Inventories
Other assets
Property, plant and equipment, net (2)

Total assets held for sale

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Note payable
Environmental liabilities

Total liabilities held for sale

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

$
$

$

20
37
3,018

1,367
4,442
2,716
363
35
840
3,954

$

$
$

$

391
32
16

1,614
2,053
229
528
71
1,373
2,201

 (1) net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $13,000 and $45,000 as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, 

respectively. 

(2) net of accumulated depreciation of $55,000 and $60,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

The following table presents the major classes of assets and liabilities of discontinued operations that are not 
held for sale as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012: 

(Amounts in Thousands)

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

Other assets

Total assets of discontinued operations

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Accounts payable
Environmental liabilities

$
$
$

Total liabilities of discontinued operations $

39
39
436
15
191
642

$
$
$

$

60
60
884
15
241
1,140

68 

 
                        
                       
                         
                     
                    
                     
                   
                       
 
 
                  
                
                  
                  
             
                  
             
             
             
             
             
                
                
                
                  
                  
                
             
             
             
 
 
 
 
                  
                  
                  
                  
                
                
                  
                  
                
                
                
             
 
 
 
Environmental Liabilities 
We have four remediation projects, which are currently in progress at certain of our discontinued facilities. 
These  remediation  projects  principally  entail  the  removal/remediation  of  contaminated  soil  and,  in  most 
cases, the remediation of surrounding ground water.  All of the remedial clean-up projects in question were 
an issue for that facility for years prior to our acquisition of the facility and were recognized pursuant to a 
business combination and recorded as part of the purchase price allocation to assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed. Three of the facilities (PFD, PFM, and PFSG) are RCRA permitted facilities, and as a result, the 
remediation activities are closely reviewed and monitored by the applicable state regulators.  We recognized 
our  best  estimate  of  such  environmental  liabilities  upon  the  acquisition  of  our  facilities,  as  part  of  the 
acquisition cost.   

At December 31, 2013, we had total accrued environmental remediation liabilities of $1,031,000, of which 
$649,000  is  recorded as a current  liability,  which reflects  a decrease  of  $583,000  from  the  December  31, 
2012  balance  of  $1,614,000.  The  net  decrease  represents  payments  of  approximately  $50,000  on 
remediation projects and a reduction in reserve of approximately $533,000 at PFSG based on reassessment 
of the remediation reserve.  The December 31, 2013 current and long-term accrued environmental balance is 
recorded as follows (in thousands): 

Current
Accrual
 $                    11 
                       34 
                     604 
                     —
 $                  649 

Long-term
Accrual
 $                    58 
                       11 
                     236 
                       77 
 $                  382 

Total
 $                    69 
                       45 
                     840 
                       77 
 $               1,031 

PFD
PFM
PFSG
PFMI
Total Liability

69 

 
 
 
 
NOTE 8 
LONG-TERM DEBT  

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012: 

(Amounts in Thousands)
Revolving Credit facility dated October 31, 2011, borrowings based
    upon eligible accounts receivable, subject to monthly borrowing base
    calculation, variable interest paid monthly at our option of prime rate 
    (3.25% at December 31, 2013) plus 2.0% or London Interbank Offer
    Rate ("LIBOR") plus 3.0%, balance due October 31, 2016.  Effective interest
    rate for 2013 and 2012 was 3.7% and 3.8%, respectively. (1)
Term Loan dated October 31, 2011, payable in equal monthly installments 
    of principal of $190, balance due in October 31, 2016, variable interest paid
    monthly at option of prime rate plus 2.5% or LIBOR plus 3.5%.  Effective
    interest rate for 2013 and 2012 was 3.9% and 3.9%, respectively. (1)
Promissory Note dated September 28, 2010, payable in 36 monthly equal 

installments of $40, which includes interest and principal, beginning October
15, 2010, interest accrues at annual rate of 6.0%. (2)

Promissory Note dated February 12, 2013, payable in monthly installments of 

$10, which includes interest and principal, starting February 28, 2013, 
 interest accrues at annual rate of 6.0%, balance due January 31, 2015. (2) 

Promissory Note dated August 2, 2013, payable in twelve monthly installments of 
interest only, starting September 1, 2013 and twenty-four monthly installments
of $125 in principal plus accrued interest.  Interest accrues at annual rate 
of  2.99%. (2) (3)

Various capital lease and promissory note obligations, payable 2014 to
    2014, interest at rates ranging from 5.3% to 7.1%.

Less current portion of long-term debt
Less long-term debt related to assets held for sale

December 31, 
2013

December 31, 
2012

$

             —

$

             —

            11,238 

           13,524 

             —

                352 

127

             —

           2,777 

             —

141
14,283
2,876
35
11,372

$

391
14,267
2,794
71
11,402

$

 (1)   Our Revolving Credit facility is collateralized by our accounts receivable and our Term Loan is collateralized by 

our property, plant, and equipment. 

(2)  Uncollateralized note.   

(3)    Net  of  debt  discount  of  ($223,000)  for  December  31,  2013.    See  “Promissory  Note  and  Installment  Agreement” 

below for additional information. 

Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement 
The  Company  entered  into  an  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement, dated October 31, 2011 (“Amended Loan Agreement”), with PNC Bank, National Association 
(“PNC”),  acting  as  agent  and  lender,  replacing  our  previous  Loan  Agreement  with  PNC.    The  Amended 
Loan Agreement provides us with the following credit facilities: 

•  up  to  $25,000,000  revolving  credit  facility  (“Revolving  Credit”),  subject  to  the  amount  of 
borrowings based on a percentage of eligible receivables.  The revolving credit advances are subject 
to limitations of an amount up to the sum of (a) up to 85% of Commercial Receivables aged 90 days 
or less from invoice date, (b) up to 85% of Commercial Broker Receivables aged up to 120 days 
from  invoice  date,  (c)  up  to  85%  of  acceptable  Government  Agency  Receivables  aged  up  to  150 
days from invoice date, and (d) up to 50% of acceptable unbilled amounts aged up to 60 days, less 
(e) reserves the Agent reasonably deems proper and necessary; 

70 

 
 
 
                 
                 
               
            
          
              
            
                   
                 
            
          
 
 
 
 
 
   
• 

• 

a term loan (“Term Loan”) of $16,000,000, which requires monthly installments of approximately 
$190,000 (based on a seven-year amortization); and 

equipment line of credit up to $2,500,000, subject to certain limitations. 

The  Amended  Loan  Agreement  terminates  as  of  October  31,  2016,  unless  sooner  terminated.    We  may 
terminate the Amended Loan Agreement upon 90 days’ prior written notice and upon payment in full of our 
obligations under the Amended Loan Agreement.  No early termination fee shall apply if we pay off our 
obligations under the Amended Loan Agreement after October 31, 2013.   

As of December 31, 2013, the excess availability under our revolving credit was $6,642,000, based on our 
eligible receivables.   

On  May  9,  2013,  we  entered  into  an  amendment  to  our  Amended  Loan  Agreement.    This  amendment 
waived our fixed charge coverage ratio non-compliance for the first quarter of 2013.  This amendment also 
changed the methodology in calculating the fixed charge coverage ratio in each subsequent quarter of 2013.  
The minimum fixed charge coverage ratio requirement of 1:25 to 1:00 for each subsequent quarter of 2013 
remains  unchanged.  As  a  condition  of  this  amendment,  we  paid  PNC  a  fee  of  $20,000,  which  is  being 
amortized  over  the  term  of  the  Amended  Loan  Agreement.  All  other  terms  of  the  Amended  Loan 
Agreement remain principally unchanged. We met our fixed charge coverage ratio covenant for the second 
and third quarters of 2013. 

On August 2, 2013, the Company entered into another amendment to our Amended Loan Agreement.  This 
amendment  reduced  our  Revolving  Credit  facility  from  $25,000,000  to  $18,000,000  and  removed  the 
equipment  line  credit  of  up  to  $2,500,000.    All  other  terms  of  the  Amended  Loan  Agreement  remain 
principally unchanged. As a result of this amendment, we recorded approximately $65,000 in loss on debt 
modification  (included  in  interest  expense)  in  accordance  with  ASC  470-50,  “Debt  –  Modification  and 
Extinguishment.” 

The  Company  did  not  meet  its  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio  requirement  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2013; 
however,  during  April  2014,  we  received  a  waiver  from  the  Company’s  lender  which  waived  this  non-
compliance. Our lender has waived our fixed charge coverage ratio testing requirement for the first quarter 
of 2014 and made certain revisions to our quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio testing requirements for the 
remaining quarters of 2014 (See “Note 18 – Subsequent Events – Waivers and Revisions from PNC Bank, 
National Association” for waivers received and revisions made to our fixed charge coverage ratio for 2014 
and other matters). Based on these revisions above, we expect to meet our quarterly fixed charge coverage 
ratio requirement in each of the second to fourth quarters of 2014. If we fail to meet the minimum quarterly 
fixed charge coverage ratio requirement in any of the quarters starting with the second quarter in 2014 and 
PNC does not waive the non-compliance or further revise our covenant so that we are in compliance, our 
lender could accelerate the repayment of borrowings under our credit facility.  In the event that our lender 
accelerates the payment of our borrowings, we may not have sufficient liquidity to repay our debt under our 
credit facility and other indebtedness.   

Promissory Notes and Installment Agreements 
On  February  12,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  an  unsecured  promissory  note  with  Timios  National 
Corporation  (“TNC”  and  formerly  known  as  Homeland  Capital  Security  Corporation)  in  the  principal 
amount of approximately $230,000 as a result of a settlement with TNC in connection with certain claims 
that  we  asserted  against  TNC  for  breach  of  certain  representations  and  covenant  subsequent  to  our 
acquisition  of  Safety  &  Ecology  Holdings  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively  known  as  Safety 
and Ecology Corporation or “SEC”) from TNC on October 31, 2011 (See Note 14 – “Business Acquisition 
(Settlement and Release Agreement)” for further information of this note).  The promissory note bears an 
annual  interest  rate  of  6%,  payable  in  24  monthly  installments  of  principal  and  interest  of  approximately 
$10,000,  with  the  first  payment  due  February  28,  2013,  as  agreed  by  us  and  TNC  after  entering  into  the 
promissory note, with subsequent payments due on the last day of each month thereafter.  The promissory 
note provides us the right to prepay such at any time without interest or penalty.   

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The promissory note payable to TNC included an embedded conversion option (“Conversion Option”) that 
can be exercised upon default, whereby TNC has the option to convert the unpaid portion of the Note into a 
number of whole shares of our restricted Common Stock.  The number of shares of our restricted Common 
Stock to be issuable under the Conversion Option is determined by the principal amount owing under the 
new Note at the time of default plus all accrued and unpaid interest and expenses (as defined) divided by the 
average of the closing price per share of our Common Stock as reported by the primary national securities 
exchange on which our Common Stock is traded during the 30 consecutive trading day period ending on the 
trading  day  immediately  prior  to  receipt  by  us  of  TNC’s  written  notice  of  its  election  to  receive  our 
restricted Common Stock as a result of the event of default by us, with the number of shares of our Common 
Stock issuable upon such default subject to certain limitations.  We concluded that the Conversion Option 
had and continues to have nominal value as of December 31, 2013.  We will continue to monitor the fair 
value of the Conversion Option on a regular basis.   

On September 28, 2010, the Company entered into a promissory note in the principal amount of $1,322,000, 
with  the  former  shareholders  of  Nuvotec  (now  known  as  Perma-Fix  Northwest,  Inc.  or  “PFNW”)  in 
connection with an earn-out amount that we are required to pay upon meeting certain conditions for each 
earn-out measurement year ended June 30, 2008 to June 30, 2011, as a result of our acquisition of PFNW 
and Perma-Fix Northwest Richland, Inc. (“PFNWR”) in June 2007.  Interest is accrued at an annual interest 
rate  of  6%.  The  promissory  note  provides  for  36  equal  monthly  payments  of  approximately  $40,000, 
consisting  of  interest  and  principal,  starting  October  15,  2010.  The  promissory  note  was  paid  in  full  in 
September 2013.  See further details of the earn-out amount in Note 12 – “Commitments and Contingencies 
- Earn-Out Amount.”  

On  August  2,  2013,  the  Company  completed  a  lending  transaction  with  Messrs.  Robert  Ferguson  and 
William  Lampson  (“collectively,  the  “Lenders”),  whereby  the  Company  borrowed  from  the  Lenders  the 
sum of $3,000,000 pursuant to the terms of a Loan and Security Purchase Agreement and promissory note 
(the  “Loan”).    The  Lenders  were  formerly  shareholders  of  PFNW  prior  to  our  acquisition  of  PFNW  and 
PFNWR  and  are  also  stockholders  of  the  Company,  having  received  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  in 
connection  with  the  acquisition  of  PFNW  and  PFNWR  in  June  2007.    Mr.  Ferguson  also  served  as  a 
Company Board member from August 2007 to February 2010 and from August 2011 to September 2012. 
The  proceeds  from  the  Loan  were  used  for  general  working  capital  purposes.    The  promissory  note  is 
unsecured, with a term of three years with interest payable at a fixed interest rate of 2.99% per annum.  The 
promissory note provides for monthly payments of accrued interest only during the first year of the Loan 
with the first interest payment due September 1, 2013 and monthly payments of $125,000 in principal plus 
accrued interest for the second and third year of the Loan.  In connection with the above Loan, the Lenders 
entered into a Subordination Agreement dated August 2, 2013, with the Company’s credit facility lender, 
whereby the Lenders agreed to subordinate payment under the Loan, and agreed that the Loan will be junior 
in right of payment to the credit facility in the event of default or bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding 
by  the  Company.    As  consideration  for  the  Company  receiving  the  Loan,  we  issued  a  Warrant  to  each 
Lender to purchase up to 35,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price based on the 
closing price of the Company’s Common Stock at the closing of the transaction which was determined to be 
$2.23. The Warrants are exercisable six months from August 2, 2013 and expire on August 2, 2016.  We 
estimated the fair value of the Warrants to be approximately $59,000 using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model with the following assumptions:  55.54% volatility, risk free interest rate of .59%, an expected life of 
three  years  and  no  dividends.  As  further  consideration  for  the  Loan,  the  Company  issued  an  aggregate 
90,000 shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock,  with  each  Lender receiving  45,000  shares.   The  90,000 
shares of Common Stock and 70,000 Common Stock purchase warrants were issued in a private placement 
and bear a restrictive legend against resale except in a transaction registered under the Securities Act or in a 
transaction  exempt  from  registration  thereunder.    We  determined  the  fair  value  of  the  90,000  shares  of 
Common Stock to be approximately $200,000 which was based on the closing price of the stock of $2.23 
per share on August 2, 2013.  The fair value of the Warrants and Common Stock and the related closing fees 
incurred  from  the  transaction  (approximately  $13,000)  were  recorded  as  a  debt  discount,  which  is  being 
amortized over the term of the loan as interest expense – financing fees.   

The promissory note includes an embedded Put Option (“Put”) that can be exercised upon default, whereby 
the lender has the option to receive a cash payment equal to the amount of the unpaid principal balance plus 
72 

 
 
 
 
all accrued and unpaid interest (“Payoff Amount”), or the number of whole shares of our Common Stock 
equal to the Payoff Amount divided by the closing bid price of our Common Stock on the date immediately 
prior to the date of default of the promissory note, as reported by the primary national securities exchange 
on which our Common Stock is traded.  The maximum number of payoff shares is restricted to less than 
20%  of  the  outstanding  equity.    We  concluded  that  the  Put  should  have  been  bifurcated  at  inception  and 
recorded at fair value; however, the Put Option had and continues to have nominal value as of December 31, 
2013.  We will continue to monitor the fair value of the Put on a regular basis. 
The following table approximates amount of the maturities of long-term debt maturing in future years as of 
December 31, 2013 of our continuing operations (excludes debt discount of $223,000) (in thousands): 

Year ending December 31:

2014
2015
2016
Total

$                         

$                       

2,962
3,819
7,690
14,471

Debt related to assets held for sale totals $35,000 at December 31, 2013, and is due in 2014. 

NOTE 9 
ACCRUED EXPENSES 

Accrued expenses at December 31 include the following (in thousands): 

Salaries and employee benefits
Accrued sales, property and other tax
Interest payable
Insurance payable
Other

Total accrued expenses

$    

$    

2013
3,473
370
27
726
337
4,933

2012
4,430
793
29
978
442
6,672

$    

$    

The Company has an individual Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) for each of our CEO, CFO, and COO 
which awards cash compensation based on achievement of certain performance targets for fiscal year 2013.  
No compensation was accrued for in 2013 under each MIP as none of the performance targets were met.  
No cash compensation was paid to the President of SEC under his MIP upon his voluntary termination and 
retirement  from  the  Company  effective  May  24,  2013  (See  Note  15  –  “Related  Party  Transactions  – 
Christopher Leichtweis” for further information regarding his voluntary termination and retirement).    In 
addition, no performance incentive payments were made under each of the 2012 MIP plans in 2012.   

NOTE 10 
ACCRUED CLOSURE COSTS AND ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS (“ARO”) 

Accrued closure costs represent our estimated environmental liability to clean up our fixed-based regulated 
facilities as required  by  our  permits,  in the  event  of closure.  Accounting  Standards  Codification (“ASC”) 
410, “Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations” requires that the discounted fair value of a liability 
for an ARO be recognized in the period in which it is incurred with the associated ARO capitalized as part 
of the carrying cost of the asset.  The recognition of an ARO estimate is inflated, using an inflation rate, to 
the expected time at which the closure will occur, and then discounted back, using a credit adjusted risk free 
rate, to the present value.  AROs are included within buildings as part of property and equipment and are 
depreciated over the estimated useful life of the property.  In periods subsequent to initial measurement of 
the ARO, the ARO is adjusted at the end of each period to reflect the passage of time (as accretion expense) 
and  changes  in  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  underlying  the  obligations  (capitalized  to  the  associated 
ARO and depreciated in accordance with the Company’s deprecation policy).   

73 

 
 
                           
                           
 
 
 
 
         
         
           
           
         
         
         
         
 
 
 
 
Changes to reported closure liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, were as follows: 

Amounts in thousands
Balance as of December 31, 2011
Accretion expense
Payments
Adjustment to closure liability
Balance as of December 31, 2012
Accretion expense
Adjustment to closure liability
Balance as of December 31, 2013

$

$

11,937
185
(773)
―
11,349
272
(6,399)
5,222

The adjustment in 2013 was made principally to record the obligation using appropriate discount rates.  The 
obligations  were  previously  based  on  undiscounted  values.   The  associated  assets  were  also  adjusted  to 
reflect  this  change.   The  net  impact  of  the  adjustment  to  pre-tax  loss  from  operations  was  approximately 
($448,000)  in  2013.  The  decrease  in  closure  accrual  in  2012  included  approximately  $773,000  of  costs 
incurred in connection with the closure of a processing unit at our PFNWR facility.  

The  reported  closure  asset  or  ARO,  is  reported  as  a  component  of  “Net  Property  and  equipment”  in  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 as follows: 

Amounts in thousands
Balance as of December 31, 2011
Adjustment to closure and post-closure asset
Amortization of closure and post-closure asset
Balance as of December 31, 2012
Adjustment to closure and post-closure asset 
Amortization of closure and post-closure asset
Balance as of December 31, 2013

$

$

9,370
―
(290)
9,080
(5,830)
(289)
2,961

The adjustment to the ARO for 2013 was due to the adjustment made to our closure accrual as discussed 
above. 

NOTE 11 
INCOME TAXES 

The  components  of  current  and  deferred  federal  and  state  income  tax  (benefit)  expense  for  continuing 
operations for the years ended December 31, consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Federal income tax benefit - current
Federal income tax (benefit) expense - deferred
State income tax expense - current
State income tax expense (benefit)  - deferred

Total income tax benefit

2013

(144)
(1,989)
158
1,350
(625)

$

$

2012
(2,107)
11
191
(246)
(2,151)

$

$

We  had  temporary  differences  and  net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  from  both  our  continuing  and 
discontinued operations, which gave rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, as follows (in 
thousands): 

74 

 
 
    
         
        
    
         
     
      
 
 
 
      
        
      
     
        
      
 
 
 
 
       
    
    
          
        
        
     
       
       
    
 
 
Deferred tax assets:

Net operating losses
Environmental and closure reserves
Impairment of assets
Investment
Other

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation and amortization
Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets
Prepaid expenses

Valuation allowance

Net deferred income tax liabilities

$

2013
6,001
2,387
―
(50)
3,626

(3,762)
(1,012)
(20)
7,170
(8,182)
(1,012)

$

2012
4,612
4,740
505
(59)
3,798

(6,973)
(902)
(16)
5,705
(5,729)
(24)

An overall reconciliation between the expected tax benefit using the federal statutory rate of 34% and the 
benefit for income taxes from continuing operations as reported in the accompanying consolidated statement 
of operations is provided below (in thousands).   

Tax benefit at statutory rate
State tax benefit, net of federal benefit
Permanent items
Non-deductible Goodwill
Other
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance
Income tax benefit

2013
(11,880)
(102)
166
9,471
125
180
1,415
(625)

$

$

$

$

2012
(1,847)
(131)
110
―
(100)
―
(183)
(2,151)

The  provision  for  income  taxes  is  determined  in  accordance  with  ASC  740,  “Income  Taxes”.    Deferred 
income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributed to differences between 
the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  basis. 
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted income tax rates expected to apply to 
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. 
Any effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in 
the period that includes the enactment date. 

The  Company  regularly  assesses  the  likelihood  that  the  deferred  tax  asset  will  be  recovered  from  future 
taxable  income.  The  Company  considers  projected  future  taxable  income  and  ongoing  tax  planning 
strategies, then records a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying value of the net deferred income taxes 
to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.  In 2013 and 2012, we determined that it was more 
likely than not that approximately $8,182,000 and $5,729,000, respectively, of deferred income tax assets 
would not be realized, and as such, a full valuation allowance was applied against those deferred income tax 
assets.  Our valuation allowance increased by $1,415,000 and decreased by approximately $183,000 for the 
years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.   

We have estimated net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) for federal and state income tax purposes of 
approximately  $9,715,000  and  $53,035,000,  respectively,  as  of  December  31,  2013.    These  net  operating 
losses  can  be  carried  forward  and  applied  against  future  taxable  income,  if  any,  and  expire  in  various 
amounts starting in 2021.  However, as a result of various stock offerings and certain acquisitions, which in 
the aggregate constitute a change in control, the use of these NOLs will be limited under the provisions of 
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Additionally, NOLs may be further limited 
under the provisions of Treasury Regulation 1.1502-21 regarding Separate Return Limitation Years. 

75 

 
    
    
   
        
   
     
         
        
         
      
        
        
     
 
 
 
 
The  Company  accounts  for  uncertainties  in  income  taxes  pursuant  to  ASC  740  (formerly  FASB 
interpretation  No.  48,  “Accounting  for  Uncertainties  in  Income  Taxes  –  an  Interpretation  of  FASB 
Statement No, 109”) (“FIN 48”).  A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of our unrecognized 
tax expense is summarized as follows (in thousands): 

Balances at beginning of year

Addition related to prior year tax position

Balances at end of the year 

2013

2012

$

$

― $
180
180

$

―
―
―

Included in the unrecognized tax expense is approximately $26,000 in interest and penalties. 

NOTE 12 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 
Hazardous Waste 
In  connection  with  our  waste  management  services,  we  handle  both  hazardous  and  non-hazardous  waste, 
which we transport to our own, or other, facilities for destruction or disposal.  As a result of disposing of 
hazardous substances, in the event any cleanup is required, we could be a potentially responsible party for 
the costs of the cleanup notwithstanding any absence of fault on our part. 

Legal Matters 
In the normal course of conducting our business, we are involved in various litigations. We are not a party 
to any litigation or governmental proceeding which our management believes could result in any judgments  
or fines against us that would have a material adverse affect on our financial position, liquidity or results of 
future operations. 

Insurance 
The  Company  has  a  25-year  finite  risk  insurance  policy  entered  into  in  June  2003  with  American 
International  Group,  Inc.  (“AIG”),  which  provides  financial  assurance  to  the  applicable  states  for  our 
permitted  facilities  in  the  event  of  unforeseen  closure.  The  policy,  as  amended,  provides  for  a  maximum 
allowable  coverage  of  $39,000,000  and  has  available  capacity  to  allow  for  annual  inflation  and  other 
performance  and  surety  bond  requirements.  We  have  made  all  of  the  required  payments  totaling 
$18,305,000, for this finite risk insurance policy, as amended, of which $14,472,000 has been deposited into 
a  sinking  fund  account  which  represents  a  restricted  cash  account;  $2,883,000  represented  full/terrorism 
premium; and $950,000 represented fee payable to AIG.  As of December 31, 2013, our financial assurance 
coverage amount under this policy totaled approximately $38,161,000.  We have recorded $15,409,000 in 
our sinking fund related to the policy noted above in other long term assets on the accompanying balance 
sheets, which includes interest earned of $938,000 on the sinking fund as of December 31, 2013.  Interest 
income  for  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2013,  was  approximately  $27,000.    On  the  fourth  and 
subsequent anniversaries of the contract inception, we may elect to terminate this contract. If we so elect, 
AIG  is  obligated  to  pay  us  an  amount  equal  to  100%  of  the  sinking  fund  account  balance  in  return  for 
complete  releases  of  liability  from  both  us  and  any  applicable  regulatory  agency  using  this  policy  as  an 
instrument to comply with financial assurance requirements. 

In  August  2007,  we entered  into  a second finite  risk  insurance  policy  for  our  PFNWR  facility  with  AIG.  
The  policy  provided  an  initial  $7,800,000  of  financial  assurance  coverage  with  an  annual  growth  rate  of 
1.5%, which at the end of the four year term policy, provides maximum coverage of $8,200,000.  We have 
made  all  of  the  required  payments  on  this  policy,  totaling  $7,158,000,  of  which  $5,700,000  has  been 
deposited into a sinking fund account and $1,458,000 represented premium.  As of December 31, 2013, we 
have  recorded  $5,898,000  in  our  sinking  fund  related  to  this  policy  in  other  long  term  assets  on  the 
accompanying  balance  sheets,  which  includes  interest  earned  of  $198,000  on  the  sinking  fund  as  of 
December  31,  2013.    Interest  income  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2013  totaled 
approximately $8,000.  This policy is renewed annually at the end of the four year term with a nominal fee 
for the variance between the policy and coverage requirement.  We have renewed this policy annually from 
2011 to 2013 with an annual fee of $46,000.  All other terms of the policy remain substantially unchanged.     
76 

 
 
         
         
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Leases 
We lease certain facilities and equipment under operating leases.  The following table lists future minimum 
rental payments as of December 31, 2013 under these leases for our continuing operations (in thousands):  

Year ending December 31:

2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
beyond 2018
Total

$                            

809
728
590
529
174
―
2,830

$                         

We have no future minimum rental payment requirement for our discontinued operations as of December 
31, 2013. 

Total  rent  expense  was  $1,381,000,  and  $1,569,000,  for  2013  and  2012,  respectively  for  our  continuing 
operations.  These  amounts  included  payments  on  non-cancelable  operating  leases  of  approximately 
$913,000  and  $972,000  for  2013  and  2012,  respectively.  The  remaining  rent  expense  was  for  non-
contractual monthly and daily rentals of specific use vehicles, machinery and equipment. 

Total  rent  expense  was  $27,000  and  $42,000  for  2013  and  2012,  respectively  for  our  discontinued 
operations. These amounts included payments on non-cancelable operating leases of approximately $0, and 
$5,000,  respectively.    The  remaining  rent  expense  was  for  non-contractual  monthly  and  daily  rentals  of 
specific use vehicles, machinery and equipment. 

NOTE 13 
PROFIT SHARING PLAN 

We adopted a 401(k) Plan in 1992, which is intended to comply with Section 401 of the Internal Revenue 
Code and the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.  All full-time employees 
who have attained the age of 18 are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan.  Eligibility is immediate upon 
employment but enrollment is only allowed during four quarterly open periods of January 1, April 1, July 1, 
and October 1.  Participating employees may make annual pretax contributions to their accounts up to 100% 
of  their  compensation,  up  to  a  maximum  amount  as  limited  by  law.    We,  at  our  discretion,  may  make 
matching contributions of 25% based on the employee’s elective contributions.  Our contributions vest over 
a  period  of  five  years.    We  contributed  $0  and  $348,000,  in  matching  funds  during  2013  and  2012, 
respectively.  Effective June 15, 2012, we suspended our matching contribution in an effort to reduce costs 
in  light  of  the  recent  economic  environment.    We  will  evaluate  the  reversal  of  this  suspension  as  the 
economic environment improves.    

NOTE 14 
BUSINESS ACQUISITION (SETTLEMENT AND RELEASE AGREEMENT) 

On  February  12,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Settlement  and  Release  Agreement  (“Settlement 
Agreement”) with Timios National Corporation (“TNC” – formerly known as Homeland Security Capital 
Corporation)  (the  Company  and  TNC  are  collectively  known  as  the  “Parties”),  in  connection  with  the 
settlement of certain claims the Company made against TNC, subsequent to the acquisition of Safety and 
Ecology  Holdings  Corporation  (“SEHC”)  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively  known  as  Safety  and  Ecology 
Corporation or “SEC”) on October 31, 2011 from TNC.  The Settlement Agreement resolved (collectively, 
the “Subject Claims”): (a) the Disputed Claims, and (b) any other claim arising under the Stock Purchase 
Agreement, dated July 15, 2011 (“Purchase Agreement”) with respect to a breach of (i) the representations 

77 

 
 
                              
                              
                              
                              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and warranties of the Parties contained in the Purchase Agreement, and (ii) certain covenants contained in 
the Purchase Agreement.  Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, the Parties agreed as follows:   

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a promissory note (“October Note” - with original principal balance of $2,500,000 which was part 
consideration  of  the  acquisition),  with  an  principal  balance  of  approximately  $1,460,000,  was 
cancelled, terminated and rendered null and void;  

the  Company  issued  to  TNC  a  new,  two-year,  non-negotiable,  unsecured  promissory  note  in  the 
principal amount of approximately $230,000 (the “New Note”) in replacement of the October Note.  
The New Note bears an annual interest rate of 6%, payable in 24 monthly installments of principal 
and interest of approximately $10,000, with first payment due February 28, 2013;  

the remaining escrow balance of $500,000 was released to TNC.  $2,000,000 was deposited into an 
escrow  account  as  partial  consideration  of  the  purchase  price  and  was  established  to  satisfy  any 
claims  that  we  may  have  against  TNC  for  indemnification  pursuant  to  the  Purchase  Agreement.  
TNC  and  SEHC  further  agreed  that  if  certain  conditions  were  not  met  by  December  31,  2011, 
relating  to  a  certain  contract,  then  the  Company  could  withdraw  $1,500,000  from  the  amount 
deposited into the escrow.  On January 10, 2012, we received $1,500,000 from the escrow as certain 
conditions were not met under this certain contract as of December 31, 2011;  

the  Parties  terminated  all  of  their  rights  and  obligations  to  indemnification  under  the  Purchase 
Agreement,  except  with  respect  to  TNC’s  covenants  relating  to  non-complete,  non-solicitation  of 
customers  and  employees,  confidentiality,  and  related  remedies  which  will  continue  in  full  force 
and effect in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement (the “Continuing Covenants”);  

the Parties terminated their rights and obligations with respect to (i) the representations, warranties, 
and covenants contained in the Purchase Agreement, except for the Continuing Covenants; and  

the Company terminated its contractual right to offset amounts owing to TNC under the Purchase 
Agreement to satisfy claims against TNC.   

In connection with the resolution of the Disputed Claims, we also entered into a Settlement and Release 
Agreement  and  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  (“Leichtweis  Settlement”)  with  Christopher 
Leichtweis,  our  President  of  SEC,  who  voluntarily  terminated  and  retired  from  all  positions  of  the 
Company,  effective  May  24,  2013  (see  discussion  under  Note  15  –  “Related  Party  Transactions  – 
Christopher Leichtweis” for a discussion of the Leichtweis Settlement and his voluntary termination and 
retirement).   

NOTE 15 
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

Mr. Robert Schreiber, Jr. 
During March 2011, we entered into a lease with Lawrence Properties LLC, a company jointly owned by 
Robert Schreiber, Jr., the President of Schreiber, Yonley and Associates, and Mr. Schreiber’s spouse.  Mr. 
Schreiber is  a  member  of our  executive  management  team.   The lease is  for  a  term  of  five  years starting 
June 1, 2011.  Under the lease, we pay monthly rent of approximately $11,400, which we believe is lower 
than  costs  charged  by  unrelated  third  party  landlords.    Additional  rent  will  be  assessed  for  any  increases 
over  the  new  lease  commencement  year  for  property  taxes  or  assessments  and  property  and  casualty 
insurance premiums. 

Mr. David Centofanti 
Mr. David Centofanti serves as our Director of Information Services.  For such services, he received total 
compensation in 2013 of approximately $163,000. Mr. David Centofanti is the son of our Chief Executive 
Officer and Chairman of our Board, Dr. Louis F. Centofanti.  We believe the compensation received by Mr. 
Centofanti for his technical expertise which he provides to the Company is competitive and comparable to 
compensation we would have to pay to an unaffiliated third party with the same technical expertise.  

78 

 
 
 
 
 
Christopher Leichtweis 
The Company is obligated to make lease payments of approximately $29,000 per month through June 2018, 
pursuant to a Lease Agreement, dated June 1, 2008 (the “Lease”), between Leichtweis Enterprises, LLC, as 
lessor, and Safety and Ecology Holdings Corporation (“SEHC”), as lessee. Leichtweis Enterprises, LLC, is 
owned  by  Mr.  Christopher  Leichtweis  (“Leichtweis”),  who  was  a  Senior  Vice  President  of  the  Company 
and President of SEC, prior to his voluntary termination and retirement from the Company effective May 
24, 2013.  The Lease covers SEC’s principal offices in Knoxville, Tennessee.   

Under  an  agreement  of  indemnity  (“Indemnification  Agreement”),  SEC,  Leichtweis  and  his  spouse 
(“Leichtweis  Parties”),  jointly  and  severally,  agreed  to  indemnify  the  individual  surety  with  respect  to 
contingent liabilities that may be incurred by the individual surety under certain of SEC’s bonded projects.  
In  addition,  SEC  agreed  to  indemnify  Leichtweis  Parties  against judgments,  penalties,  fines,  and  expense 
associated with those SEC performance bonds that Leichtweis Parties have agreed to indemnify in the event 
SEC  cannot  perform,  which  has  an  aggregate  bonded  amount  of  approximately  $10,900,000  (which  has 
been  released/expired).    The  Indemnification  Agreement  provided  by  SEC  to  the  Leichtweis  Parties  also 
provides for compensating the Leichtweis Parties at a rate of 0.75% of the value of bonds (60% having been 
paid  previously  and  the  balance  at  substantial  completion  of  the  contract).    On  February  14,  2013,  the 
Company  entered  into  a  Settlement  and  Release  Agreement  and  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement 
(the  “Leichtweis  Settlement”),  in  final  settlement  of  certain  claims  made  by  us  against  Leichtweis  in 
connection with the certain claims asserted by the Company against TNC subsequent to our acquisition of 
SEC  on  October  31,  2011.    The  Leichtweis  Settlement  terminated  our  obligation  to  pay  the  Leichtweis 
Parties a fee under the Indemnification Agreement.   

Employment Agreements 
We have an employment agreement with each of Dr. Centofanti (our President and Chief Executive Officer 
or  “CEO”),  Ben  Naccarato  (our  Chief  Financial  Officer  or  “CFO”),  and  James  Blankenhorn  (our  Chief 
Operating Officer or “COO”).  Each employment agreement provides for annual base salaries, bonuses, and 
other benefits commonly found in such agreements. In addition, each employment agreement provides that 
in the event of termination of such officer without cause or termination by the officer for good reason (as 
such terms are defined in the employment agreement), the terminated officer shall receive payments of an 
amount equal to benefits that have accrued as of the termination but not yet paid, plus an amount equal to 
one year’s base salary at the time of termination.  In addition, the employment agreements provide that in 
the event of a change in control (as defined in the employment agreements), all outstanding stock options to 
purchase our Common Stock granted to, and held by, the officer covered by the employment agreement to 
be  immediately  vested  and  exercisable.    See  “Note  18  –  Subsequent  Events  –  Resignation  of  Chief 
Operating Officer” for information regarding resignation of COO in March 2014 and the termination of his 
employment agreement. 

The  Company  also  had  an  employment  agreement  with  Christopher  Leichtweis  (the  “Leichtweis 
Employment  Agreement”),  containing  substantially  the  terms  described  above  with  respect  to  the 
employment  agreements  of  Messrs.  Centofanti,  Naccarato  and  Blankenhorn.  On  May  14,  2013,  the 
Company  entered  into  a  Separation  and  Release  Agreement  (“Agreement”)  with  Mr.  Leichtweis,  which 
terminated Mr. Leichtweis’ employment with the Company and his position as an officer of the Company 
effective May 24, 2013, and voided the Leichtweis Employment Agreement (except for the “Confidentiality 
of  Trade  Secrets  and  Business  Information  (“Section  7”)  clause).    Leichtweis’  termination  was  not  “for 
cause” by the Company nor “for good reason” by Mr. Leichtweis (as defined in the Leichtweis Employment 
Agreement).    Mr.  Leichtweis  was  paid  only  his  accrued  salary,  vacation  and  any  benefits  under  the 
employee’s benefit plan, upon his separation date of May 24, 2013.  In connection with the Agreement, the 
Company  also  entered into  a  Consulting  Services  Agreement  (“Consulting  Agreement”)  with  Leichtweis, 
dated May 24, 2013 and terminating on July 23, 2014, unless sooner terminated by either party with prior 
30 days’ written notice. The Consulting Agreement provides for compensation at an hourly rate of $135 and 
reasonable travel and other expenses.  Pursuant to the Consulting Agreement, Leichtweis will be subject to a 
fourteen  months  confidentiality  and  non-compete  agreement  (as  defined)  from  date  of  execution  of  the 
Consulting  Agreement.    On  June  1,  2013,  Leichtweis  provided  the  Company  with  written  notice  of 
termination of the Consulting Agreement.  

79 

 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 16 
SEGMENT REPORTING 

In accordance with ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, we define an operating segment as a business activity: 

•  from which we may earn revenue and incur expenses; 
•  whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Officer (our Chief 

Operating Decision Maker) to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment 
and assess its performance; and 

•  for which discrete financial information is available. 

We currently have two reporting segments, Treatment and Services Segments, which are based on a service 
offering approach.  This, however, excludes corporate headquarters, which does not generate revenue, and 
our discontinued operations, which includes all facilities as discussed in “Note 7 – Discontinued Operations 
and Divestitures.” 

The  table  below  shows  certain  financial  information  of  our  reporting  segments  for  2013  and  2012  (in 
thousands). 

Segment Reporting as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013
  Segments 
Total

Treatment

Services

Corporate 
And Other

Consolidated 
Total

(2)

Revenue from external customers
Intercompany revenues
Gross profit
Interest income
Interest expense
Interest expense-financing fees
Depreciation and amortization
Segment loss
Segment assets(1)
Expenditures for segment assets
Total debt

 $       35,540 
            1,179 
            5,574 



                 42 



 $       38,873 
                 77 
            4,242 


                 (3)


            3,045 
          (8,198) (6)
          49,978 
               477 
               106 

               990 
        (20,042) (6)
          11,951 
               466 



 $       74,413  (3) 
            1,256 
            9,816 

$         —





                 39 



            4,035 
        (28,240)
          61,929 
               943 
               106 

               35 
             723 
             132 
               91 
        (6,231)
        29,671 
                 1 
        14,142 

(4)

(5)

 $         74,413 



              9,816 
                   35 
                 762 
                 132 
              4,126 
          (34,471)
            91,600 
                 944 
            14,248 

Segment Reporting as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012
  Segments 
Total

Treatment

Services

Corporate 
And Other

Consolidated 
Total

(2)

Revenue from external customers
Intercompany revenues
Gross profit
Interest income
Interest expense
Interest expense-financing fees
Depreciation and amortization
Segment profit (loss)
Segment assets(1)
Expenditures for segment assets
Total debt

 $       45,882 
            1,785 
            9,268 

 $       81,627 
               845 
            6,536 

 $     127,509  (3) 
            2,630 
          15,804 

$         —









                   9 

                 12 

                 21 





            4,448 
            2,951 
          75,405 
               263 
                 85 

               949 
            1,474 
          36,120 
               145 
                   5 



            5,397 
            4,425 
        111,525 
               408 
                 90 

               41 
             797 
             107 
               73 
        (7,574)
        28,166 
                 4 
        14,106 

(4)

 $       127,509 



            15,804 
                   41 
                 818 
                 107 
              5,470 
            (3,149)
          139,691 
                 412 
            14,196 

(1)    Segment assets have been adjusted for intercompany accounts to reflect actual assets for each segment. 

(2)   Amounts reflect the activity for corporate headquarters, not included in the segment information. 

(3)   The consolidated revenues included the CH Plateau Remediation Company (“CHPRC”) revenue of $19,922,000 or 26.8% 
and $24,652,000 or 19.3%, for 2013 and 2012, respectively, of our total consolidated revenue from continuing operations.   
80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
(4)  Amount includes assets  from our discontinued operations of $4,481,000 and $2,113,000, as of December 31, 2013 and 
2012, respectively.  

(5)  Net of debt discount of ($223,000) based on the estimated fair value at issuance of two Warrants and 90,000 shares of the 
Company’s  Common  Stock  issued  on  August  2,  2013  in  connection  with  a  $3,000,000 promissory  note  entered  into  by  the 
Company  and  Messrs.  William  Lampson  and  Robert  L.  Ferguson.    See  Note  8  –  “Long-Term  Debt  – Promissory  Note  and 
Installment Agreement” for additional information.” 

Includes  goodwill  impairment  charge  of  $13,691,000  for  the  Treatment  Segment  and  $14,165,000  for  the  Services 

(6) 
Segment. 

NOTE 17 
QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS (UNAUDITED) 

Unaudited quarterly operating results are summarized as follows (in thousands, except per share data).  Net 
income attributable to non-controlling interests are excluded from (loss) income from continuing operations 
in the below earning (loss) per share calculation in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share:”   

2013
Net revenues
Gross profit
Loss from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
Net loss
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net loss attributable to Perma-Fix Environmental

Services, Inc. common stockholders

Basic and diluted net loss per common share attributable to 
Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. stockholders:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Net loss per common share 

2012
Net revenues
Gross profit
Loss from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
Net loss
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net loss attributable to Perma-Fix Environmental

Services, Inc. common stockholders

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per common share attributable to 

Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. stockholders:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Net loss per common share 

March 31

June 30

Sept 30

Dec. 31

$

19,829
537
(2,888)
(27)
(2,915)
(3)

$

22,784
4,023
(980)
43
(937)
(61)

$

19,072
3,129
(568)
(240)
(808)
—

12,728
2,127
(30,035)
(1,344)
(31,379)
—

(2,912)

$

(876)

$

(808)

$

(31,379)

$

$

$

(.26)
—
(.26)

March 31

37,936
4,369
(807)
(138)
(945)
56

$

$

$

(.08)
—
(.08)

June 30

33,698
3,930
(1,009)
(60)
(1,069)
102

$

$

$

(.05)
(.02)
(.07)

Sept 30

29,190
4,226
(472)
(61)
(533)
21

(2.63)
(.12)
(2.75)

Dec. 31

26,684
3,279
(861)
229
(632)
1

(1,001)

$

(1,171)

$

(554)

$

(633)

(.08)
(.01)
(.09)

$

$

(.10)
—
(.10)

$

$

(.04)
(.01)
(.05)

$

$

(.08)
.02
(.06)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Net  loss  for  the  second  and  fourth  quarters  of  2013  included  goodwill  impairment  charges  of  $1,149,000  and  $26,707,000, 
respectively,  recorded  within  our  continuing  operations  (See  “Note  3  -  Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets”  for  further 
information).    Net  loss  for  the  fourth quarters of  2013  included a  charge  of  approximately  $4,760,000  to  tax  expense  ($3,596,000 
within continuing operations and $1,164,000 within discontinued operations) to provide a full valuation allowance on the Company’s 
net deferred tax assets. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
      
      
      
           
        
        
        
       
          
          
     
            
             
          
       
       
          
          
     
              
            
       
          
          
     
      
      
      
      
        
        
        
        
          
       
          
          
          
            
            
           
          
       
          
          
             
           
             
               
       
       
          
          
 
The  sum  of  the  quarterly  earnings  per  common  share  amounts  may  not  equal  the  annual  amount  reported 
because  per  share  amounts  are  computed  independently  for  each  quarter  and  for  the  full  year  based  on 
respective weighted-average common shares outstanding and other dilutive potential common shares.  

NOTE 18 
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

Waivers and Revisions from PNC Bank, National Association  
On April 14, 2014, the Company entered into an Amendment to the Company’s Amended Loan Agreement 
with PNC Bank, our lender under the credit facility.  Pursuant to the Amendment, our lender waived and/or 
amended the following: 
• 

the Company’s failure to meet the minimum quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio requirement for the 
fourth quarter of 2013 (see “Note 8 – Long Term Debt” for further information of this non-compliance; 
the quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio testing requirement for the first quarter of 2014;  
the requirement that the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 
2013 be issued without a going concern qualification;  

• 
• 

•  violation, if any, for the purchase of 80% of a subsidiary in Poland (“CEE Opportunity Partners Poland 
S.A on April 4, 2014) and the formation of Perma-Fix Medical Corporation (“PFMedical” which was 
incorporated on January 21, 2014), neither of which shall be a credit party under our Amended Loan 
Agreement; 
revised  the  methodology  to  be  used  in  calculating  the  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio  in  each  of  the 
subsequent  quarters  of  2014  and  changed  the  minimum  quarterly  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio 
requirement of 1:25 to 1:00 to 1:15 to 1:00 for each of the subsequent quarters of 2014; and 
reduced our Revolving Credit facility from $18,000,000 to $12,000,000. 

• 

• 

As a condition of this Amendment, we agreed to pay PNC a fee of $30,000. 

Based on these revisions above, we expect to meet our quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio requirement in 
each  of  the  second  to  fourth  quarters  of  2014.  If  we  fail  to  meet  the  minimum  quarterly  fixed  charge 
coverage ratio requirement in any of the quarters starting with the second quarter in 2014 and PNC does not 
waive  the  non-compliance  or  further  revise  our  covenant  so  that  we  are  in  compliance,  our  lender  could 
accelerate the repayment of borrowings under our credit facility.  In the event that our lender accelerates the 
payment of our borrowings, we may not have sufficient liquidity to repay our debt under our credit facility 
and other indebtedness.   

Resignation of Chief Operating Officer 
On April 3, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the appointment by the Company on March 
20, 2014 of Mr. John Lash as the Chief Operating Officer (“COO”), upon the Company’s acceptance of Mr. 
James  A.  Blankenhorn’s  resignation  on  March  20,  2014  as  the  COO.  Mr.  Blakenhorn’s  resignation  was 
effective March 28, 2014.  Mr. Blankenhorn’s resignation was not due to a disagreement with the Company.  
Upon  Mr.  Blankenhorn’s  resignation,  his  employment  agreement  also  terminated.    Mr.  Lash  previously 
served as Senior Vice President of Operations of the Company’s Treatment Segment for over ten years and 
has been employed by the Company since 2001 in various management positions. 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING 

AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 
None. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of disclosure, controls, and procedures. 
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information 
required  to  be  disclosed  in  our  periodic  reports  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission (the “Commission”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the 
time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Commission and that such information is 
accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  the  Chief  Executive  Officer 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(“CEO”)  (Principal  Executive  Officer),  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”)  (Principal 
Financial Officer), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding the required disclosure. 
In  designing  and  assessing  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  our  management 
recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can 
provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their stated control objectives and are subject 
to  certain  limitations,  including  the  exercise  of  judgment  by  individuals,  the  difficulty  in 
identifying  unlikely  future  events,  and  the  difficulty  in  eliminating  misconduct  completely.  
Our management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, evaluated the effectiveness of 
our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.  Based  upon  this  assessment,  our  CEO  and  CFO  have 
concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  as  of  December  31, 
2013. 

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control 
over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange 
Act  of  1934.    Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles 
in  the  United  States  of  America.  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements  or  fraudulent  acts.  A  control 
system, no matter how well designed, can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to 
financial statement preparation and presentation.   

Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain 
to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance 
that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  the  preparation  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United 
States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in 
accordance with appropriate authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and 
(iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition, use or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the 
consolidated financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or 
detect misstatements or fraudulent acts. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to 
future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes 
in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Management,  with  the  participation  of  our  CEO  and  CFO,  conducted  an  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal 
Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (1992) 
the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
  Based  on  this  assessment, 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO). 
management,  with  the  participation  of  our  CEO  and  CFO,  concluded  that  the  Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.   

issued  by 

public 

This  annual  report  does  not  include  an  attestation  report  of  the  Company's  independent 
registered 
financial 
reporting.  Management's report was not subject to attestation by the Company's independent 
registered  public  accounting  firm  pursuant  to  the  rules  of  the  Commission  that  permit  the 
Company to provide only the management's report in this annual report. 

accounting 

regarding 

internal 

control 

over 

firm 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There was one change in our internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-
15(f)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934)  during  the  fiscal  quarter  ended 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
December 31,  2013, that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect, 
our internal controls over financial reporting: 

Management  has  implemented  an  increase  in  the  level  of  review  and  validation  of  the 
Company’s  accounting  for  its  deferred  tax  accounting  in  preparation  of  the  Company’s 
provision for income taxes.   

ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

PART III 

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

DIRECTORS 
The following table sets forth, as of the date hereof, information concerning our Directors: 

NAME  
Dr. Louis F. Centofanti 
Mr. Jack Lahav 
Honorable Joe R. Reeder 
Mr. Larry M. Shelton 
Dr. Charles E. Young 
Mr. Mark A. Zwecker 
Dr. Gary Kugler 
John M. Climaco (1) 

AGE  POSITION 

70  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
65  Director 
66  Director 
60  Director 
82  Director 
63  Director 
73  Director 
45  Director 

Each director is elected to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders. 

(1) Mr. Climaco was elected as a director on October 4, 2013, to fill a newly created directorship. 

Director Information 

Dr. Louis F. Centofanti 
Dr. Centofanti has served as Board Chairman since joining the Company in February 1991. Dr. Centofanti 
also  served  as  Company  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  (February  1991  to  September  1995)  and 
again in March 1996 was elected Company President and Chief Executive Officer.  From 1985 until joining 
the  Company,  Dr.  Centofanti  served  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  USPCI,  Inc.,  a  large  hazardous  waste 
management  company,  where  he  was  responsible  for  managing  the  treatment,  reclamation  and  technical 
groups within USPCI.  In 1981 he founded PPM, Inc. (later sold to USPCI), a hazardous waste management 
company  specializing  in  treating  PCB  contaminated  oils.    From  1978  to  1981,  Dr.  Centofanti  served  as 
Regional Administrator of the U.S. Department of Energy for the southeastern region of the United States.  
Dr.  Centofanti  has  a  Ph.D.  and  a  M.S.  in  Chemistry  from  the  University  of  Michigan,  and  a  B.S.  in 
Chemistry from Youngstown State University.  

As  founder  of  Perma-Fix,  PPM,  Inc.,  and  senior  executive  leader  at  USPCI,  Dr.  Centofanti  combines 
extensive  business  experience  in  the  waste  management  industry  with  a  drive  for  innovative  technology 
which  is  critical  for  a  waste  management  company.    In  addition,  his  service  in  the  government  sector 
provides a solid foundation for the continuing growth of the Company, particularly within the Company’s 
Nuclear  business.    Dr.  Centofanti’s  comprehensive  understanding  of  the  Company  and  his  extensive 
knowledge  of  its  history,  coupled  with  his  drive  for  innovation  and  excellence,  positions  our  Board 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, to optimize our role in this competitive, evolving market. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Jack Lahav 
Jack Lahav, a director since September 2001, is a private investor, specializing in launching and growing 
businesses. Mr. Lahav devotes much of his time to charitable activities, serving as president as well as board 
member  of  several charities.    Previously,  Mr.  Lahav  founded  Remarkable  Products  Inc.  and  served  as  its 
president  from  1980  to  1993.    Mr.  Lahav  co-founded  Lamar  Signal  Processing,  Inc.,  a  digital  signal 
processing  company,  was  president  of  Advanced  Technologies,  Inc.,  a  robotics  company,  and  director  of 
Vocaltec  Communications,  Ltd.,  a  publicly-traded  telecom  equipment  provider.   From  2001  to  2004,  Mr. 
Lahav  served  as  Chairman  of  Quigo  Technologies,  Inc.,  a  private  search-engine  marketing  company 
acquired  by  AOL  in  December  2007.  Mr.  Lahav  currently  serves  as  Chairman  of  Phoenix  Audio 
Technologies, a private company that provides audio communication solutions for VoIP and other internet 
applications. 

Having  launched  a  number  of  successful  businesses,  Mr.  Lahav  has  established  a  record  of  success  in 
developing and growing a business. His “know how” enables him to provide important perspectives to the 
Board relating to a variety of business challenges.  His commitment to charitable organizations provides a 
unique component of a well-rounded Board. 

Honorable Joe R. Reeder 
Mr. Reeder, a director since April 2003, served as the Shareholder-in-Charge of the Mid-Atlantic Region 
(1999-2008)  for  Greenberg  Traurig  LLP, one  of  the  nation's  largest law  firms,  with 29  offices and over 
1,800  attorneys  worldwide.    Currently,  a  principal  shareholder  in  the  law  firm,  his  clientele  includes 
sovereign nations, international corporations, and law firms throughout the U.S.  As the 14th Undersecretary 
of  the  U.S.  Army  (1993-97),  Mr.  Reeder also served  for  three  years  as  Chairman  of  the  Panama  Canal 
Commission's Board of Directors where he oversaw a multibillion-dollar infrastructure program.   He serves 
on the boards of the National Defense Industry Association (NDIA) (and chairs NDIA’s Ethics Committee), 
the  Armed  Services  YMCA, and  many  other  private  companies  and  charitable  organizations.  Following 
successive  appointments  by  Governors  Mark  Warner  and  Tim  Kaine,  Mr.  Reeder  served  seven  years  as 
Chairman  of  two  Commonwealth  of  Virginia  military  boards  and  served  ten  years  on  the  National  USO 
board.  Mr. Reeder is also a frequent television commentator on legal and national security issues.  Among 
other  corporate  positions,  he  has  been  a  director  since  September  2005  for  ELBIT  Systems  of  America, 
LLC,  a  NASDAQ  company  that  provides  product  and  system  solutions  focusing  on  defense,  homeland 
security, and commercial aviation. Mr. Reeder also serves as a board member for Washington First Bank 
(since April 2004).  Mr. Reeder was a member of the Corporate Advisory Board for ICX Technologies, a 
publicly traded company specializing in development and integration of advanced sensor technologies for 
homeland security and commercial applications, from April 2007 to July 2008.  A graduate of West Point 
who served in the 82nd Airborne Division following Ranger School, Mr. Reeder earned his J.D. from the 
University of Texas and his L.L.M. from Georgetown University.    

Mr.  Reeder  has  a  distinguished  career  in  providing  solutions  to  complex  issues  involving  substantial 
domestic  and  international  concerns.    He  has  demonstrated  extensive  knowledge  and  problem-solving 
background, which skills enhance the Board’s ability to address challenging issues in the nuclear market.   

Mr. Larry M. Shelton 
Mr. Shelton, a director since July 2006, currently is the Chief Financial Officer (since 1999) of S K Hart 
Management, LC, an investment holding company.  In March 2012, he was appointed Director and Chief 
Financial Officer of SK Hart Ranches (PTY) Ltd, a private South African Company involved in agriculture 
business.    Mr.  Shelton  has  over  18  years  of  experience  as  financial  executive  officer  for  several  waste 
management  companies.    He  was  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Envirocare  of  Utah,  Inc.  (1995–1999),  and 
Chief Financial Officer of USPCI, Inc. (1982–1987).  Mr. Shelton has served on the Board of Directors of 
Subsurface Technologies, Inc., a privately-held company specializing in providing environmentally sound 
innovative solutions for water well rehabilitation and development, since July 1989, and Pony Express Land 
Development, Inc., a privately-held land development company, since December 2005.  Mr. Shelton has a 
B.A. in accounting from the University of Oklahoma. 

With  his  years  of  accounting  experience  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  for  various  companies,  including  a 
number of waste management companies, Mr. Shelton combines extensive knowledge and understanding of 
85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
accounting  principles,  financial  reporting  requirements,  evaluating  and  overseeing  financial  reporting 
processes and business savvy.   

Dr. Charles E. Young 
Dr. Charles E. Young, a director since July 2003, currently serves as a director (since September 2011) of 
SteriMed, Inc., a privately held company in the medical waste business.  He was president of the University 
of  Florida  from  November  1999  to  January  2004  and  chancellor  of  the  University  of  California,  Los 
Angeles (UCLA) for 29 years until his retirement in 1997.  He also was the President of Qatar Foundation 
from  2004  to  November  2005.    In  addition,  from  December  2009  to  June  2010,  he  served  as  the  Chief 
Executive  Officer  of  the  Los  Angeles  Museum  of  Contemporary  Art.    Dr.  Young  has  chaired  the 
Association  of  American  Universities,  and  served  on  numerous  commissions,  including  the  American 
Council  on  Education,  the  National  Association  of  State  Universities  and  Land-Grant  Colleges,  and  the 
Business-Higher  Education  Forum.    Dr.  Young  served  on  the  Board  of  Directors  of  I-MARK,  Inc.,  a 
privately held software and professional services company from 1997 to 2012.  He previously served on the 
Board of Directors of Intel Corp. and Nicholas-Applegate Growth Equity Fund, Inc., as well as Fiberspace, 
Inc., a privately-held company that designs and manufacturers stabilized laser products, Student Advantage, 
Inc., an integrated media and commerce company, and AAFL Enterprises, a sports development company.   
Dr.  Young  has  a  Ph.D.  and  M.A.  in  political  science  from  UCLA  and  a  B.A.  from  the  University  of 
California at Riverside. 

n

Having presided over two major universities with multi-billion budgets, a major educational foundation, a 
world-renow ed  museum, and  as  a  board  member  for  a  publicly-held  multi-billion  dollar  corporation,  Dr. 
Young  brings  unique  perspectives  and  extensive  experience  to  our  Board.    His  savvy  in  the  process  of 
policy  making  and  long-term  leadership  development  provides  a  valuable  component  of  a  well-rounded 
Board. 

Mr. Mark A. Zwecker 
Mark  Zwecker,  a  director  since  the  Company's  inception  in  January  1991,  currently  serves  as  the  Chief 
Financial  Officer  and  a  board  member  for  JCI  US  Inc.,  a  telecommunication  company  providing  cellular 
service  for  machine  to  machine  applications.    From  2006  to  2013,  Mr.  Zwecker  served  as  Director  of 
Finance for Communications Security and Compliance Technologies, Inc., a software company developing 
security products for the mobile workforce.  From 1997 to 2006, Mr. Zwecker served as president of ACI 
Technology, LLC, an IT services provider, and from 1986 to 1998, he served as vice president of finance 
and  administration  for  American  Combustion,  Inc.,  a  combustion  technology  solution  provider.    In  1983, 
with  Dr.  Centofanti,  Mr.  Zwecker  co-founded  a  start-up,  PPM,  Inc.,  a  hazardous  waste  management 
company. He remained with PPM, Inc. until its acquisition in 1985 by USPCI. Mr. Zwecker has a B.S. in 
Industrial and Systems Engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Harvard 
University. 

As a director since our inception, Mr. Zwecker’s understanding of our business provides valuable insight to 
the Board.  With years of experience in operations and finance for various companies, including a number 
of  waste  management  companies,  Mr.  Zwecker  combines  extensive  knowledge  of  accounting  principles, 
financial  reporting  rules  and  regulations,  the  ability  to  evaluate  financial  results,  and  understanding  of 
financial  reporting  processes.  He  has  an  extensive  background  in  operating  complex  organizations.  Mr. 
Zwecker’s experience and background positions him well to serve as a member of our Audit Committee. 

Dr. Gary G. Kugler 
Dr.  Gary  Kugler  was  elected  as  a  director  at  the  Company’s  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  held  on 
September  12,  2013.    Dr.  Kugler  currently  serves  as  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Director  of  Nuclear 
Waste Management Organization (“NWMO”), a position he has held since 2006.  NWMO was established 
under the Nuclear Fuel Waste Act (2002) to investigate and implement approaches for managing Canada’s 
used nuclear fuel.  Dr. Kugler is also a current board member of Ontario Power Generation, Inc. (“OPG”), a 
position  he  has  held  since  2004.    OPG  is  one  of  Canada’s  largest  electricity  generation  companies.  Dr. 
Kugler has had an extensive career in the nuclear industry, both nationally and internationally.  He retired 
from Atomic Energy of Canada Limited (“AECL”) as Senior Vice President, Nuclear Products & Services, 
in 2004, where he was responsible for all of AECL’s commercial operations, including nuclear power plant 
86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
sales  and  services  world-wide.    During  his  34  years  with  AECL,  he  held  various  technical,  project 
management, business development, and executive positions.  Prior to joining AECL, Dr. Kugler served as 
a pilot in the Canadian air force.  He holds a PH.D. in nuclear physics from McMaster University and is a 
graduate of the Directors Education Program of the Institute of Corporate Directors.   

Dr.  Kugler’s  extensive  career  in  the  nuclear  industry,  both  nationally  and  internationally,  brings  valuable 
insight and knowledge to the Company as it expands its business internationally.    

John M. Climaco 
John Climaco was elected by the Company’s Board of Directors, on October 4, 2013, to fill a newly created 
directorship. From 2003 to 2012, Mr. John Climaco served as President and Chief Executive Officer, as well 
as  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of  Axial  Biotech,  Inc.,  a  venture-backed  molecular  diagnostics 
company specializing in spine disorders, which he cofounded in 2003. From 2001 to 2007, he practiced law 
for  the  firm  of  Fabian  and  Clendenin,  specializing  in  corporate  and  tax  legal  strategies  for  diverse  clients 
across  the  U.S.  and  Europe,  as  well  as  joint  venture,  corporate  and  securities  transactions.  Mr.  Climaco 
currently serves as a member of the Board of Directors for Digirad Corporation, a position he has held since 
2012.    Digirad  manufactures  cameras  for  nuclear  imaging  applications  and  provides  for  in-office  nuclear 
cardiology imaging.  Mr. Climaco is also a Board member for PDI, Inc. (since October 2013), a provider of 
outsourced commercial services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and healthcare companies. Mr. Climaco 
also  served  as  a  board  member  of  InfuSystem  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  leading  supplier  of  infusion  services  to 
oncologists  and  other  out-patient  treatment  settings.  Mr.  Climaco  earned  his  B.A.  in  Philosophy  from 
Middlebury College and holds a J.D. from the University of California Hastings College of the Law. 

Mr.  Climaco’s  extensive  legal  and  operational  experience,  including  strategic  planning  and  business 
development provide valuable asset to the Company’s immediate and future growth in our industry.   

BOARD LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE 
Dr. Louis Centofanti, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, also holds the position of the 
Chairman of the Board.  The Company believes such structure currently promotes the best interests of our 
stockholders. Dr. Centofanti’s extensive knowledge of the history of the Company, its customers, and his 
background in our complex and unique nuclear business, enables him to provide guidance to our Board with 
day  to  day  and  long-term  strategic  business  recommendations  and  decisions  which  ultimately  enhance 
shareholder value.   

Although  the  Company’s  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  do  not  formally  require  the  designation  of  an 
independent Lead Director, because the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer are held by the 
same  person,  Mr.  Mark  Zwecker  was  appointed  by  our  Board  of  Directors  and  has  served  as  the 
independent Lead Director since February 2010.  The Board believes that the Lead Director enhances the 
Board’s  ability  to  fulfill  its  responsibilities  independently  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Company’s 
stockholders.  The Lead Director’s role includes:  

• 

• 
• 
• 

convening and chairing meetings of the non-employee directors as necessary from time to time and 
Board meetings in the absence of the Chairman of the Board; 
acting as liaison between directors, committee chairs and management;  
serving as information sources for directors and management; and 
carrying out responsibilities as the Board may delegate from time to time. 

AUDIT COMMITTEE 
We  have  a  separately  designated  standing  Audit  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  established  in 
accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act.  The members of the Audit Committee are Mark 
A. Zwecker (Chairperson), Larry M. Shelton, and John Climaco. Effective December 13, 2013, Dr. Charles 
E. Young was no longer a member of the Audit Committee. 

Our Board of Directors has determined that each of our Audit Committee members is independent within 
the  meaning  of the  rules  of  NASDAQ  and  was an  “audit  committee  financial expert”  as  defined  by  Item 
407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).   
87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Audit  Committee  has  also  received  from,  and  discussed  with,  BDO,  the  Company’s  independent 
registered accounting firm, the matters required to be discussed by Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (“PCAOB”) Auditing Standard No. 16 (Communications with Audit Committee). 

BOARD INDEPENDENCE 
The  Board  has  determined  that  each  director,  other  than  Dr.  Centofanti,  is  “independent”  within  the 
meaning of the applicable rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. (“NASDAQ”) on which the Company’s 
Common  Stock  is  listed.    Dr.  Centofanti  is  not  deemed  to  be  an  “independent  director”  because  of  his 
employment  as  a  senior  executive  of  the  Company.    The  Board  considered  the  independence  of  the 
Company’s  use  of  Mr.  Reeder’s  law  firm  from  time  to  time  in  considering  his  independence,  and 
determined that he should be deemed an independent director since the amount paid to Mr. Reeder’s law 
firm was a nominal amount. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND NOMINATING COMMITTEE 
We  have  a  separately-designated  standing  Corporate  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  (the 
“Nominating Committee”).  Members of the Nominating Committee are Joe R. Reeder (Chairperson), Jack 
Lahav, Dr. Gary G. Kugler and Dr. Charles E. Young.  Effective December 13, 2013, Larry Shelton was no 
longer  a  member  of  the  Nominating  Committee  and  Dr.  Gary  Kugler  was  added  as  a  member  of  the 
Nominating  Committee.  All  members  of  the  Corporate  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  are  and 
were “independent” as that term is defined by current NASDAQ listing standards. 

The Nominating Committee recommends to the Board of Directors candidates to fill vacancies on the Board 
and  the  nominees  for  election  as  the  directors  at  each  annual  meeting  of  stockholders.    In  making  such 
recommendation,  the  Nominating  Committee  takes  into  account  information  provided  to  them  from  the 
candidate,  as  well  as  the  Nominating  Committee’s  own  knowledge  and  information  obtained  through 
inquiries  to  third  parties  to  the  extent  the  Nominating  Committee  deems  appropriate.  The  Company’s 
Amended and Restated Bylaws sets forth certain minimum director qualifications to qualify for nomination 
for elections as a Director.  To qualify for nomination or election as a director, an individual must: 

•  be an individual at least 21 years of age who is not under legal disability; 
•  have  the  ability  to  be  present,  in  person,  at  all  regular  and  special  meetings  of  the  Board  of 

Directors; 

•  not serve on the boards of more than three other publicly held companies;  
• 

satisfy the director qualification requirements of all environmental and nuclear commissions, boards 
or similar regulatory or law enforcement authorities to which the Corporation is subject so as not to 
cause  the  Corporation  to  fail  to  satisfy  any  of  the  licensing  requirements  imposed  by  any  such 
authority;  

•  not  be  affiliated  with,  employed  by  or  a  representative  of,  or  have  or  acquire  a  material  personal 

involvement with, or material financial interest in, any “Business Competitor” (as defined); 
•  not have been convicted of a felony or of any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; and 
•  have  been  nominated  for  election  to  the  Board  of  Directors  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the 

Amended and Restated Bylaws. 

In addition to the minimum director qualifications as mentioned above, each candidate’s qualifications are 
also reviewed to include: 

• 

• 
• 

standards  of  integrity,  personal  ethics  and  value,  commitment,  and  independence  of  thought  and 
judgment; 
ability to represent the interests of the Company’s stockholders;  
ability  to  dedicate  sufficient  time,  energy  and  attention  to fulfill  the requirements  of the  position; 
and 

•  diversity  of  skills  and  experience  with  respect  to  accounting  and  finance,  management  and 
leadership,  business  acumen,  vision  and  strategy,  charitable  causes,  business  operations,  and 
industry knowledge.   

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Nominating  Committee  does  not  assign  specific  weight  to  any  particular  criteria  and  no  particular 
criterion is necessarily applicable to all prospective nominees. The Nominating Committee does not have a 
formal  policy  for  the  consideration  of  diversity  in  identifying  nominees  for  directors.    However,  the 
Company believes that the backgrounds and qualifications of the directors, considered as a group, should 
provide  a  significant  composite  mix  of  experience,  knowledge,  and  abilities  that  will  allow  the  Board  to 
fulfill its responsibilities.   

Stockholder Nominees 
The  Nominating  Committee  will  consider  properly  submitted  stockholder  nominations  for  candidates  for 
membership on the Board of Directors from stockholders who meet each of the requirements set forth in the 
Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  requirements  that  any  such  stockholder 
own  at  least  1%  of  the  Company's  shares  of  the  Common  Stock  entitled  to  vote  at  the  meeting  on  such 
election,  has  held  such  shares  continuously  for  at  least  one  full  year,  and  continuously  holds  such  shares 
through and including the time of the annual or special meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the 
Board  of  Directors  may  be  made  at  any  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  or  at  any  Special  Meeting  of 
Stockholders  called  for  the  purpose  of  electing  directors.   Any  stockholder  nomination  (“Proposed 
Nominee”) must comply with the requirements of the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws and the 
Proposed  Nominee  must  meet  the  minimum  qualification  requirements  as  discussed  above.   For  a 
nomination  to  be  made  by  a  stockholder,  such  stockholder  must  provide  advance  written  notice  to  the 
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, delivered to the Company's  principal executive office 
address (i) in the case of an Annual Meeting of Stockholders, no later than the 90th day nor earlier than the 
120th day prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting of Stockholders; and 
(ii) in the case of a Special Meeting of Stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later 
than  the  10th  day  following  the  day  on  which  public  disclosure  of  the  date  of  the  Special  Meeting  of 
Stockholders was made.   

The  Nominating  Committee  will  evaluate  the  qualification  of  the  Proposed  Nominee  and  the  Proposed 
Nominee’s  disclosure  and  compliance  requirements  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  Amended  and 
Restated  Bylaws.  If  the  Board  of  Directors,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Nominating  Committee, 
determines  that  a  nomination  was  not  made  in  accordance  with  the  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws,  the 
Chairman of the Meeting shall declare the nomination defective and it will be disregarded. 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE 
Effective  December  13,  2013,  we  re-established  the  separately-designated  standing  Research  and 
Development Committee (the “R&D Committee”).  Members of the R&D Committee include Dr. Gary G. 
Kugler and Dr. Louis Centofanti.    

The  R&D  Committee  outlines  the  structures  and  functions  of  the  Company’s  research  and  development 
strategies,  the  acquisition  and  protection  of  the  Company’s  intellectual  property  rights  and  assets,  and 
provides its perspective on such matter to the Board of Directors.  The R&D Committee does not have a 
charter.    

The  R&D  Committee  was  disbanded  effective  September  13,  2012,  upon  Mr.  Ferguson’s  election  not  to 
stand for re-election at the Company’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on September 13, 2012.  
However,  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti,  Board  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  led  a  R&D  management 
team in carrying out our R&D functions as noted above during the disbandment period. 

STRATEGIC ADVISORY COMMITTEE      
On  December  13,  2013,  the  Company  Board  of  Directors  formed  a  new  Strategic  Advisory  Committee 
(“Strategic  Committee”).    The  primary  functions  of  the  Strategic  Committee  are  to  investigate  and 
evaluate  strategic  alternatives  available  to  the  Company  and  to  work  with  management  on  long-
range  strategic  planning  and  identifying  potential  new  business  opportunities.  The  members  of  the 
Strategic Advisory Committee are John M. Climaco (Chairperson), Joe R. Reeder, Mark A. Zwecker, and 
Larry M. Shelton.  The Strategic Advisory Committee does not have a charter. 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

See Item 4A – “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I of this report for information concerning our 
executive officers, as of the date hereof.  

There are no family relationships between any of the directors or executive officers. 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 
Section  16(a)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  and  the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder  require  our  executive 
officers  and  directors  and  beneficial  owners  of  more  than  10%  of  our  Common  Stock  to  file  reports  of 
ownership and changes of ownership of our Common Stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission, 
and to furnish  us  with  copies  of  all  such reports.   Based solely  on  a review  of  the  copies  of such  reports 
furnished to us and written information provided to us, we believe that during 2013 none of our executive 
officers, directors, or beneficial owners of more than 10% of our Common Stock failed to timely file reports 
under Section 16(a).   

Capital Bank–Grawe Gruppe AG (“Capital Bank”) has advised us that it is a banking institution regulated 
by  the  banking  regulations  of  Austria,  which  holds  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  as  agent  on  behalf  of 
numerous  investors.    Capital  Bank  has  represented  that  all  of  its  investors  are  accredited  investors  under 
Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.  In addition, Capital Bank has advised us that none of 
its investors, individually or as a group, beneficially own more than 4.9% of our Common Stock.  Capital 
Bank  has  further  informed  us  that  its  clients  (and  not  Capital  Bank)  maintain  full  voting  and  dispositive 
power over such shares.  Consequently, Capital Bank has advised us that it believes it is not the beneficial 
owner,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  of  the  Exchange  Act,  of  the  shares  of  our  Common  Stock 
registered in the name of Capital Bank because it has neither voting nor investment power, as such terms are 
defined in  Rule  13d-3,  over  such shares.   Capital  Bank  has  informed  us  that it does  not  believe  that  it  is 
required (a) to file, and has not filed, reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or (b) to file either 
Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G in connection with the shares of our Common Stock registered in the name 
of Capital Bank. 

If  the  representations  of,  or  information  provided  by  Capital  Bank  are  incorrect  or  Capital  Bank  was 
historically acting on behalf of its investors as a group, rather than on behalf of each investor independent of 
other investors, then Capital Bank and/or the investor group would have become a beneficial owner of more 
than 10% of our Common Stock on February 9, 1996, as a result of the acquisition of 1,100 shares of our 
Preferred Stock that were convertible into a maximum of 256,560 shares (after giving effect to the reverse 
stock split) of our Common Stock.  If either Capital Bank or a group of Capital Bank’s investors became a 
beneficial owner of more than 10% of our Common Stock on February 9, 1996, or at any time thereafter, 
and thereby required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, then Capital Bank has failed to 
file a Form 3 or any Forms 4 or 5 since February 9, 1996. (See “Item 12 - Security Ownership of Certain 
Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder  Matter  –  Security  Ownership  of  Certain 
Beneficial Owners” for a discussion of Capital Bank’s current record ownership of our securities). 

Code of Ethics 
Our  Code  of  Ethics  applies  to  all  our  executive  officers  and  is  available  on  our  website  at  www.perma-
fix.com.    If  any  amendments  are  made  to  the  Code  of  Ethics  or  any  grants  of  waivers  are  made  to  any 
provision of the Code of Ethics to any of our executive officers, we will promptly disclose the amendment 
or waiver and nature of such amendment or waiver on our website. 

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis  
Our long-term success depends on our ability to efficiently operate our facilities, increase the profitability of 
our  business,  evaluate  strategic  acquisitions,  and  to  continue  to  research  and  develop  innovative 
technologies in the treatment of nuclear waste, mixed waste, and industrial waste.  To achieve these goals, it 
is important that we be able to attract, motivate, and retain highly talented individuals who are committed to 
our values and goals. 

90 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
The  Compensation  and  Stock  Option  Committee  (for  purposes  of  this  analysis,  the  “Compensation 
Committee”)  of  the  Board  has  responsibility  for  establishing,  implementing  and  continually  monitoring 
adherence  with  our  compensation  philosophy.  The  Compensation  Committee  ensures  that  the  total 
compensation paid to Dr. Louis F. Centofanti, our Chief Executive Officer or “CEO,” Ben Naccarato, our 
Chief  Financial  Officer  or  “CFO,”  Jim  Blankenhorn,  our  Chief  Operating  Officer  or  “COO,”  Robert 
Schreiber,  President  of  SYA  or  “SYA  President,”  and  Christopher  Leichtweis, Senior Vice  President  and 
President of Safety and Ecology Corporation (“SEC”) or “SEC President” (who voluntarily terminated and 
retired  from  all  positions  with  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  effective  May  24,  2013)  (together,  our 
named  executive  officers  or  “NEOs”)  is  fair,  reasonable  and  competitive.    Generally,  the  types  of 
compensation and benefits provided to the NEOs are similar to those provided to other executive officers at 
similar sized companies and industries.  On March 20, 2014, the Company accepted the resignation of Mr. 
James  A.  Blankenhorn,  as Vice  President  and  Chief Operating  Officer  of  the  Company.    The  resignation 
was effective March 28, 2014. 

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives  
The  Compensation  Committee  bases  its  executive  compensation  program  on  our  performance  objectives.  
The  Compensation  Committee  evaluates  both  executive  performance and compensation to  ensure that  we 
maintain our ability to attract superior employees in key positions and to remain competitive relative to the 
compensation paid to similarly situated executives of our peer companies.  The Compensation Committee 
believes executive compensation packages provided to our executives, including the NEOs, should include 
both  cash  and  equity-based  compensation  that  provide  rewards  for  performance.  The  Compensation 
Committee bases it executive compensation program on the following philosophy: 

•  Compensation  should  be  based  on  the  level  of  job  responsibility,  executive  performance,  and 

company performance. 

•  Executive officers’ pay should be more closely linked to company performance than that of other 

employees because the executive officers have a greater ability to affect our results. 

•  Compensation  should  be  competitive  with  compensation  offered  by  other  companies  (subject  to 

size and revenues) that compete with us for talented individuals. 

•  Compensation should reward performance. 

•  Compensation should motivate executives to achieve our strategic and operational goals. 

Role of Executive Officers in Compensation Decisions  
The Compensation Committee makes all compensation decisions for the NEOs and equity awards to all of 
our  officers.  Decisions  regarding  the  non-equity  compensation  of  other  officers  are  made  by  the 
Compensation Committee, based on the recommendations of the CEO.  

The CEO annually reviews the performance of each of the NEOs (other than the CEO whose performance is 
reviewed by the Compensation Committee).  Based on such reviews, the CEO presents a recommendation 
to  the  Compensation  Committee,  which  may  include  salary  adjustments,  bonus  and  equity-based  awards.  
The Compensation Committee considers such recommendation in light of the compensation philosophy and 
objectives  described  above  and  the  processes  described  below.    Based  on  its  analysis,  the  Compensation 
Committee  exercises  its  discretion  in  accepting  or  modifying  all  such  recommendations.  The  CEO  is  not 
present  during  the  voting  or  deliberations  of  the  Compensation  Committee  with  respect  to  the  CEO’s 
compensation.   

The Compensation Committee’s Processes  
The Compensation Committee has established certain processes designed to achieve our annual executive 
compensation objectives.  These processes include the following: 

91 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Company Performance Assessment; MIP.  The Compensation Committee assesses our performance 
in order to establish compensation ranges and, as described below, to establish specific performance 
measures  that  determine  incentive  compensation  under  the  Management  Incentive  Plan  (“MIP”) 
established  for  each  of  our  NEOs.    For  this  purpose,  the  Compensation  Committee  considers 
numerous  measures  of  performance  of  both  us  and  industries  with  which  we  compete,  including, 
but not limited to, revenue, gross profit, net income, administrative expenses, and earnings before 
interests, taxes and depreciation (“EBITDA”). 

• 

Individual  Performance  Assessment.    Because  the  Compensation  Committee  believes  that  an 
individual’s performance should effect an individual’s compensation, the Compensation Committee 
seeks to encourage and reward each NEO based on achievement of individual performance goals, in 
addition to overall company performance measures mentioned above. With respect to the CEO and 
COO, compensation is also awarded based on qualitative measures such as maintaining the safety of 
our facilities as well maintaining permit compliance.  With respect to the CFO, the Compensation 
Committee  takes  into  account  improvements  made  in  accounting  and  financial  processes  such  as 
maintaining  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  (“SOX”)  and  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  
compliance, improving accounts receivable (“AR”) targets, system integration, and centralization of 
the  Company’s  systems.    In  designing  the  compensation  plan  for  the  NEO,  the  Compensation 
Committee believes individual measures result in short and long term value to stockholders.  The 
Compensation  Committee  also  considers  input  of,  and  the  performance  analysis  provided  by,  the 
CEO  when  designing  the  compensation  plan  for the other  NEOs.    The  Compensation  Committee 
believes that the CEO’s daily interactions with the other NEOs provide valuable insight regarding 
the contributions made by the other NEOs.  With respect to all NEOs, the Compensation Committee 
also  exercises  its  judgment  based  on  its  interactions  with  the  particular  NEO,  such  officer’s 
contribution to our performance and other leadership achievements.   

•  Peer Group Assessment.  The Compensation Committee compares our compensation program with 
a group of companies against which the Compensation Committee believes we compete for talented 
individuals (the “Peer Group”).  The composition of the Peer Group is periodically reviewed and 
updated by the Compensation Committee.  The companies currently comprising the Peer Group are 
Clean Harbors, Inc., American Ecology Corporation, and EnergySolutions, Inc., each of which is a 
waste disposal/management company.  The Compensation Committee considers the Peer Group’s 
executive  compensation  programs  as  a  whole  and  the  compensation  of  individual  officers  in  the 
Peer  Group,  if  job  responsibilities  are  meaningfully  similar.    When  comparing  the  Peer  Group’s 
executive compensation programs to our programs, the Compensation Committee considers that the 
companies within this Peer Group have substantially greater revenues than our Company, as well as 
subjective factors with respect to each of our NEOs.  These individual subjective factors include the 
relative level of experience of each executive officer, the general responsibilities of each executive 
officer, and the relative capitalization and revenues of the Peer Group members.  

The Compensation Committee believes that the Peer Group comparison assists it in attempting to 
structure  an  executive  compensation  program  that  is  competitive  with  other  companies  in  the 
industry,  subject  to  size  and  revenues  of  companies  within  the  Peer  Group.  Although  our 
Compensation Committee makes a comparison to the Peer Group compensation, the Compensation 
Committee does not use the Peer Group as a benchmark for compensation of the NEOs.  Instead, 
the  Peer  Group 
the  Compensation  Committee  considers  the  following  when  reviewing 
compensation information:  

•  The  Compensation  Committee  understands  that  our  competitors  generally  have  greater 
capital  resources  than  we  do  and  are  larger  businesses  than  we  are;  as  a  result,  the 
Compensation Committee does not attempt to match the compensation packages offered by 
the  Peer  Group  or  to  set  our  compensation  packages  at  a  certain  percentage  or  other 
objective target level as compared to members of the Peer Group; 

92 

 
 
 
•  The Compensation Committee considers what compensation package is expected to enable 
us to compete for talented individuals given the opportunities and compensation offered by 
us; and 

•  Our executive compensation will necessarily fall below (and sometimes significantly below) 
the  compensation  offered  by  members  of  the  Peer  Group  due  to  our  limited  resources  as 
compared to the resources of members of the Peer Group. 

As  described  above,  the  Compensation  Committee  (along  with  our  CEO)  reviews  the  publicly 
available  compensation  disclosures  of  the  Peer  Group.    However,  when  making  its  own  annual 
compensation  decisions,  the  Compensation  Committee  currently  has  no  policy  for  setting  our 
compensation  levels  based  on  or  as  compared  to  the  compensation  practices  of  such  Peer  Group 
members.  Accordingly, the Company does not believe that benchmarking is currently material to 
the Company's compensation policies and decisions. 

The  executive  compensation  program  for  our  SEC  President  was  negotiated  as  part  of  our 
acquisition of SEC in October 2011.  On May 14, 2013, the Company entered into a Separation and 
Release  Agreement  with  the  SEC  President  which  terminated  and  voided  the  Leichtweis 
Employment  Agreement  and  MIP  (see  “Employment  Agreement”  and  “MIPs”  below  regarding 
termination  of  these  agreements  and  payments  made  to  the  SEC  President  upon  his  voluntary 
termination and retirement from the Company effective May 24, 2013).     

Employment Agreements  
The  Company  entered  into  employment  agreements  on  August  24,  2011  with  our  CEO,  COO,  and  CFO, 
which were approved by the Compensation Committee and Board.  These agreements provided that (a) Dr. 
Centofanti,  CEO,  was  entitled  to  receive  an  annual  base  salary  of  $263,218;  (b)  Mr.  Blankenhorn,  COO, 
was  entitled  to  receive  an  annual  base  salary  of  $245,000;  and  (c)  Mr.  Naccarato,  CFO,  was  entitled  to 
receive an annual base salary of $208,000.  The base salary is subject to adjustment as determined by the 
Compensation Committee (no change in base salary was made for each CEO, COO, and CFO in 2013 from 
the 2012 base salary).  In connection with the closing of our acquisition of SEC, on October 31, 2011, we 
entered  into  an  employment  agreement  with  Mr.  Christopher  Leichtweis,  which  was  approved  by  the 
Compensation  Committee  and  Board.    Mr.  Leichtweis,  who  prior  to  the  acquisition  was  an  officer  and 
director of SEC’s former parent company (Homeland Security Capital Corporation now known as Timios 
National  Corporation  or  “TNC”),  was  appointed  as  the    SEC  President  and  a  senior  vice  president.    Mr. 
Leichtweis’  employment  agreement  provided  that  he  is  entitled  to  receive  an  annual  base  salary  of 
$324,480.    The  base  salary  is  subject  to  adjustment  as  determined  by  the  Compensation  Committee.  The 
employment  agreements  with our  CEO,  COO,  CFO and  SEC  President  are collectively  referred to as the 
“Employment Agreements.” 

In addition to base salary, each of these executive officers is entitled to participate in the Company's benefits 
plans  and  to  any  performance  compensation  payable  under  an  individual  Management  Incentive  Plan 
(“MIP”) for the CEO, CFO, COO, and SVP (see “Management Incentive Plans,” below). 

Each of the Employment Agreements is effective for three years, except the term for the SEC President is 
four years.  Each Employment Agreement may be terminated prior to its expiration by the Company with or 
without “cause” (as defined below) or by the executive officer for “good reason” (as defined below) or any 
other reason.  If the NEO’s employment is terminated due to death, disability or for cause, we will pay to 
the  NEO  or  to  his  estate  a  lump  sum  equal  to  the  sum  of  any  unpaid  base  salary  through  the  date  of 
termination  and  any  benefits  otherwise  due  at  that  time  under  any  employee  benefit  plan,  excluding  any 
severance program or policy (the “Accrued Amounts”). 

If the NEO terminates his employment for “good reason” or is terminated without cause, we will pay the 
NEO a sum equal to the total Accrued Amounts, plus one year of full base salary.  If the NEO terminates his 
employment for a reason other than for good reason, we will pay to him the amount equal to the Accrued 
Amounts.    If  there  is  a  Change  in  Control  (as  defined  below),  all  outstanding  stock  options  to  purchase 
common  stock  held  by  the  NEO  will  immediately  become  vested  and  exercisable  in  full.    The  amounts 
93 

 
 
 
 
 
payable  with  respect  to  a  termination  (other  than  base  salary  and  amounts  otherwise  payable  under  any 
Company employee benefit plan) are payable only if the termination constitutes a “separation from service” 
(as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)). 

“Cause” is generally defined in each of the Employment Agreements as follows: 

• 

the  ultimate  conviction  (after  all  appeals  have  been  decided)  of  the  executive  by  a  court  of 
competent jurisdiction, or a plea of nolo contendrere or a plea of guilty by the executive, to a felony 
involving a moral practice or act; 

•  willful  or  gross  misconduct  or  gross  neglect  of  duties  by  the  executive,  which  is  injurious  to  the 
Company.  Failure of the executive to perform his duties due to disability shall not be considered 
gross misconduct or gross neglect of duties; 

• 

act of fraud or embezzlement against the Company; and 

•  willful breach of any material provision of the employment agreement. 

“Good reason” is generally defined in each of the Employment Agreements as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

assignment to the executive of duties inconsistent with his responsibilities as they existed during the 
90-day period preceding the date of the employment agreement, including status, office, title, and 
reporting requirement; 

any other action by the Company which results in a reduction in (i) the compensation payable to the 
executive,  or  (ii)  the  executive’s  position,  authority,  duties,  or  other  responsibilities  without  the 
executive’s prior approval; 

the  relocation  of  the  executive  from  his  base  location  on  the  date  of  the  employment  agreement, 
excluding travel required in order to perform the executive’s job responsibilities; 

any  purported  termination  by  the  Company  of  the  executive’s  employment  otherwise  than  as 
permitted by the agreement; and 

any material breach by the Company of any provision of the employment agreement, except that an 
insubstantial or inadvertent breach by the Company which is promptly remedied by the Company 
after receipt of notice by the executive is not considered a material breach. 

“Change in Control” is generally defined in each of the Employment Agreements as follows: 

•  a  transaction  in  which  any  person,  entity,  corporation,  or  group  (as  such  terms  are  defined  in 
Sections  13(d)(3)  and  14(d)(2)  of  the  Exchange  (other  than  the  Company,  or  a  profit  sharing, 
employee ownership or other employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any subsidiary 
of  the  Company):  (i)  will  purchase  any  of  the  Company’s  voting  securities  (or  securities 
convertible  into  such  voting  securities)  for  cash,  securities  or  other  consideration  pursuant  to  a 
tender  offer,  or  (ii)  will  become  the  “beneficial  owner”  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rule  13d-3 
under  the  Exchange  Act,  directly  or  indirectly  (in  one  transaction  or  a  series  of  transactions),  of 
securities  of  the  Company  representing  50%  or  more  of  the  total  voting  power  of  the  then 
outstanding  securities  of  the  Company  ordinarily  having  the  right  to  vote  in  the  election  of 
directors; or 

•  a change, without the approval of at least two-thirds of the Board of Directors then in office, of a 

majority of the Company’s Board of Directors; or  

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

the Company’s execution of an agreement for the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s 
assets to a purchaser which is not a subsidiary of the Company; or 

the Company’s adoption of a plan of dissolution or liquidation; or 

the Company’s closure of the facility where the executive works; or 

the  Company’s  execution  of  an  agreement  for  a  merger  or  consolidation  or  other  business 
combination involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, or, if 
immediately following such merger or consolidation or other business combination, less than fifty 
percent (50%) of the surviving corporation’s outstanding voting stock is held by persons who are 
stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or other business 
combination; or 

•  such event that is of a nature that is required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of Form 8-K. 

On February 14, 2013, the Company entered into a Settlement and Release Agreement and Amendment to 
Employment  Agreement  (the  “Leichtweis  Settlement),  in  final  settlement  of  certain  claims  made  by  us 
against Mr. Leichtweis in connection with Disputed Claims asserted by us against TNC subsequent to the 
acquisition  of  SEC.    The  Leichtweis  Settlement  amended  Mr.  Leichtweis  Employment  Agreement  which 
reduced the base salary of Mr. Leichtweis by $30,000 per year commencing the earlier occurrence of (i) the 
date the Company files its 2012 Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or (ii) April 1, 
2013, and continuing for a period of three years from such date (or, if the Mr. Leichtweis’s Employment 
Agreement is earlier terminated, through the date of such earlier termination).  The Company filed its Form 
10-K on March 22, 2013.  

On  May  14,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Separation  and  Release  Agreement  (“Agreement”)  with 
Leichtweis.  Pursuant to the Agreement:  

(i)  effective May 24, 2013 (“Separation Date”), Leichtweis voluntarily terminated and retired 
as an employee of the Company, Senior Vice President of the Company and President of 
SEC;  

(ii)  the Leichtweis Employment Agreement dated October 31, 2011 between the Company and 
Leichtweis was terminated in all respects, except for the “Confidentiality of Trade Secrets 
and Business Information” (“Section 7”) clause of the Leichtweis Employment Agreement.  
No  severance  and  Special  Bonus  (as  defined  in  the  Leichtweis  Employment  Agreement) 
were payable to Leichtweis under the Leichtweis Employment Agreement.  Leichtweis was 
paid  all  accrued  salary,  vacation  and  any  benefit  under  the  employee’s  benefit  plan  to 
Separation Date.  Leichtweis’ voluntary termination of employment with the Company was 
for  reasons  other  than  for  “Good  Reason”  (as  defined  by  Leichtweis  Employment 
Agreement) and is within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)(1) as of the 
Separation Date; 

(iii) the Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) effective as of November 1, 2011, as amended on 
July 12, 2012, for the benefit of Leichtweis was forfeited and cancelled.  No payment was 
payable under the MIP as of the Separation Date; 

(iv) After given the effect of the reverse stock split, a nonqualified stock option (the “Option”) 
granted  to  Leichtweis  on  October  31,  2011,  which  provided  for  the  purchase  of  up  to 
50,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  at  $6.75  per  share  pursuant  to  the 
Leichtweis Employment Agreement, was forfeited.  Within 30 days after Separation Date, 
Leichtweis  had the  option to  exercise  12,500  options  (amount  vested) to  purchase  12,500 
shares of the Company’s common stock, which he elected not to exercise; 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(v)  the Company generally released Leichtweis from and against all claims against Leichtweis 
under the Leichtweis Employment Agreement except for claims against Leichtweis under 
“Section 7” of the Employment Agreement; and 

(vi) Leichtweis  released  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  and  all  of  their  representatives, 
officers, directors, employees and affiliates from and against any and all Claims (as defined 
in the Agreement). 

In  connection  with  the  Agreement,  the  Company  also  entered  into  a  Consulting  Services  Agreement 
(“Consulting Agreement”) with Leichtweis, dated May 24, 2013 and terminating on July 23, 2014, unless 
sooner terminated by either party with prior 30 days’ written notice.  The Consulting Agreement provides 
for  compensation  at  an  hourly  rate  of  $135  and  reasonable  travel  and  other  expenses.    Pursuant  to  the 
Consulting  Agreement,  Leichtweis  will  be  subject  to  a  fourteen  months  confidentiality  and  non-compete 
agreement (as defined) from date of execution of the Consulting Agreement.  On June 1, 2013, Leichtweis 
provided the Company with written notice of termination of the Consulting Agreement.  

On March 20, 2014, the Company accepted the resignation of Mr. James A. Blankenhorn, as Vice President 
and  COO  of  the  Company.    The  resignation  was  effective  March  28,  2014.    When  Mr.  Blankenhorn’s 
resignation as the COO became effective, his employment agreement also terminated. 

Potential Payments 
The following table sets forth the potential (estimated) payments and benefits to which our NEOs would be 
entitled  under  the  Employment  Agreements  upon  termination  of  employment  or  following  a  Change  in 
Control, assuming each circumstance described below occurred on December 31, 2013. 

The following table sets forth the potential (estimated) payments and benefits to which Dr. Centofanti, Mr. 
Jim  Blankenhorn,  and  Mr.  Naccarato  would  be  entitled  upon  termination  of  employment  or  following  a 
Change  in  Control  of  the  Company,  as  specified  under  each  employment  agreement  with  the  Company, 
assuming  each  circumstance  described  below  occurred  on  December  31,  2013,  the  last  day  of  our  fiscal 
year.    

Name and Principal Position
Potential Payment/Benefit

Dr. Louis Centofanti
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive
Officer

Severance
Stock Options

Ben Naccarato
Chief Financial Officer

Severance
Stock Options

Jim Blankenhorn (3)
Chief Operating Officer

Severance
Stock Options

Disability,
Death,
or For Cause

 Executive for Good
Reason or by 
Company Without 
Cause

Change in Control
of the Company

$
$

$
$

$
$

──
──

──
──

──
──

(1)

(1)

(1)

$
$

$
$

$
$

271,115
──

214,240
──

252,350
──

$
$

$
$

$
$

(1)

(1)

(1)

──
──

──
──

──
──

(2)

(2)

(2)

(1) 

Benefit is estimated to be zero since the number of stock options vested that were in-the-money as of December 31, 2013 (as 
reported on NASDAQ) was zero.   

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2) 

Benefit  is  estimated  to  be  zero  since  the  number  of  stock  options  outstanding  that  were  in-the-money  as  of  December  31, 
2013 (as reported on NASDAQ) was zero.   

On March 20, 2014, resigned as Vice President and COO, effective March 28, 2014. 

(3) 
No performance compensation under the NEO’s MIP would have been payable at December 31, 2013 under 
any  of  the  circumstances  described  in  the  table  above.  Pursuant  to  each  MIP,  if  the  participant’s 
employment with the Company is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated prior to the annual payment of the 
MIP compensation payment period, no MIP payment is payable.  The payment is otherwise payable under 
each MIP on or about 90 days after year-end, or sooner, based on finalization of our financial statements for 
year-end.  See “2013 Management Incentive Plans,” below.   

The amounts payable with respect to a termination (other than base salary and amounts otherwise payable 
under  any  Company  employee  benefit  plan)  are  payable  only  if  the  termination  constitutes  a  “separation 
from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)). 

2013 Executive Compensation Components  
For  the  fiscal  year  ended  December 31,  2013,  the  principal  components  of  compensation  for  executive 
officers were:  

•  base salary; 
•  performance-based incentive compensation; 
• 
• 
•  perquisites.  

long term incentive compensation; 
retirement and other benefits; and 

Based  on  the  amounts  set  forth  in  the  Summary  Compensation  Table,  during  2013,  salary  accounted  for 
89.4% of the total compensation of our NEOs, while equity option awards, bonus, MIP compensation, and 
other compensation accounted for approximately 10.6% of the total compensation of the NEOs. 

Base Salary  
The NEOs, other executive officers, and other employees of the Company receive a base salary during the 
fiscal year.  Base salary ranges for executive officers are determined for each executive based on his or her 
position and responsibility by using market data and comparisons to the Peer Group.  

During its review of base salaries for executives, the Compensation Committee primarily considers:  

•  market data and Peer Group comparisons; 

• 

• 

internal review of the executive’s compensation, both individually and relative to other officers; and 

individual performance of the executive. 

Salary levels are typically considered annually as part of the performance review process as well as upon a 
promotion or other change in job responsibility.  Merit based salary increases for executives are based on 
the  Committee’s  assessment  of  the  individual’s  performance.    The  base  salary  and  potential  annual  base 
salary  adjustments  for  the  CEO,  COO,  CFO,  and  the  SEC  President  for  are  set  forth  in  their  respective 
Employment Agreements.   

Performance-Based Incentive Compensation  
The  Compensation  Committee  has  the  latitude  to  design  cash  and  equity-based  incentive  compensation 
programs  to  promote  high  performance  and  achievement  of  our  corporate  objectives  by  directors  and  the 
NEOs,  encourage  the  growth  of  stockholder  value  and  enable  employees  to  participate  in  our  long-term 
growth  and  profitability.  The  Compensation  Committee  may  grant  stock  options  and/or  performance 
bonuses.  In  granting  these  awards,  the  Compensation  Committee  may  establish  any  conditions  or 
restrictions it deems appropriate.  In addition, the CEO has discretionary authority to grant stock options to 
certain high-performing executives or officers, subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee.  

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The exercise price for each stock options granted is at or above the market price of our common stock on 
the date of grant.  Stock options may be awarded to newly hired or promoted executives at the discretion of 
the  Compensation  Committee.    Grants  of  stock  options  to  eligible  newly  hired  executive  officers  are 
generally made at the next regularly scheduled Compensation Committee meeting following the hire date.  

2013 Management Incentive Plans (“MIPs”) 
On  June  6,  2013,  the  Compensation  Committee  approved  individual  MIPs  for  our  CEO,  COO,  and  CFO.  
The MIPs is effective as of January 1, 2013.  Each MIP provided guidelines for the calculation of annual 
cash incentive based compensation, subject to Compensation Committee oversight and modification. Each 
MIP awards cash compensation based on achievement of performance thresholds, with the amount of such 
compensation  established  as  a  percentage  of  base  salary.    The  potential  target  performance  compensation 
ranges  from  50%  to  87%  or  $135,558  to  $237,224  of  the  2013  base  salary  for  the  CEO,  50%  to  87%  or 
$126,175 to $220,808 of the 2013 base salary for the COO, and 25% to 44% or $53,560 to $93,731 of the 
2013 base salary for the CFO.  

Performance compensation is to be paid on or about 90 days after year-end, or sooner, based on finalization 
of  our  audited  financial  statements  for  2013.    If  the  MIP  participant’s  employment  with  the  Company  is 
voluntarily or involuntarily terminated prior to a regularly scheduled MIP compensation payment date, no 
MIP payment will be payable for and after such period.   

The Compensation Committee retains the right to modify, change or terminate each MIP and may adjust the 
various target amounts described below, at any time and for any reason. 

The following describes the principal terms of each MIP: 

CEO: 
2013  CEO  performance  compensation is  based  upon meeting  corporate  revenue,  earnings  before  interest, 
taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), health, safety, and environmental compliance objectives 
during fiscal year 2013 from our continuing operations.  Of the total potential performance compensation, 
55%  is  based  on  EBITDA  goal,  15%  on  revenue  goal,  15%  on  the  number  of  health  and  safety  claim 
incidents  that  occur  during  fiscal  year  2013,  and  the  remaining  15%  on  the  number  of  notices  alleging 
environmental,  health  or  safety  violations  under  our  permits  or  licenses  that  occur  during  the  fiscal  year 
2013.  Each of the revenue and EBITDA components is based on our board approved Revenue Target and 
EBITDA Target.  The 2013 target compensation for our CEO is as follows: 

Annualized Base Pay: 
Performance Incentive Compensation Target (at 100% of MIP): 
Total Annual Target Compensation (at 100% of MIP): 

  $ 271,115  
  $ 135,558  
  $ 406,673  

The Performance Incentive Compensation Target is based on the schedule below.  

Target Objectives

Weights

85-100%

101-120%

121-130%

131-140%

141-150%

151-160%

161%+

Performance Target Thresholds

Revenue

EBITDA

Health & Safety

Permit & License Violations

15%

55%

15%

15%

$           

20,334

$      

24,400

$              

26,434

$       

28,467

$        

30,500

$       

32,534

$        

35,584

74,556

20,334

20,334

89,467

24,400

24,400

96,922

104,378

111,833

119,289

130,472

26,434

28,467

30,500

32,534

26,434

28,467

30,500

32,534

35,584

35,584

$         

135,558

$    

162,667

$            

176,224

$     

189,779

$      

203,333

$     

216,891

$      

237,224

1)  Revenue is defined as the total consolidated third party top line revenue from continuing operations as 
publicly  reported  in  the  Company’s  financial  statements.    The  percentage  achieved  is  determined  by 
comparing the actual consolidated revenue from continuing operations to the Board approved Revenue 
Target from continuing operations, which is $126,190,000.  The Board reserves the right to modify or 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
        
                
       
        
       
        
             
        
                
         
          
         
          
             
        
                
         
          
         
          
 
change the Revenue Targets as defined herein in the event of the sale or disposition of any of the assets 
of the Company or in the event of an acquisition.  

2)  EBITDA  is  defined  as  earnings  before interest,  taxes,  depreciation, and  amortization  from  continuing 
operations.    The  percentage  achieved  is  determined  by  comparing  the  actual  EBITDA  to  the  Board 
approved EBITDA Target, which is $9,567,000.  The Board reserves the right to make adjustments to 
the EBITDA Target to account for the unique accounting treatment of fair market value of percentage of 
completion  contracts  resulting  from  the  acquisition  of  Safety  and  Ecology  Holdings  Corporation 
(“SEHC”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, known as Safety and Ecology Corporation or “SEC”).   

3)  The  Health  and  Safety  Incentive  Target  is  based  upon  the  actual  number  of  Worker’s  Compensation 
Lost Time Accidents, as provided by the Company’s Worker’s Compensation carrier.  The Corporate 
Treasurer will submit a report on a quarterly basis documenting and confirming the number of Worker’s 
Compensation Lost Time Accidents, supported by the AIG Worker’s Compensation Loss Report.  Such 
claims will be identified on the loss report as “indemnity claims.”  The following number of Worker’s 
Compensation  Lost  Time  Accidents  and  corresponding  Performance  Target  Thresholds  has  been 
established for the annual Incentive Compensation Plan calculation for 2013. 

Worker's Compensation
Claim Number

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

Performance 
Target

85%-100%
101%-120%
121%-130%
131%-140%
141%-150%
151%-160%
161% Plus

4)  Permits or License Violations incentive is earned/determined according to the scale set forth below:  An 
“official  notice  of  non-compliance”  is  defined  as  an  official  communication  from  a  local,  state,  or 
federal regulatory authority alleging one or more violations of an otherwise applicable Environmental, 
Health  or  Safety  requirement  or  permit  provision,  which  results  in  a  facility’s  implementation  of 
corrective action(s).  

Permit and
License Violations

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

Performance 
Target

85%-100%
101%-120%
121%-130%
131%-140%
141%-150%
151%-160%
161% Plus

5)  No performance incentive compensation will be payable for achieving the health and safety,  permit and 
license violation, and revenue targets unless a minimum of 70% of the EBITDA Target is achieved. 

COO: 
2013 COO performance compensation is based upon meeting corporate revenue, EBITDA, health, safety, 
and  environmental  compliance  objectives  during  fiscal  year  2013 from  our  continuing  operations.  Of  the 
total potential performance compensation, 55% is based on EBITDA goal, 15% on revenue goal, 15% on 
the number of health and safety claim incidents that occur during fiscal year 2013, and the remaining 15% 
on the number of notices alleging environmental, health or safety violations under our permits or licenses 
that occur during the fiscal year 2013.  Each of the revenue and EBITDA components is based on our board 
approved Revenue Target and EBITDA Target.  The 2013 target compensation for our COO is as follows: 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annualized Base Pay: 
Performance Incentive Compensation Target (at 100% of Plan): 
Total Annual Target Compensation (at 100% of Plan): 

  $ 252,350  
  $ 126,175  
  $ 378,525  

The Performance Incentive Compensation Target is based on the schedule below.   

Target Objectives

Revenue

EBITDA

Health & Safety

Permit & License Violations

Weights

85-100%

101-120%

Performance Target Thresholds
131-140%

121-130%

141-150%

151-160%

161%+

15%

55%

15%

15%

$         

18,926

$      

22,712

$          

24,604

$        

26,497

$        

28,389

$       

30,282

$        

33,121

69,397

83,277

90,216

97,156

104,096

111,036

121,445

18,926

22,712

24,604

26,497

28,389

30,282

18,926

22,712

24,604

26,497

28,389

30,282

33,121

33,121

$       

126,175

$    

151,413

$        

164,028

$      

176,647

$      

189,263

$     

201,882

$      

220,808

1)  Revenue is defined as the total consolidated third party top line revenue from continuing operations as 
publicly  reported  in  the  Company’s  financial  statements.    The  percentage  achieved  is  determined  by 
comparing the actual consolidated revenue from continuing operations to the Board approved Revenue 
Target from continuing operations, which is $126,190,000.  The Board reserves the right to modify or 
change the Revenue Targets as defined herein in the event of the sale or disposition of any of the assets 
of the Company or in the event of an acquisition.  

2)  EBITDA  is  defined  as  earnings  before interest,  taxes,  depreciation, and  amortization  from  continuing 
operations.    The  percentage  achieved  is  determined  by  comparing  the  actual  EBITDA  to  the  Board 
approved EBITDA Target, which is $9,567,000.  The Board reserves the right to make adjustments to 
the EBITDA Target to account for the unique accounting treatment of fair market value of percentage of 
completion contracts resulting from the acquisition of SEC.   

3)  The Health and Safety Incentive target is based upon the actual number of Worker’s Compensation Lost 
Time  Accidents,  as  provided  by  the  Company’s  Worker’s  Compensation  carrier.    The  Corporate 
Treasurer will submit a report on a quarterly basis documenting and confirming the number of Worker’s 
Compensation Lost Time Accidents, supported by the AIG Worker’s Compensation Loss Report.  Such 
claims will be identified on the loss report as “indemnity claims.”  The following number of Worker’s 
Compensation  Lost  Time  Accidents  and  corresponding  Performance  Target  Thresholds  has  been 
established for the annual Incentive Compensation Plan calculation for 2013. 

Worker's Compensation
Claim Number

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

Performance 
Target

85%-100%
101%-120%
121%-130%
131%-140%
141%-150%
151%-160%
161% Plus

4)  Permits or License Violations incentive is earned/determined according to the scale set forth below:  An 
“official  notice  of  non-compliance”  is  defined  as  an  official  communication  from  a  local,  state,  or 
federal regulatory authority alleging one or more violations of an otherwise applicable Environmental, 
Health  or  Safety  requirement  or  permit  provision,  which  results  in  a  facility’s  implementation  of 
corrective action(s).  

100 

 
 
 
           
        
            
          
        
       
        
           
        
            
          
          
         
          
           
        
            
          
          
         
          
 
 
Permit and
License Violations

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

Performance 
Target

85%-100%
101%-120%
121%-130%
131%-140%
141%-150%
151%-160%
161% Plus

5)  No performance incentive compensation will be payable for achieving the health and safety, permit and 
license violation, and revenue targets unless a minimum of 70% of the EBITDA Target is achieved. 

CFO: 
The  CFO’s  2013  performance  compensation  is  based  upon  achievement  of  EBITDA  and  administrative 
expense  objectives.    The  performance  compensation  also  provides  for  a  discretionary  incentive  payment 
component,  subject  to  approval  by  the  Company’s  Compensation  Committee.    Of  the  total  potential 
performance compensation, 25% is based on maintaining or reducing our targeted administrative expense, 
50%  is  based  on  EBITDA  goal,  with  the  remaining  25%  subject  to  approval  by  the  Compensation 
Committee.  Each of the EBITDA and administrative expense component is based on our board approved 
2013 EBITDA Target and Administrative Expense Target.  The 2013 target compensation for our CFO is as 
follows: 

Annualized Base Pay: 
Performance Incentive Compensation Target (at 100% of Plan): 
Total Annual Target Compensation (at 100% of Plan): 

  $214,240  
  $ 53,560  
  $267,800  

The Performance Incentive Compensation Target is based on the schedule below.   

Target Objectives

Weights

100%+

98-99%

96-97%

94-95%

92-93%

90-91%

88-89%

Performance Target Thresholds

Administrative

25%

$     

13,390

$     

16,068

$             

17,407

$       

18,746

$    

20,085

$     

21,424

$     

23,433

Weights

85-100%

101-120%

121-130%

131-140%

141-150%

151-160%

161%+

Performance Target Thresholds

EBITDA

Discretionary

50%

25%

$     

26,780

$     

32,136

$             

34,814

$       

37,492

$    

40,170

$     

42,848

$     

46,865

13,390

16,068

17,407

18,746

20,085

21,424

23,433

$     

53,560

$     

64,272

$             

69,628

$       

74,984

$    

80,340

$     

85,696

$     

93,731

1)  Administrative  Expense  is  defined  as  the  total  consolidated  administrative  expenses  from  continuing 
operations as publicly reported in the Company’s financial statements.  Administrative expenses will be 
inclusive  of  all  subsidiaries  from  continuing  operations,  and  will  exclude  Marketing  Expenses  and 
Interest Expense. The Board reserves the right to make adjustments to Administrative expense Target so 
as not to penalize the employee for material unforeseen events outside of the employees responsibility 
and  it  reserves  the  right  to  modify  or  change  the  Administrative  Expense  Targets  as  defined  herein, 
which is $13,390,000 in the event of the sale or disposition of any of the assets of the Company or in the 
event of an acquisition.  The Board further reserves the right to adjust Administrative Expenses Target 
to reflect charges resulting from the vesting of incentive stock options. 

2)  EBITDA  is  defined  as  earnings  before interest,  taxes,  depreciation, and  amortization  from  continuing 
operations.    The  percentage  achieved  is  determined  by  comparing  the  actual  EBITDA  to  the  Board 
approved EBITDA Target, which is $9,567,000.  The Board reserves the right to make adjustments to 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the EBITDA Target to account for the unique accounting treatment of fair market value of percentage of 
completion contracts resulting from the acquisition of SEC.   

3)  Discretionary  incentive  payment  is  to  be  approved  by  the  Compensation  Committee  based  on 
achievement  of  accounting,  financial,  and  accounting  centralization  and  information  technology 
oversight objectives, including but not limited to: 

•  Compliance with the requirement of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”); 

•  Meeting  public  filing  deadlines  such  as  Form  10-K,  Form  10-Qs,  Form  8-Ks,  and  press 

releases;  

•  Automation and centralization of accounting processes, including but not limited to: (a) install 
multi-company  software  at  corporate  office;  (b)  improve  forecasting  model  from  facilities 
including  new  software,  if  cost  effective;  (c)  sales  and  opportunity  tracking  system;  (d) 
complete improvement to time management system; and (e) improve project tracking system; 
and   

•  Collection of problem accounts receivable. 

4)  No discretionary performance incentive compensation will be payable unless a minimum of 70% of the 
EBITDA Target is achieved.  In addition, no performance incentive compensation will be payable for 
achieving  the  Administrative  Expense  Target  unless  a  minimum  of  70%  of  the  EBITDA  Target  is 
achieved.  

2013 MIP Targets 
As discussed above, 2013 MIPs approved for the CEO, COO, and CFO by the Compensation Committee 
awards  cash  compensation  based  on  achievement  of  performance  targets  which  includes  Revenue, 
EBITDA, and Administrative Expenses as approved by our Board.  The Revenue Target of $126,190,000, 
EBITDA Target of $9,567,000, and the Administrative Expense Target of $13,390,000 set forth in the 2013 
MIPs are based on our board approved 2013 budget.  In formulating the Revenue Target of $126,190,000, 
the  Board  considered  2012  results,  current  economic  conditions,  and  forecasts  for  2013  government 
(Department of Energy or DOE) spending under continuing resolution and the sequestration.   

No performance incentive compensation was earned under each of the MIPs for the CEO, COO, and CFO 
for 2013. 

Mr. Robert Schreiber-Schreiber, Yonley, & Associates (“SYA”) - Bonus Plan 
Mr.  Robert  Schreiber,  Jr.,  the  President  of  our  environmental  engineering  and  regulatory  compliance 
consulting services firm, SYA, is eligible to be awarded a bonus based on an allocation of a portion of a 
bonus pool applicable only to SYA employees.  The amount of the bonus pool is equal to 40% of the net 
income of SYA, minus 5% of SYA’s total revenues for 2013.  In 2013, the bonus pool was determined to be 
$0.  The Compensation Committee believes that this formula ties any bonus awarded to employees of SYA 
directly  to  SYA’s  performance,  rewards  performance,  and  motivates  the  SYA  employees  to  achieve  our 
operational  goals  (although  such  formula  is  not  linked  to  specific  targets  or  benchmarks).    The  Board 
delegated to our CEO the authority to determine what portion, if any, of the SYA bonus pool is allocated to 
Mr.  Schreiber  for  his  performance.  Our  CEO  considered  the  following  factors  when  reviewing  Mr. 
Schreiber’s performance for the purpose of determining Mr. Schreiber’s bonus compensation as a portion of 
the SYA bonus pool: 

•  SYA’s performance as a segment of our Company; 

•  Effectiveness of Mr. Schreiber’s  leadership; 

•  Mr. Schreiber’s role and participation as a member of our executive management team; and 

•  Our  overall  performance,  based  on  a  subjective  analysis  of  our  revenues  and  net  income  in  the 

applicable business environment. 

102 

 
 
 
 
The  determination  of  Mr.  Schreiber’s  bonus  is  a  subjective  determination,  with  the  maximum  amount  of 
such  bonus  being  100%  of  the  SYA  bonus  pool.    In  2012,  Mr.  Schreiber’s  bonus  represented  0%  of  the 
SYA  bonus  pool.    Accordingly,  Mr.  Schreiber’s  compensation  is  not  based  on  objective  metrics,  but  a 
subjective assessment of his performance, with the maximum amount of such bonus compensation defined 
by the Compensation Committee’s formula.  

Long-Term Incentive Compensation  

Employee Stock Option Plans 
The  2004  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  “2004  Option  Plan”)  and  2010  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  “2010  Option 
Plan”) encourage participants to focus on long-term performance and provides an opportunity for executive 
officers and certain designated key employees to increase their stake in the Company. Stock options succeed 
by delivering value to the executive only when the value of our stock increases.  Both plans authorize the 
grant of Non-Qualified Stock Options (“NQSOs”) and Incentive Stock Options (“ISOs”) for the purchase of 
Common Stock.   

The 2004 Option Plan and 2010 Option Plan assist the Company to: 

• 

enhance  the  link  between  the  creation  of  stockholder  value  and  long-term  executive  incentive 
compensation; 

•  provide an opportunity for increased equity ownership by executives; and  

•  maintain competitive levels of total compensation. 

Stock  option  award  levels  are  determined  based  on  market  data,  vary  among  participants  based  on  their 
positions with us and are granted generally at the Compensation Committee’s regularly scheduled August or 
September  meeting.  Newly  hired  or  promoted  executive  officers  who  are  eligible  to  receive  options  are 
generally  awarded  such  options  at  the  next  regularly  scheduled  Compensation  Committee  meeting 
following their hire or promotion date.  

Options  are  awarded  with  an  exercise  price  equal  to  or  not  less  than  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s 
Common Stock on the date of the grant as reported on the NASDAQ.  In certain limited circumstances, the 
Compensation  Committee may  grant  options  to  an  executive  at  an  exercise  price in  excess  of the closing 
price of the Company’s Common Stock on the grant date.   

The  Company  did  not  grant  any  options  to  any  of  its  employees,  including  the  NEOs  in  2013.    The 
Compensation  Committee  is  reviewing  the  effectiveness  of  granting  options  under  our  option  plans.  
Pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan and the 2010 Stock Option plan, vesting of option awards ceases 
upon termination of employment and exercise right of the vested option amount ceases upon three months 
from  termination  of  employment  except  in  the  case  of  death  or  retirement  (subject  to  a  six  month 
limitation), or disability (subject to a one year limitation).  Prior to the exercise of an option, the holder has 
no rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to such option.  

In the event of a “change of control” (as defined in the 2004 Stock Option Plan and the 2010 Stock Option 
Plan)  of  the  Company,  each  outstanding  option  and  award  granted  under  the  plans  shall  immediately 
become exercisable in full notwithstanding the vesting or exercise provisions contained in the stock option 
agreement.   

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation  
We  account  for  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  ASC  718,  “Compensation  –  Stock 
Compensation.”  ASC 718 establishes accounting standards for entity exchanges of equity instruments for 
goods or services.  It also addresses transactions in which an entity incurs liabilities in exchange for goods 
or services that are based on the fair value of the entity’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the 
issuance of those equity instruments.  ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees, including 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values.  The 
Company  uses  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  to  determine  the  fair-value  of  stock-based  awards 
which requires subjective assumptions. Assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted 
include the exercise price of the award, the expected term, the expected volatility of the Company’s stock 
over the option’s expected term, the risk-free interest rate over the option’s expected term, and the expected 
annual dividend yield.   

We  recognize  stock-based  compensation  expense  using  a  straight-line  amortization  method  over  the 
requisite period, which is the vesting period of the stock option grant. As ASC 718 requires that stock-based 
compensation  expense  be  based  on  options  that  are  ultimately  expected  to  vest,  our  stock-based 
compensation expense is reduced at an estimated forfeiture rate.  Our estimated forfeiture rate is generally 
based on historical trends of actual forfeitures.  Forfeiture rates are evaluated, and revised as necessary.     

Retirement and Other Benefits  

401(k) Plan 
We adopted the Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) in 1992, which is 
intended  to  comply  with  Section  401  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  the  provisions  of  the  Employee 
Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974.    All  full-time  employees  who  have  attained  the  age  of  18  are 
eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan. Eligibility is immediate upon employment but enrollment is only 
allowed  during  four  quarterly  open  periods  of  January  1,  Apri   1,  July  1,  and  October  1.  Participating 
employees may make annual pretax contributions to their accounts up to 100% of their compensation, up to 
a maximum amount as limited by law. We, at our discretion, may make matching contributions based on the 
employee’s  elective  contributions.  Company  contributions  vest  over  a  period  of  five  years.    We  have 
matched 25% of our employees’ contributions since inception of the Plan. The Company did not contribute 
any matching fund in 2013.  Effective June 15, 2012, we suspended our matching contribution in an effort 
to  reduce  costs  in light  of  the  economic  environment.  We  will  periodically  evaluate  whether  to resume  a 
matching contribution program.   

l

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits  
The  Company  provides  executive  officers  with  limited  perquisites  and  other  personal  benefits  that  the 
Company  and  the  Compensation  Committee  believe  are  reasonable  and  consistent  with  its  overall 
compensation  program  to  better  enable  the  Company  to  attract  and  retain  superior  employees  for  key 
positions.  The Compensation Committee periodically reviews the levels of perquisites and other personal 
benefits provided to executive officers.  The executive officers are provided an auto allowance.  

Consideration of Stockholder Say-On-Pay Advisory Vote.   
At our annual meeting of stockholders held in September 2013, our stockholders voted, on a non-binding, 
advisory  basis,  on  the  compensation  of  our  named  executive  officers  for  2012.    A  substantial  majority 
(approximately  95%)  of  the  total  votes  cast  on  our  say-on-pay  proposal  at  that  meeting  approved  the 
compensation  of  our  named  officers  for  2012  on  a  non-binding,  advisory  basis.    The  Compensation 
Committee and the Board believes that this affirms our stockholders’ support of our approach to executive 
compensation.    The  Compensation  Committee  expects  to  continue  to  consider  the  results  of  future 
stockholder  say-on-pay  advisory  votes  when  making  future  compensation  decisions  for  our  named 
executive officers.  We will hold an advisory vote on the compensation of named executive officers at our 
2014 annual meeting of stockholders. 

Summary Compensation  
The following table summarizes the total compensation paid or earned by each of the executive officers for 
the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.   

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name and Principal Position

Year

Salary

($)

Dr. Louis Centofanti

  Chairman of the Board,

2013

2012

271,115

271,115

  President and Chief 
  Executive Officer

Ben Naccarato 

Vice President and Chief

Financial Officer

Jim Blankenhorn (4)

Vice President and Chief

Operating Officer

Robert Schreiber, Jr.

  President of SYA

Christopher Leichtweis (1)

Senior Vice President and 

SEC President 

2013

2012

214,240

214,240

2013

2012

252,350

252,350

2013

2012

2013

2012

203,821

203,821

157,894

324,480

Bonus
($) 

Option 
Awards

($) 

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation
($) (2)

All other 
Compensation
($) (3)

Total 
Compensation

($)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

26,141

25,893

297,256

297,008

33,135

31,918

247,375

246,158

33,135

31,918

31,488

31,694

6,484

15,547

285,485

284,268

235,309

235,515

164,378

340,027

(1)  Named as Senior Vice President of the Company and President of SEC on October 31, 2011 upon the Company’s acquisition 
of  SEHC  and  its  subsidiaries  on  October  31,  2011  from  Homeland  Security  Capital  Corporation  (now  known  as  Timios 
National  Corporation  or  “TNC”).    Mr.  Leichtweis  was  a  former  officer  and  director  of  TNC.    Mr.  Leichtweis  voluntarily 
terminated and retired from all positions with the Company and its subsidiaries effective May 24, 2013.  Mr. Leichtweis was 
paid his accrued salary and the Company paid his insurance benefit up to his voluntary termination date upon his separation 
from the Company.  (see “Employment Agreement for a discussion of Mr. Leichtweis’s Separation and Release Agreement).”  

(2) 

Represents  performance  compensation  earned  under  the  Company’s  MIP.    The  MIP  is  described  under  the  heading  “2013 
Management Incentive Plan.”    

(3)  The  amount  shown  includes  a  monthly  automobile  allowance  of  $750  or  the  use  of  a  company  car,  our  401(k)  matching 
contribution (not applicable for 2013), and insurance premiums (health, disability and life) paid by the Company, on behalf of 
the executive. 

Name
Dr. Louis Centofanti
Ben Naccarato
Jim Blankenhorn
Robert Schreiber, Jr.
Christopher Leichtweis

$
$
$
$
$

Insurance
Premium

Auto Allowance or
Company Car 

17,141
24,135
24,135
24,135
6,484

$
$
$
$
$

9,000
9,000
9,000
7,353
  

$
$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$
$

Total

26,141
33,135
33,135
31,488
6,484

(4)  On March 20, 2014, resigned as Vice President and COO, effective March 28, 2014. 

105 

 
     
               
           
     
               
           
     
               
           
     
               
           
     
               
           
     
               
           
     
               
           
     
               
           
     
                 
           
     
               
           
 
 
 
 
 
     
             
                        
        
             
                        
        
             
                        
        
             
                        
        
               
          
 
 
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year 

The following table sets forth unexercised options held by the NEOs as of the fiscal year-end.   

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2013 

        Option Awards (3)

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 

Options                                         

Options             
(#) (1) 
Unexercisable

Equity Incentive Plan 
Awards: Number of 
Securities Underlying 
Unexercised Unearned 

Option 
Exercise 

Options                          

Name

(#)    

Exercisable

Dr. Louis Centofanti

30,000

Ben Naccarato

4,000
8,000
15,000

 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 

Jim Blankenhorn (4)

40,000

20,000

(2)

Robert Schreiber, Jr.

5,000

 — 

(#)

 — 

 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 

Price            
($)

Option 
Expiration 
Date

11.40

8/5/2014

7.20
11.40
7.10

10/28/2014
8/5/2014
2/26/2015

7.85

7/25/2017

11.40

8/5/2014

(1)  In  the  event  of  a  change  in  control  (as  defined  in  the  Option Plan)  of  the  Company,  each  outstanding  option  and  award  shall 
immediately  become  exercisable  in  full  notwithstanding  the  vesting  or  exercise  provisions  contained  in  the  stock  option 
agreement. 

(2) Incentive stock option granted on July 25, 2011 under the Company’s 2010 Stock Option Plan.  The option is for a six year term 

and vests over a three year period, at one third increments per year. 

(3) After giving effect to the reverse stock split. 

(4) On March 20, 2014, resigned as Vice President and COO, effective March 28, 2014.  Pursuant to the 2010 Stock Option Plan, 
employee  has  90  days  from  effective  date  of  resignation  to  exercise  vested  option,  which  is  40,000  options  to  purchase  up  to 
40,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock.. 

None of the Company’s NEOs exercised options during 2013.   

Compensation of Directors 
Directors who are employees receive no additional compensation for serving on the Board of Directors or 
its  committees.  In  2013,  we  provided  the  following  annual  compensation  to  directors  who  are  not 
employees:    

• 

• 
• 
• 

each of our five continuing non-employee directors and each of the two new directors was awarded 
options to purchase 2,400 and 6,000, respectively,  shares of our Common Stock;   
a quarterly director fee of $8,000;  
an additional quarterly fee of $5,500 to the chairman of our Audit Committee; and  
a fee of $1,000 for each board meeting attendance and a $500 fee for each telephonic conference 
call attendance. 

Each director may elect to have either 65% or 100% of such fees payable in Common Stock under the 2003 
Outside Director Plan, with the balance payable in cash.   

The  table  below  summarizes  the  director  compensation  expenses  recognized  by  the  Company  for  the 
director option and stock (resulting from fees earned) awards for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The 
terms of the 2003 Outside Directors Plan are further described below under “2003 Outside Directors Plan.” 

106 

 
 
 
 
           
             
             
           
           
             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director Compensation  

Fees 
Earned or 

Name

John M. Climaco (6)
Dr. Gary G. Kugler (5)
Jack Lahav
Joe R. Reeder
Larry M. Shelton 
Dr. Charles E. Young
Mark A. Zwecker

In Cash    
($) (1)

3,059
4,266
       — 
12,950
13,475
12,950
21,175

Paid                

Stock 
Awards        
($) (2)

Option 
Awards      
($) (3)

7,573
10,564
49,999
32,067
33,367
32,065
52,430

14,220
11,760
4,704
4,704
4,704
4,704
4,704

Change in 
Pension Value 
and 
Nonqualified 
Deferred 
Compensation 
Earnings

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation  

($)

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

($)

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

All Other 
Compensation

Total           

($)

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

($)

24,852
26,590
54,703
49,721
51,546
49,719
78,309

(1)  Under the 2003 Outside Directors Plan, each director elects to receive 65% or 100% of the director’s fees in shares of our 
Common Stock.  The amounts set forth above represent the portion of the director’s fees paid in cash and excludes the value 
of the director’s fee elected to be paid in Common Stock under the 2003 Outside Director Plan, which value is included under 
“Stock Awards.” 

(2) 

The number of shares of Common Stock comprising stock awards granted under the 2003 Outside Directors Plan is calculated 
based  on  75%  of  the  closing  market  value  of  the  Common  Stock  as  reported  on  the  NASDAQ  on  the  business  day 
immediately preceding the date that the quarterly fee is due.  Such shares are fully vested on the date of grant.  The value of 
the stock award is based on the market value of our Common Stock at each quarter end times the number of shares issuable 
under the award.  The amount shown is the fair value of the Common Stock on the date of the award.     

(3)  Options  granted  under  the  Company’s  2003  Outside  Director  Plan  resulting  from  re-election  and  election  to  the  Board  of 
Directors.  Options are for a 10 year period and are fully vested in six months from grant date.  The value of the option award 
for each outside director is calculated based on the fair value of the option per share ($1.96 per share for each director with the 
exception of $2.37 per share for John Climaco) on the date of grant times the number of options granted, which was 2,400 for 
all directors noted with the exception of 6,000 each for John Climaco and Dr. Gary Kugler (after giving effect to the reverse 
stock split) for each director, pursuant to ASC 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation.” The exercise price of the option 
for each director is $2.79 per share with the exception of $3.20 per share for John Climaco.  The following is the aggregate 
number of outstanding non-qualified stock options held by non-employee directors at December 31, 2013: 

Name
John M. Climaco
Dr. Gary G. Kugler
Jack Lahav
Joe R. Reeder
Larry M. Shelton
Dr. Charles E. Young
Mark A. Zwecker

 December 31, 2013 (4)
6,000
6,000
27,000
24,000
22,800
24,000
24,000

(4)  Giving effect to the reverse stock split.   

(5)  Newly elected as a Board member at the Company’s 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on September 12, 2013.     

(6) 

Elected by the Company’s Board of Directors on October 4, 2013, to fill a newly created directorship. 

2003 Outside Directors Plan 
We believe that it is important for our directors to have a personal interest in our success and growth and for 
their interests to be aligned with those of our stockholders.  Therefore, under our 2003 Outside Directors 
Stock  Plan  (“2003  Directors  Plan”),  each  outside  director  is  granted  a  10  year  option  to  purchase  up  to 
30,000 shares of Common Stock on the date such director is initially elected to the Board of Directors, and 
receives on each re-election date an option to purchase up to another 12,000 shares of Common Stock, with 
the exercise price being the fair market value of the Common Stock preceding the option grant date.  No 
option granted under the 2003 Directors Plan is exercisable until after the expiration of six months from the 
107 

 
       
        
      
       
      
      
      
      
     
      
      
     
      
      
     
      
      
     
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
date the option is granted and no option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date 
the  option  is  granted.    Options  to  purchase  169,200  shares  of  Common  Stock  have  been  granted  and  are 
outstanding under the 2003 Directors Plan, of which 145,200 were vested as of December 31, 2013, after 
giving effect to the reverse stock split.  

We periodically review compensation paid to our outside directors against compensation paid by our Peer 
Group  (see  companies  comprising  the  Peer  Group  in  “Item  11  –  Executive  Compensation  –  The 
Committee’s  Process  –  Peer  Group  Assessment”)  to  their  outside  directors  to  insure  that  our  outside 
directors  are  adequately  compensated.    As  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  each  director  elects  to 
receive either 65% or 100% of the director's fee in shares of our Common Stock.  The number of shares 
received  by  each  director  is  calculated  based  on  75%  of  the  fair  market  value  of  the  Common  Stock 
determined on the business day immediately preceding the date that the quarterly fee is due.  The balance of 
each  director’s  fee,  if  any,  is  payable  in  cash.    In  2013,  the  fees  earned  by  our  outside  directors  totaled 
approximately $286,000.  Reimbursements of expenses for attending meetings of the Board are paid in cash 
at the  time  of the  applicable  Board  meeting.    As  a  management  director,  Dr.  Centofanti  is  not eligible  to 
participate in the 2003 Directors Plan. Although Dr. Centofanti is not compensated for his services provided 
as a director, Dr. Centofanti is compensated for his services rendered as an officer of the Company.  See 
“EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION — Summary Compensation Table.” 

As of December 31, 2013, we have issued 291,935 shares of our Common Stock in payment of director fees 
since the inception of the 2003 Directors Plan. 

In  the  event  of  a  “change  of  control”  (as  defined  in  the  2003  Outside  Directors  Stock  Plan),  each 
outstanding stock option and stock award shall immediately become exercisable in full notwithstanding the 
vesting or exercise provisions contained in the stock option agreement.   

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation 
The Compensation and Stock Option Committee of our Board of Directors is composed of Larry Shelton 
(Chairperson), Joe Reeder, Dr. Charles E. Young, and Mark Zwecker.  Prior to December 13, 2013, Jack 
Lahav was the Chairperson of the Compensation and Stock Option Committee and Mark Zwecker was not a 
member of this Committee.  None of the members of the Compensation and Stock Option Committee has 
been  an  officer  or  employee  of  the  Company  or  has  had  any  relationship  with  the  Company  requiring 
disclosure under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission regulations. 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND 
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners 
The table below sets forth information as to the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned as of March 
13,  2014,  by  each  person  known  by  us  to  be  the  beneficial  owners  of  more  than  5%  of  any  class  of  our 
voting securities.   

Name of Beneficial Owner 
Heartland Advisors, Inc.  (2) 

Title 
Of Class 
  Common 

  Amount and 

Nature of 
  Ownership 
1,786,252 

Percent 
Of 
  Class (1) 
15.64% 

(1)  The number of shares and the percentage of outstanding Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by 
a person are based upon 11,419,650 shares of Common Stock outstanding (excludes 7,642 shares held in 
treasury) on March 13, 2014, and the number of shares of Common Stock which such person has the right to 
acquire  beneficial  ownership  of  within  60  days.  Beneficial  ownership  by  our  stockholders  has  been 
determined in accordance with the rules promulgated under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.   

(2) This information is based on the Schedule 13G/A, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(the  “Commission”)  on  February  6,  2014,  which  provides  that  Heartland  Advisors,  Inc.,  an  investment 
advisor,  shares  voting  power  over  1,620,592  of  such  shares  and  shares  dispositive  power  over  all  of  the 
108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares,  and  no  sole  voting  or  sole  dispositive  power  over  any  of  the  shares.    The  address  of  Heartland 
Advisors, Inc. is 789 North Water Street, Milwaukee, WI 53202. 

Capital Bank represented to us that: 

•  As of March 13, 2014, Capital Bank holds of record as a nominee for, and as an agent of, certain 
accredited investors, 1,404,004 shares of our Common Stock, after giving effect to the reverse stock 
split.; 

•  All of our shares of Common Stock held in the name of Capital Bank, as agent of and nominee for 
its investors, that were acquired directly from us in private placement transactions, or as a result of 
conversions  of  our  preferred  stock  or  exercise  of  our  warrants  (collectively,  “Private  Placement 
Transactions”),  and  all  of our shares  acquired in Private  Placement Transactions  by  Capital  Bank 
were acquired for and on behalf of accredited investors; 

•  During 2013 and the first two months of 2014, it acquired, as agent for and nominee of, certain of 
its  investors,  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  in  open  market  transactions  (“Open  Market 
Transactions”); 

•  None of Capital Bank's investors beneficially own more than 4.9% of our Common Stock and to its 
best  knowledge,  as  far  as  stocks  held  in  accounts  with  Capital  Bank,  none  of  Capital  Bank’s 
investors act together  as a group  or  otherwise  act in concert  for the  purpose  of voting  on  matters 
subject to the vote of our stockholders or for purpose of dispositive or investment of such stock; 
•  Capital  Bank's  investors  maintain  full  voting  and  dispositive  power  over  the  Common  Stock 

beneficially owned by such investors;  

•  Capital Bank has neither voting nor investment power over the shares of Common Stock owned by 

Capital Bank, as agent for its investors; 

•  Capital Bank believes that it is not required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act 
or to file either Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G in connection with the shares of our Common Stock 
registered in the name of Capital Bank; and 

•  Capital  Bank  is  not  the  beneficial  owner,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  of  the  Exchange 
Act, of the shares of Common Stock registered in Capital Bank’s name because (a) Capital Bank 
holds  the  Common  Stock  as  a  nominee  only,  (b)  Capital  Bank  has  neither  voting  nor  investment 
power over such shares, and (c) Capital Bank has not nominated or sought to nominate, and does 
not intend to nominate in the future, any person to serve as a member of our Board of Directors. 

Notwithstanding  the  previous  paragraph,  if  Capital  Bank's  representations  to  us  described  above  are 
incorrect or if Capital Bank's investors are acting as a group, then Capital Bank or a group of Capital Bank's 
investors could be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting securities.  If Capital Bank is deemed 
the  beneficial  owner  of  such  shares,  the  following  table  sets  forth  information  as  to  the  shares  of  voting 
securities that Capital Bank may be considered to beneficially own on March 13, 2014. 

Name of 
Record Owner 

Capital Bank Grawe Gruppe  

Title 
Of Class 
  Common 

  Amount and 
Nature of 
Ownership 
1,404,004(+) 

Percent  
Of  
   Class (*) 
12.29% 

(*)  This calculation is based upon 11,419,650 shares of Common Stock outstanding on March 13, 2014, plus 
the number of shares of Common Stock which Capital Bank, as agent for certain accredited investors has 
the right to acquire within 60 days, which is none.   

(+) This amount is the number of shares that Capital Bank has represented to us that it holds of record as 
nominee for, and as an agent of, certain of its accredited investors.  As of the date of this report, Capital 
Bank has no warrants or options to acquire, as agent for certain investors, additional shares of our Common 
Stocks.  Although Capital Bank is the record holder of the shares of Common Stock described in this note, 
Capital Bank has advised us that it does not believe it is a beneficial owner of the Common Stock or that it 
is required to file reports under Section 16(a) or Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.  Because Capital Bank 
(a) has advised us that it holds the Common Stock as a nominee only and that it does not exercise voting or 
investment power over the Common Stock held in its name and that no one investor of Capital Bank for 
109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
which it holds our Common Stock holds more than 4.9% of our issued and outstanding Common Stock and 
(b) has not nominated, and has not sought to nominate, and does not intend to nominate in the future, any 
person to serve as a member of our Board of Directors, we do not believe that Capital Bank is our affiliate.  
Capital  Bank's  address  is  Burgring  16,  A-8010  Graz,  Austria.    The  amount  has  been  amended  given  the 
effect of the reverse stock split. 

Security Ownership of Management 
The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as  to  the  shares  of  voting  securities  beneficially  owned  as  of 
March 13, 2014, by each of our Directors and NEOs and by all of our directors and executive officers as a 
group.  Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with the rules promulgated under Section 
13(d) of the Exchange Act.  A person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of any voting securities for which 
that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days.  

Name of Beneficial Owner (2)
Dr. Louis F. Centofanti (3)
John M. Climaco (4)
Dr. Gary G. Kugler (5)
Jack Lahav (6)
Joe R. Reeder (7)
Larry M. Shelton (8)
Dr. Charles E. Young (9)
Mark A. Zwecker (10)
Robert Schreiber, Jr. (11)
Ben Naccarato (12)
James Blankenhorn (13)
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (10 persons) 
*Indicates beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%). 

Amount and Nature
of Beneficial Owner (1)
234,625

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

(12)

Percent of Class (1)
2.05%

*

1.29%

1.87%

1.29%

*

*

*

*

*

*

8.15%

8,435

9,282

213,952

147,594

57,836

56,183

128,192

26,058

27,000

(13)

40,000
949,157 (14)

(1)  See footnote (1) of the table under “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners.”  

(2)  The business address of each person, for the purposes hereof, is c/o Perma-Fix Environmental Services, 
Inc., 8302 Dunwoody Place, Suite 250, Atlanta, Georgia 30350. 

(3)  These shares include (i) 141,825 shares held of record by Dr. Centofanti, (ii) options to purchase 30,000 
shares,  which  are  immediately  exercisable,  and  (iii)  62,800  shares  held  by  Dr.  Centofanti's  wife.    Dr. 
Centofanti  has  sole  voting  and  investment  power  of  these  shares,  except  for  the  shares  held  by  Dr. 
Centofanti's wife, over which Dr. Centofanti shares voting and investment power. 

(4)   Mr. Climaco has sole voting and investment power over these shares which include: (i) 2,435 shares of 
Common  Stock  held  of  record  by  Mr.  Climaco,  and  (ii)  options  to  purchase  6,000  shares,  which  are 
exercisable on April 4, 2014. 

(5)    Dr.  Kugler  has sole  voting  and  investment  power over  these  shares  which  include: (i)  3,282 shares  of 
Common  Stock  held  of  record  by  Dr.  Kugler,  and  (ii)  options  to  purchase  6,000  shares,  which  are 
immediately exercisable. 

(6)  Mr. Lahav has sole voting and investment power over these shares which include: (i) 189,952 shares of 
Common  Stock  held  of  record  by  Mr.  Lahav,  and  (ii)  options  to  purchase  24,000  shares,  which  are 
immediately exercisable. 

110 

 
 
 
                     
                         
                         
                     
                     
                       
                       
                     
                       
                       
                       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(7)  Mr. Reeder has sole voting and investment power over these shares which include: (i) 100,773 shares of 
Common  Stock  held  of  record  by  Mr.  Reeder,  and  (ii)  options  to  purchase  24,000  shares,  which  are 
immediately exercisable, and (iii) 22,821 shares held in a custodian account for Mr. Reeder’s grandchildren.   

(8) Mr. Shelton has sole voting and investment power over these shares which include: (i) 35,036 shares of 
Common  Stock  held  of  record  by  Mr.  Shelton,  and  (ii)  options  to  purchase  22,800  shares,  which  are 
immediately exercisable.  

(9)  Dr. Young has sole voting and investment power over these shares which include: (i) 32,183 shares held 
of record by Dr. Young; and (ii) options to purchase 24,000 shares, which are immediately exercisable. 

(10) Mr. Zwecker has sole voting and investment power over these shares which include: (i) 104,192 shares 
of  Common  Stock  held  of  record  by  Mr.  Zwecker,  and  (ii)  options  to  purchase  24,000  shares,  which  are 
immediately exercisable. 

(11)  Mr.  Schreiber  shares  voting  and  investment  power,  with  his  spouse,  over  21,058  shares  of  Common 
Stock beneficially held and sole voting and investment power over options to purchase 5,000 shares, which 
are immediately exercisable. 

(12)  Mr.  Naccarato  has  sole  voting  and  investment  power  over  these  shares  which  include:  options  to 
purchase 27,000 shares that are immediately exercisable.    

(13)  Mr.  Blankenhorn  has  sole  voting  and  investment  power  over  these  shares  which  include:  options  to 
purchase 40,000 shares that are immediately exercisable.  On March 20, 2014, Mr. Blankenhorn resigned as 
Vice  President  and  COO,  effective  March  28,  2014.  Pursuant  to  the  2010  Stock  Option  Plan,  Mr. 
Blankenhorn has 90 days from the effective date of resignation to exercise the vested options. 

(14)Amount  includes  226,800  options  (includes  the  40,000  options  for  Mr.  Blankenhorn),  which  are 
immediately  exercisable  to  purchase  226,800  shares  of  Common  Stock,  and  6,000  options  which  are 
exercisable on April 4, 2014, to purchase up to 6,000 shares of Common Stock.    

Equity Compensation Plans 
The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as  of  December  31,  2013,  with  respect  to  our  equity 
compensation plans. 

Equity Compensation Plan 

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options 
warrants and rights 
(a) 

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 
(b) 

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column (a) 
(c) 

362,800 

— 
362,800 

$9.53 

— 
$9.53 

460,298 

— 
460,298 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans 

Approved by stockholders 
Equity compensation plans not 
Approved by stockholders   

Total 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

Review of Related Party Transactions 
Our  Audit  Committee  Charter  provides  for  the  review  by  our  Audit  Committee  of  any  related  party 
transactions,  other  than  transactions  involving  an  employment  relationship  with  the  Company,  which  are 
111 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
reviewed by the Compensation and Stock Option Committee.  Although the Company does not have written 
policies for the review of related party transactions, the Audit Committee reviews transactions between the 
Company  and  its  directors,  executive  officers,  and  their  respective  immediate  family  members.    In 
approving or rejecting a proposed transaction, the Audit Committee takes into account, among other factors 
it  deems  appropriate:  (1)  the  extent  of  the  related  person’s  interest  in  the  transaction;  (2)  whether  the 
transaction  is  on  terms  generally  available  to  an  unaffiliated  third-party  under  the  same  or  similar 
circumstances; (3) the cost and benefit to the Company; (4) the impact or potential impact on a director’s 
independence in the event the related party is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an 
entity in which a director is a partner, stockholder or executive officer; (5) the availability of other sources 
for  comparable  products  or  services;  (5)  the  terms  of  the  transaction;  and  (6)  the  risks  to  the  Company.  
Related party transactions are reviewed at Audit Committee Meetings (which is held at least quarterly) prior 
to the consummation of the transaction.  With respect to a related party transaction arising between Audit 
Committee meetings, the Chief Financial Officer may present it to the Audit Committee Chairman, who will 
review and may approve the related party transaction subject to ratification by the Audit Committee at the 
next scheduled meeting.  Our Audit Committee shall approve only those transactions that, in light of known 
circumstances, are not inconsistent with the Company’s best interest.   

Related Party Transactions 
Mr. Robert Schreiber, Jr. 
During March 2011, we entered into a lease with Lawrence Properties LLC, a company jointly owned by 
Robert Schreiber, Jr., the President of Schreiber, Yonley and Associates, and Mr. Schreiber’s spouse.  Mr. 
Schreiber is  a  member  of our  executive  management  team.   The lease is  for  a  term  of  five  years starting 
June 1, 2011.  Under the lease, we pay monthly rent of approximately $11,400, which we believe is lower 
than  costs  charged  by  unrelated  third  party  landlords.    Additional  rent  will  be  assessed  for  any  increases 
over  the  new  lease  commencement  year  for  property  taxes  or  assessments  and  property  and  casualty 
insurance premiums. 

Mr. David Centofanti 
Mr. David Centofanti serves as our Director of Information Services.  For such services, he received total 
compensation  in  2013  and  2012  of  approximately  $163,000  and  $165,000,  respectively.  Mr.  David 
Centofanti is the son of our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our Board, Dr. Louis F. Centofanti.  
We believe the compensation received by Mr. Centofanti for his technical expertise which he provides to 
the Company is competitive and comparable to compensation we would have to pay to an unaffiliated third 
party with the same technical expertise.  

Christopher Leichtweis 
The Company is obligated to make lease payments of approximately $29,000 per month through June 2018, 
pursuant to a Lease Agreement, dated June 1, 2008 (the “Lease”), between Leichtweis Enterprises, LLC, as 
lessor, and Safety and Ecology Holdings Corporation (“SEHC”), as lessee. Leichtweis Enterprises, LLC, is 
owned  by  Mr.  Christopher  Leichtweis  (“Leichtweis”),  who  was  a  Senior  Vice  President  of  the  Company 
and President of SEC, prior to his voluntary termination and retirement from the Company effective May 
24, 2013.  The Lease covers SEC’s principal offices in Knoxville, Tennessee.   

Under  an  agreement  of  indemnity  (“Indemnification  Agreement”),  SEC,  Leichtweis  and  his  spouse 
(“Leichtweis  Parties”),  jointly  and  severally,  agreed  to  indemnify  the  individual  surety  with  respect  to 
contingent liabilities that may be incurred by the individual surety under certain of SEC’s bonded projects.  
In  addition,  SEC  agreed  to  indemnify  Leichtweis  Parties  against judgments,  penalties,  fines,  and  expense 
associated with those SEC performance bonds that Leichtweis Parties have agreed to indemnify in the event 
SEC  cannot  perform,  which  has  an  aggregate  bonded  amount  of  approximately  $10,900,000  (which  has 
been  released/expired).    The  Indemnification  Agreement  provided  by  SEC  to  the  Leichtweis  Parties  also 
provides for compensating the Leichtweis Parties at a rate of 0.75% of the value of bonds (60% having been 
paid  previously  and  the  balance  at  substantial  completion  of  the  contract).    On  February  14,  2013,  the 
Company  entered  into  a  Settlement  and  Release  Agreement  and  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement 
(the  “Leichtweis  Settlement”),  in  final  settlement  of  certain  claims  made  by  us  against  Leichtweis  in 
connection with the certain claims asserted by the Company against TNC subsequent to our acquisition of 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
SEC  on  October  31,  2011.    The  Leichtweis  Settlement  terminated  our  obligation  to  pay  the  Leichtweis 
Parties a fee under the Indemnification Agreement.   

Employment Agreements 
We  have  an  employment  agreement  with  each  of  Dr.  Centofanti  (our  President  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer),  Ben  Naccarato  (our  Chief  Financial  Officer),  and  James  Blankenhorn  (our  Chief  Operating 
Officer).    Each  employment  agreement  provides  for  annual  base  salaries,  bonuses,  and  other  benefits 
commonly found in such agreements. In addition, each employment agreement provides that in the event of 
termination of such officer without cause or termination by the officer for good reason (as such terms are 
defined in the employment agreement), the terminated officer shall receive payments of an amount equal to 
benefits that have accrued as of the termination but not yet paid, plus an amount equal to one year’s base 
salary  at  the time  of  termination.    In  addition, the  employment  agreements  provide  that  in  the  event  of a 
change in control (as defined in the employment agreements), all outstanding stock options to purchase our 
Common  Stock  granted  to,  and  held  by,  the  officer  covered  by  the  employment  agreement  to  be 
immediately  vested  and  exercisable.    On  March  20,  2014,  the  Company  accepted  the  resignation  of  Mr. 
James A. Blankenhorn, as Vice President and COO of the Company.  The resignation was effective March 
28, 2014.  When Mr. Blankenhorn’s resignation as the COO became effective, his employment agreement 
also terminated. 

The  Company  also  had  an  employment  agreement  with  Christopher  Leichtweis  (the  “Leichtweis 
Employment  Agreement”),  containing  substantially  the  terms  described  above  with  respect  to  the 
employment  agreements  of  Messrs.  Centofanti,  Naccarato  and  Blankenhorn.  On  May  14,  2013,  the 
Company  entered  into  a  Separation  and  Release  Agreement  with  Mr.  Leichtweis,  which  terminated  Mr. 
Leichtweis’ employment with the Company and his position as an officer of the Company effective May 24, 
2013, and voided the Leichtweis Employment Agreement (except for the “Confidentiality of Trade Secrets 
and  Business  Information  (“Section  7”)  clause).    Leichtweis’  termination  was  not  “for  cause”  by  the 
Company nor “for good reason” by Mr. Leichtweis (as defined in the Leichtweis Employment Agreement). 
See “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION--Employment Agreements” elsewhere in this Form 10-K for further 
information on termination of the Leichtweis Employment Agreement.   

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

Audit Fees 
The  aggregate  fees  and  expenses  billed  by  BDO  USA,  LLP  (“BDO”),  our  independent  registered  public 
accounting  firm,  for  professional  services  rendered  for  the  audit  of  the  Company's  annual  financial 
statements  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  for  the  reviews  of  the  financial 
statements included in the Company's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for those fiscal years, and for review 
of documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for those fiscal years were approximately 
$399,000  and  $746,000,  respectively.    Audit  fees  for  2012  included  approximately  $110,000  in  fees  and 
expenses incurred in connection with the restatement to the financial statements included in our 2012 Form 
10-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2013. Audit fees for 2013 and 
2012  also  include  approximately  $0  and  $140,000,  respectively,  in  fees  related  to  the  audits  of  internal 
control over financial reporting.   

Audit-Related Fees 
The  aggregate  fees  and  expenses  billed  by  BDO  for  audit-related  services  for  the  fiscal  years  ended 
December 31, 2013 and 2012 totaled approximately $28,000 and $18,000, respectively.  Fees for 2013 and 
2012 were for the audits of the Company’s 401(k) Plan.      

Tax Fees 
BDO was not engaged to provide tax services to the Company for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 
and 2012.  

113 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All Other Fees 
The aggregate fees billed by BDO for all other services totaled approximately $69,000 and $25,000 for the 
fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  respectively.    The  fee  for  2013  was  for  business 
interruption consulting services related to insurance claims for our Perma-Fix of South Georgia, Inc. facility 
which suffered a fire in August 2013. The fee for 2012 was for consulting services related to the Company’s 
compensation plans.  

The Audit Committee of the Company's Board of Directors has considered whether BDO’s provision of the 
services  described  above  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012  is  compatible  with 
maintaining its independence.   

Engagement of the Independent Auditor  
The  Audit  Committee  approves  in  advance  all  engagements  with  BDO  and  any  members  of  the  BDO 
Seidman  Alliance  network  of  firms  to  perform  audit or  non-audit  services for  us.    All  services  under  the 
headings  Audit  Fees,  Audit  Related  Fees,  Tax  Fees,  and  All  Other  Fees  were  approved  by  the  Audit 
Committee pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Exchange Act.  The 
Audit Committee's pre-approval policy provides as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

  The Audit Committee will review and pre-approve on an annual basis all audits, audit-related, 
tax  and  other  services,  along  with  acceptable  cost  levels,  to  be  performed  by  BDO  and  any 
member  of  the  BDO  Seidman  Alliance  network  of  firms,  and  may  revise  the  pre-approved 
services  during  the  period  based  on  later  determinations.  Pre-approved  services  typically 
include:  Audits,  quarterly  reviews,  regulatory  filing  requirements,  consultation  on  new 
accounting  and  disclosure  standards,  employee  benefit  plan  audits,  reviews  and  reporting  on 
management's internal controls and specified tax matters. 
  Any  proposed  service  that  is  not  pre-approved  on  the  annual  basis  requires  a  specific  pre-
approval by the Audit Committee, including cost level approval. 
  The  Audit  Committee  may  delegate  pre-approval  authority  to  one  or  more  of  the  Audit 
Committee members. The delegated member  must report to the Audit Committee, at the next 
Audit Committee meeting, any pre-approval decisions made. 

ITEM 15. 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 

PART IV 

The following documents are filed as a part of this report: 

(a)(1) 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

See Item 8 for the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

(a)(2) 

Financial Statement Schedule 

Schedules are not required, are not applicable or the information is set forth in the consolidated 
financial statements or notes thereto.  

(a)(3) 

Exhibits 

The Exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as a part of this 
report. 

114 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. 

By  /s/ Dr. Louis F. Centofanti 
Dr. Louis F. Centofanti 
Chairman of the Board 
Chief Executive Officer 

By  /s/ Ben Naccarato 
Ben Naccarato 
Chief Financial Officer and  
Chief Accounting Officer  

  Date  April 15, 2014 

  Date  April 15, 2014 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by 
the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in capacities and on the dates indicated. 

By  /s/ Dr. Louis F. Centofanti 

Dr. Louis F. Centofanti, Director 

  Date  April 15, 2014 

By  /s/ John M. Climaco 

John M. Climaco, Director 

By  /s/ Dr. Gary Kugler 

Dr. Gary Kugler, Director 

By  /s/ Jack Lahav 

Jack Lahav, Director 

By  /s/ Joe R. Reeder 

Joe R. Reeder, Director 

By  /s/ Larry M. Shelton 

Larry M. Shelton, Director 

By  /s/ Charles E. Young 

Charles E. Young, Director 

By  /s/ Mark A. Zwecker 
  Mark A. Zwecker, Director 

  Date  April 15, 2014 

  Date  April 15, 2014 

  Date  April 15, 2014 

  Date  April 15, 2014 

  Date  April 15, 2014 

  Date  April 15, 2014 

  Date  April 15, 2014 

115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit  
No. 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

2.4 

2.5 

2.6 

2.7 

2.8 

2.9 

3(i) 

3(ii) 

4.1 

 4.2 

 4.3 

 4.4 

 EXHIBIT INDEX 

Description 

Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  dated  April  27,  2007,  by  and  among  Perma-Fix 
Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  Nuvotec  USA,  Inc.,  Pacific  EcoSolutions,  Inc.  and  PESI 
Transitory,  Inc.,  which  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  2.1  to  the  Company’s 
Form  8-K,  filed  May  3,  2007.    The  Company  will  furnish  supplementally  a  copy  of  any 
omitted exhibits or schedule to the Commission upon request. 
First  Amendment  to  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger,  dated  June  13,  2007,  by  and  among 
Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  Nuvotec  USA,  Inc.,  Pacific  EcoSolutions,  Inc., 
and  PESI  Transitory,  Inc.,  which  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  2.2  to  the 
Company’s  Form  8-K,  filed  June  19,  2007.    The  Company  will  furnish  supplementally  a 
copy of any omitted exhibits or schedule to the Commission upon request. 
Stock Purchase Agreement by and between Triumvirate Environmental, Inc., and Perma-Fix 
Environmental Services, Inc., dated June 13, 2011, which is incorporated by reference from 
Exhibit  2.1  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2011.    The 
Company  will  furnish  supplementally  a  copy  of  any  omitted  exhibits  or  schedule  to  the 
Commission upon request. 
Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated  July  15,  2011,  by  and  among  Perma-Fix  Environmental 
Services,  Inc.,  Homeland  Security  Capital  Corporation  (now  known  as  Timios  National 
Corporation  or  “TNC”),  and  Safety  and  Ecology  Holdings  Corporation,  which  is 
incorporated by references from Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 20, 
Asset  Purchase  Agreement  by  and  among  Triumvirate  Environmental,  Inc.,  Triumvirate 
Environmental (Florida), Inc. and Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc., and Perma-Fix 
of Orlando, Inc., dated August 12, 2011 which was filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s 
8-K filed on August 17, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.. 
Escrow  Agreement,  dated  October  31,  2011,  between  the  Company,  Homeland  Security 
Capital Corporation, and Suntrust Bank, which was filed as Exhibit 2.3 to the Company’s 8-
K filed on November 4, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. 
Letter Agreement (Net Working Capital Adjustments), dated October 31, 2011, between the 
Company,  Safety  &  Ecology  Holdings  Corporation  and  Homeland  Security  Capital 
Corporation,  which  was  filed  as  Exhibit  2.4  to  the  Company’s  8-K  filed  on  November  4, 
2011 and incorporated herein by reference. 
Letter  Agreement  (Escrow),  dated  October  31,  2011,  between  the  Company,  Safety  & 
Ecology  Holdings  Corporation  and  Homeland  Security  Capital  Corporation,  which  was 
filed  as  Exhibit  2.5  to  the  Company’s  8-K  filed  on  November  4,  2011  and  incorporated 
herein by reference. 
Letter  Agreement  (Note  Prepayment),  dated  October  31,  2011,  between  the  Company, 
Safety & Ecology Holdings Corporation and Homeland Security Capital Corporation, which 
was filed as Exhibit 2.6 to the Company’s 8-K filed on November 4, 2011 and incorporated 
herein by reference. 
Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  as  amended,  of  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services, 
Inc., as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3(i) to the Company’s 2012 Form 10-K/A 
filed on December 12, 2013. 
Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended, of Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc., as 
incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3(ii) to the Company’s 2012 Form 10-K/A filed on 
December 12, 2013.  
Specimen Common Stock Certificate as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the 
Company's Registration Statement, No. 33-51874. 
Rights  Agreement  dated  as  of  May  2,  2008  between the  Company  and  Continental  Stock 
Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 
to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 8, 2008. 
Letter Agreement dated September 29, 2008, between the Company and Continental Stock 
Transfer & Trust Company, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s 
Form 8-A/A filed on October 2, 2008. 
Loan  and  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  August  2,  2013  between  William  N. 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
  4.5 

  4.6 

  4.7 

4.8 

4.9 

4.10 

4.11 

4.12 

4.13 

4.14 

4.15 

4.16 

4.17 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

Lampson, Robert L. Ferguson, and Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. as incorporated 
by reference from Exhibit 4.4 to the Company Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2013, 
filed on August 8, 2013. 
Promissory Note dated August 2, 2013, between William N. Lampson, Robert L. Ferguson, 
and Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 
to the Company Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2013, filed on August 8, 2013. 
Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrant,  dated  August  2,  2013,  for  William  N.  Lampson,  as 
incorporated  by  reference from  Exhibit  4.6  to  the  Company  Form  10-Q  for  quarter ended 
June 30, 2013, filed on August 8, 2013. 
Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrant,  dated  August  2,  2013,  for  Robert  L.  Ferguson,  as 
incorporated  by  reference from  Exhibit  4.7  to  the  Company  Form  10-Q  for  quarter ended 
June 30, 2013, filed on August 8, 2013. 
Non-negotiable  Promissory  Note  issued  by  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  to 
Homeland Security Capital Corporation, dated October 31, 2011, which was filed as Exhibit 
2.2 to the Company’s 8-K filed on November 4, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. 
Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  between 
Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.  and  PNC  Bank,  National  Association  (as  Lender 
and as Agent), dated October 31, 2011, which was filed as Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s 8-
K filed on November 4, 2011. 
First  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement,  dated  November  7,  2012,  between  the  Company  and  PNC  Bank,  National 
Association, as incorporated by reference from exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended September 30, 2012, filed on November 8, 2012. 
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security 
Agreement and Waiver, dated May 9, 2013, between the Company and PNC Bank, National 
Association, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended March 31, 2013, filed on May 10, 2013. 
Third  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement  between  PNC  Bank,  National  Association  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental 
Services, Inc., dated August 2, 2013, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the 
Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, filed on August 8, 2013.  
Third  Amended,  Restated  and  Substituted  Revolving  Credit  Note  between  PNC  Bank, 
National  Association  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  dated  August  2,  2013,  
as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended June 30, 2013, filed on August 8, 2013. 
Subordination  Agreement  dated  August  2,  2013  by  and  among  William  Lampson  and 
Robert Ferguson and PNC Bank, National Association, as incorporated by reference from 
Exhibit  4.3  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2013,  filed  on 
August 8, 2013. 
Letter,  dated  October  29,  2013,  from  NASDAQ  Stock  Market,  regain  compliance  with 
Listing Rule 5550(a)(2), as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.15 to the Company’s 
2012 Form 10-K/A filed on December 12, 2013. 
Letter,  dated  November  14,  2013,  from  NASDAQ  Stock  Market,  non-compliance  with 
Listing Rule 5250(c)(1), as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.16 to the Company’s 
2012 Form 10-K/A filed on December 12, 2013. 
Fourth  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit, Term  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement  and  Waiver  between  PNC  Bank,  National  Association  and  Perma-Fix 
Environmental Services, Inc., dated April 14, 2014. 
1993 Non-qualified Stock Option Plan as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the 
Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, filed on August 6, 2010. 
401(K)  Profit  Sharing  Plan  and  Trust  of  the  Company  as  incorporated  by  reference  from 
Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Registration Statement, No. 33-51874. 
2003 Outside Directors' Stock Plan of the Company as incorporated by reference from 
“Exhibit B” to the Company’s Proxy Statement dated June 20, 2003. 
First Amendment to 2003 Outside Directors Stock Plan, as incorporated by reference from 
Appendix “A” to the Company’s 2008 Proxy Statement dated July 3, 2008. 

117 

 
10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

Second Amendment to 2003 Outside Directors Stock Plan, as incorporated by reference 
from Appendix “A” to the Company’ 2012 Proxy Statement dated August 6, 2012.  
2004 Stock Option Plan of the Company as incorporated by reference from “Exhibit A” to 
the Company’s Proxy Statement dated June 21, 2004. 
Consent Decree, dated December 12, 2007, between United States of America and Perma-
Fix  of  Dayton,  Inc.,  as  incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.29  to  the  Company’s 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed with the SEC on April 1, 2008. 
Subcontract between CH2M Hill Plateau Remediation Company, Inc. (“CHPRC”) and East 
Tennessee  Materials  &  Energy  Corporation,  dated  May  27,  2008.,  as  incorporated  by 
reference  from  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  company’s  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  June  30, 
2010 filed on August 6, 2010. 
Consent Agreement dated September 26, 2008 between Perma-Fix Northwest Richland, Inc. 
and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 
10.1  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2008  filed  on 
November 10, 2008. 
Second Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 18, 2008 by and 
among  Perma-Fix  Northwest,  Inc.,  Perma-Fix  Northwest  Richland,  Inc.,  Perma-Fix 
Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  and  Robert  L.  Ferguson,  an  individual,  and  William  N. 
Lampson, an individual, as Representatives, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 
to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2008. 
Third Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger; Second Amendment to Paying Agent 
Agreement,  and  Termination  of  Escrow  Agreement,  dated  September  29,  2009  by  and 
among  Perma-Fix  Northwest,  Inc.  (f/k/a  Nuvotec  USA,  Inc.);  Perma-Fix  Northwest 
Richland,  Inc.  (f/n/a  Pacific  EcoSolutions,  Inc.);  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.; 
Nuvotrust  Liquidation  Trust;  Nuvotrust  Trustee,  LLC;  Robert  L.  Ferguson,  William  N. 
Lampson; Rettig Osborne Forgette, LLP; and The Bank of New York Company, Inc., which 
is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on October 
5, 2009. 
Earn-Out  Promissory  Note,  dated  September  28,  2010,  between  the  Company  and 
Nuvotrust Northwest Liquidation Trust, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to 
the  Company’s  Form  10-Q  for  quarter  ended  September  30,  2010,  filed  on  November  5, 
2010.  
2010 Stock Option Plan of the Company as incorporated by reference from “Appendix A” 
to the Company's 2010 Proxy Statement dated August 20, 2010. 
Employment Agreement dated August 24, 2011 between Louis Centofanti, Chief Executive 
Officer,  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  which  is  incorporated  by  reference 
from Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 30, 2011. 
Employment  Agreement  dated  August  24,  2011  between  Ben  Naccarato,  Chief  Financial 
Officer,  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  which  is  incorporated  by  reference 
from Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 30, 2011. 
Employment Agreement dated August 24, 2011 between Jim Blankenhorn, Chief Operating 
Officer,  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  which  is  incorporated  by  reference 
from Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 30, 2011 
Employment Agreement between Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. and Christopher 
Leichtweis, dated October 31, 2011, which was filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s 8-K 
filed on November 4, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. 

10.19 

10.18  Management  Incentive  Plan  for  Christopher  Leichtweis,  dated  November  1,  2011,  which 
was  filed  as  Exhibit  99.3  to  the  Company’s  8-K  filed  on  November  4,  2011  and 
incorporated herein by reference. 
Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  between  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc. 
and Christopher Leichtweis, dated October 31, 2011, which was filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the 
Company’s 8-K filed on November 4, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. 
Indemnification Agreement, dated February 21,2011, between Safety and Ecology Holdings 
Corporation, Safety and Ecology Corporation, Inc., and Christopher P. Leichtweis and Myra 
Leichtweis,  which  was  filed  as  Exhibit  99.5  to  the  Company’s  8-K  filed  on  November  4, 
2011 and incorporated herein by reference. 

10.20 

118 

 
10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33 

10.34 

10.35 

Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  between  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  and 
Mr. Jim Blankenhorn, which was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended June 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. 
Contract and Amendments entered into between Safety and Ecology Corporation and U.S. 
Department of Energy (Oak Ridge) dated March 30, 2010, incorporated by reference from 
Exhibit  10.38  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011.  
CERTAIN INFORMATION WITHIN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AS IT 
IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMMISSION  ORDER  CF  #28139  FOR  WHICH  A  REQUEST 
BY THE COMPANY FOR AN EXTENSION FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT 
BY  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  UNDER  THE 
FREEDOM  OF  INFORMATION  ACT  HAS  BEEN  FILED  SEPARATELY  WITH 
THE SECRETARY OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. 
2012 Incentive Compensation Plan for Chief Executive Officer, effective January 1, 2012, 
as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 
18, 2012. 
2012 Incentive Compensation Plan for Chief Financial Officer, effective January 1, 2012, as 
incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 18, 
2012. 
2012 Incentive Compensation Plan for Chief Operating Officer, effective January 1, 2012, 
as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 
18, 2012. 
Amended  Management  Incentive  Plan  for  Christopher  Leichtweis,  Senior  Vice  President, 
dated July 12, 2012, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 
8-K filed on July 18, 2012.  
Settlement and Release Agreement dated as of February 12, 2013, by and between Perma-
Fix Environmental Services, Inc. and Safety & Ecology Holdings Corporation, on the one 
hand,  and  Timios  National  Corporation,  on  the  other  hand,  as  incorporated  by  reference 
from Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s 8-K filed on February 15, 2013. 
Settlement and Release Agreement and Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of 
February  14,  2013,  by  and  between  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  Safety  & 
Ecology Holdings Corporation and Safety and Ecology Corporation, on the one hand, and 
Christopher  P.  Leichtweis  and  Myra  Leichtweis,  on  the  other  hand,  as  incorporated  by 
reference from Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s 8-K filed on February 15, 2013. 
Separation  and  Release  Agreement  dated  May  14,  2013  by  and  between  Christopher 
Leichtweis  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  incorporated  by  reference  from 
Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 17, 2013. 
Consulting  Services  Agreement  dated  May  14,  2013  by  and  between  Christopher 
Leichtweis  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.  incorporated  by  reference  from 
Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 17, 2013. 
Settlement and Release Agreement dated as of February 12, 2013, by and between Perma-
Fix Environmental Services, Inc. and Safety & Ecology Holdings Corporation, on the one 
hand,  and  Timios  National  Corporation,  on  the  other  hand,  as  incorporated  by  reference 
from Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s 8-K filed on February 15, 2013. 
Settlement and Release Agreement and Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of 
February  14,  2013,  by  and  between  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  Safety  & 
Ecology Holdings Corporation and Safety and Ecology Corporation, on the one hand, and 
Christopher  P.  Leichtweis  and  Myra  Leichtweis,  on  the  other  hand,  as  incorporated  by 
reference from Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s 8-K filed on February 15, 2013. 
Separation  and  Release  Agreement  dated  May  14,  2013  by  and  between  Christopher 
Leichtweis and Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc., as incorporated by reference from 
Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 17, 2013. 
Consulting  Services  Agreement  dated  May  14,  2013  by  and  between  Christopher 
Leichtweis and Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc., as incorporated by reference from 
Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K Filed on May 17, 2013. 
2013 Incentive Compensation Plan for Chief Executive Officer, effective January 1, 2013, 
as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 
12, 2013. 

119 

 
 
 
10.36 

10.37 

21.1 
23.1 
31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

101.INS 
101.SCH 
101.CAL 
101.DEF 
101.LAB 
101.PRE 

2013 Incentive Compensation Plan for Chief Financial Officer, effective January 1, 2013, as 
incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 12, 
2013. 
2013 Incentive Compensation Plan for Chief Operating Officer, effective January 1, 2013, 
as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 
List of Subsidiaries 
Consent of BDO USA, LLP 
Certification by Dr. Louis F. Centofanti, Chief Executive Officer of the Company pursuant 
to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a). 
Certification  by  Ben  Naccarato,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Chief  Accounting  Officer  of 
the Company pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a). 
Certification by Dr. Louis F. Centofanti, Chief Executive Officer of the Company furnished 
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.   
Certification  by  Ben  Naccarato,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Chief  Accounting  Officer  of 
the Company furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.  
XBRL Instance Document*  
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*  
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document* 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*  
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document*  
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*  

*Pursuant  to  Rule 406T  of  Regulation  S-T,  the  Interactive  Data  File  in  Exhibit 101  hereto  are  deemed  not 
filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purpose of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections. 

120 

 
 
 
 
 
c o r p o r at e  i n F o r m at i o n

Board of Directors

Dr. Louis F. Centofanti 
Chairman, President, and 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Director since 1991)(4)

John M. Climaco 
Director(1)(5) 
Former President and  
Chief Executive Officer of  
Axial Biotech, Inc. 
(Director since October 2013)

Dr. Gary Kugler 
Director(2)(4) 
Former Senior Vice President of  
Atomic Energy of Canada Limited 
(Director since September 2013)

Jack Lahav 
Director (2) 
Private Investor 
(Director since 2001)

Management Team

 Dr. Louis F. Centofanti 
 President and 
Chief Executive Officer

 Ben Naccarato 
 Chief Financial Officer

Corporate Information

Joe R. Reeder 
Director (2)(3)(5) 
Shareholder of  
Greenburg Traurig, LLP;  
Former Army Undersecretary  
(Director since 2003)

Larry M. Shelton 
Director (1)(3)(5) 
Chief Financial Officer of 
S K Hart Management, LC 
(Director since 2006)

Charles E. Young 
 Director (2)(3) 
Former Chief Executive Officer 
of the Los Angeles Museum of 
Contemporary Art 
(Director since 2003)

Mark A. Zwecker 
Director (1)(3)(5) 
Chief Financial Officer 
of JCI US Inc. 
(Director since 1991)

(1) Member of Audit Committee

(2)  Member of Nominating and 

Corporate Governance Committee

(3)  Member of Compensation and  

Stock Option Committee

(4)  Member of Research and 
Development Committee

(5)  Member of Strategic Advisory 

Committee

 Robert Schreiber, Jr. 
President of SYA

John Lash 
Chief Operating Officer 
(Effective March 2014)

Executive Offices
8302 Dunwoody Place, Suite 250
Atlanta, Georgia 30350
Telephone: 770-587-9898
Fax: 770-587-9937

Independent Registered  
Public Accounting Firm
BDO USA, LLP
1100 Peachtree Street, Suite 700
Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Stock Listing
The common stock of Perma-Fix 
Environmental Services, Inc. is 
listed on Nasdaq where it is traded 
under the ticker symbol PESI.

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Continental Stock Transfer & 
Trust Company
17 Battery Place
New York, New York 10004

Stockholder Inquiries
Inquiries concerning stockholder 
records should be addressed to 
the Transfer Agent listed to the 
left. Comments or questions 
concern ing the operations of the 
Company should be addressed 
to the Secretary, Perma-Fix 
Environmental Services, Inc., 
8302 Dunwoody Place, Suite 250, 
Atlanta, Georgia 30350.

Included  within  this  Annual  Report  is  a  list  briefly  describing  all  exhibits  listed  in  the  Company’s  Form  10-K.  We  will  furnish  any  exhibit  to  a  
shareholder upon receipt of a written request and payment of a specified reasonable fee, which fee shall be limited to the registrant’s reasonable 
expenses  in  furnishing  such  exhibit.  Each  request  must  set  forth  a  good-faith  representation  that,  as  of  the  record  date  for  the  solicitation  of  
proxies, the person making the request was a beneficial owner of securities of the Company entitled to vote.

Certain statements contained in the Shareholders’ letter, which have been added to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, may be deemed additional 
forward-looking  statements.  All  estimates,  projections,  and  other  statements  generally  identifiable  by  the  use  of  the  words  “believe,”  “expect,” 
“intend,” “anticipate,” “plans to” and similar expressions (except statements of historical facts) contained therein are forward-looking statements, 
including but not limited to statements that we believe this represents a significant market opportunity; that our process will help reduce environ-
mental concerns; that we anticipate improved profitability and cash flow in 2014; and that we are capable of achieving and exceeding past levels as 
we further establish our position as an industry leader. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” contained in the Form 10-K that 
is part of the Annual Report for discussion of factors which could cause future outcomes to differ materially from those described herein.

m
o
c
.
s
r
o
n
n
o
c
-
n
a
r
r
u
c
.
w
w
w

/

.
c
n

I

,
s
r
o
n
n
o
C
&
n
a
r
r
u
C
y
b

n
g

i

s
e
D

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A Nuclear Services and Waste Management Company

8302 Dunwoody Place, Suite 250 / Atlanta, Georgia 30350
P 770-587-9898 / F 770-587-9937
w w w . p e r m a - f i x . c o m